Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Plumbing Contract 1976
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS for LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED AND TO BE FURNISHED for the ADDITION to the SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY, NEW YORK CONSTRUCTION...CONTRACT # 1 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING ...CONTRACT # 2 I/PLUMBING...CONTRACT # 3 ELECTRICAL... CONTRACT # 4 MR. ALBERT M. MARTOCCHIA SUPERVISOR WIEDERSUM ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS · ENGINEERS · pLANNERS THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document AIO1 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis o[ paFment is a STIPULATED SUM THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION Use only with the latest Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract lot Construction. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. AGREEMENT made this 8th Hundred and Seventy-Six BETWEFN the Owner: and the Contractor: the Project: day of June Town of Southold 16 South Street Greenport, L.I., N.Y. 11944 Frank Peterson Construction Corp. Z69 East Heathcote Road Lindenhurst, New York 11757 Addition to the Southold Town Hall Southold, Suffolk County, New York in the year of Nineteen the Architect: Wiedersurn ~ssociates 65 Roosevelt ~venue Valley Stream, New York The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. 11582 AIA DOCUMENT AI01 · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT · JANUARY 1974 EDITION · AIA® · ©1974 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 I • ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this .Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement and all Modifications issued subsequent thereto. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article '. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for ,Here �nrert the caption descrlptice of the K'ork as used on other Contract Domm�nts, PLUMBING (Contract No. 3) FOR THE ADDITION TO THE SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL, SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY, NEW YORK. ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced at once and completed to coincide with the completion of work under General Construction Work, pteaaxcat��aneyt9pxxymaacacwaa¢�arBa�TtaraaiaaraGxxM.�x Contract No. 1 . AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • JANUARY 1974 EDITION • AIA® • 01974 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM Fkx�Xbeta�i>:�acymci�rnan��ict�a#htxk,��s�txffi�ctdix«xaa2c�a�¢xliarx�Xitraa@ri 3X�1Ejex�Chaexx�cxxtac�cscxxx�casaE�iaedcac BASE BID: $33, 000. 00 Alternate No. P-1 - The Contractor shall state the amount he will ADD TO his Base Bid for furnishing and installing in accordance with Division 15B re- quirements the complete Sprinkler System as speci- fied under Section 01100. ADD; 12, 000. 00 NET CONTRACT AMOUNT: $45, 000. 00 ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the .Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as pro- �ided in the Conditions of the Contract as follows: On or about the first day of each month Ninety (90%) per cent of the proportion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the \fork and Ninety (90%) per cent of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing by the parties,*up to fifteen days prior to the date on which the Application for Payment is submitted, less the aggregate of previous payments in each case; and upon fnTklWN&Completion of the entire Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to One Hundred (10076) per cent or the Contract Sum, less such retainage, as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims. p n.,r rrn r-:rd r6ev,hnrc ,n the Cnnhnf[ Dnwmen(s, here :nscr[ prn ruuvelon lOr I vre,th+V,orl' nts hce.t rtcrrmn i I.1GC GI Crinlcl'b l i ( ) until fifty (50) percent of the total contract sum has been so certified, and thereafter subsequent payments shall be made in installments of one hundred (100) percent of the amount certified as earned so that, at the completion of the work, there will be a retainage of five (5) percent of the total contract sum. if the Architect certifies that a major portion of the work is substantially complete or if the Owner occupies any part of the structure prior to the final completion of the entire contract, then the retainage applicable to that part of the work which is certified as complete or is occupied by the Owner shall be reduced to two (2) percent; • Any monevs not paid when due to either party under this Contract shall bear interest at the legal rate in force at the place of the Project. AIA DOCUMENT Alai • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • tANUARY 19-4 EDITION • AIA" • C,1974 THE .A%IERICAN INSTITUTE OF .ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW Y'ORK AVE.. N.W, W'ASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 3 ARTICLE 6 • FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor thirty days after 57> a$Completion of the Work unless otherwise stipulated in the Certificate of iabxtinoliakCompletion, provided the Work has then been completed, the Contract fully performed, and a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents,which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor,are listed in Article 1 and,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: [List bebw the Agreement Conditions o/ the Contract (General. Supplementarl and other Cond,tionsl Drawmgs. Specafrations. Addenda and accepted Alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable I WA 7601 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED AND TO BE FURNISHED FOR PLUMBING (Contract No. 3) FOR THE ADDITION TO THE SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL, SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY, NEW YORK, INCLUDING: Conditions of the Contract Notice to Bidders, pages 1-2 inclusive, dated April 6, 1976; Information for Bidders, pages 1-8 inclusive; General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A-201, April 1970 Ed. , pages 1-18 inclusive; Supplementary General Conditions, pages 1-29 inclusive; Prevailing Rate Schedule, pages 1-4 inclusive, dated 3/ 15/76; Index, pages 1-2 inclusive; Section 01100, Alternatives, pages 1-2 inclusive; Division 15B Section 15BO10 General Provisions Section 15B011 Work Included, page 1 only; Section 15BO12 Maintenance Instructions, page 1 only; Section 15BO13 Codes and Standards, page 1 only; Section 15BO14 Schedules of Equivalency, pages 1-3 inclusive; Section 15BO50 Basic Materials & Methods Section 15B051 Pipe, page 1 only; Section 15BO52 Pipe Fittings, page 1 only; Section 15BO53 Joints, page 1 only; (Continued on Page 4A) This Agreement executed the day and year first written above. OWNER Town of Southold CONTRACTORFrank Peterson Construction Corp. 16 South Street 269 East Heathcote Road Greenport, New York/ 11944 Lindenhurst, York 11757 • BY Zsaz AaLGGP�Lsie s BYE 4-4-w �_ AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • JANUARY 1974 EDITION • AIA® • u1974 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 4 ARTICLE 7, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS (Continued) • Section 15B054 Pipe Specialties, page 1 only; Section 15B055 Valves, page 1 only; Section 15B056 Control Valves, pages 1-2 inclusive; Section 15B057 Valve Tags, Nameplates and Identification, pages 1-2 inclusive; Section 15B058 Pipe Hangers, Bases & Supports, pages 1-2 inclusive; Section 15B059 Excavation and Backfill, page 1 only; Section 15B061 Motors, Starters & Controllers, pages 1-3 inclusive; Section 15B062 Thermometers and Gauges, page 1 only; Section 15B180 Insulation Section 15B181 General, page 1 only; Section 15B182 Piping, page 1 only; Section 15B200 Water Supply and Treatment Section 15B201 General, pages 1-2 inclusive; Section 15B202 Pipe, Fittings & Valves Schedule, page 1 only; Section 15B300 Waste Water Disposal and Treatment Section 15B301 General, page 1 only; Section 15B302 Pipe, Fittings & Valves Schedule, page 1 only; Section 15B305 Drywells, page 1 only; Section 15B400 Plumbing Systems Section 15B401 General, pages 1-4 inclusive; Section 15B402 Pipe, Fittings and Valves Schedule, page 1 only; Section 15B403 Drainage and Vent Systems, pages 1-3 inclusive; Section 15B404 Domestic Water Systems, pages 1-3 inclusive; Section 15B409 Plumbing Fixtures, pages 1-2 inclusive; Section 15B411 Toilet Accessories, page 1 only; Section 15B412 Miscellaneous Specialties, pages 1-3 inclusive; Addendum No. 1, dated May 14, 1976, All Contracts, pages 1-13 inclusive; DRAWINGS The Drawings accompanying these Specifications are as follows and dated 4/ 14/76: PLUMBING Drawing No. P-1 Basement Floor Plan & Roof Plan Drawing No. P-2 First Floor Plan • OWNER/CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Page 4A i • STATE OF NEW YORK jss COUNTY OF SUFFOLK J1 On this ji day of June before me personally came Frank Peterson , to me known, and who being by me duly swom, did depose and say that he resides at Z69 East Heathcote Road, Lindenhurst, New York, 11757, that he is the President Of Frank Peterson Construction Corp. , the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing agreement; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said agreement is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like order. .......... . ....... .......... `r% ..... . Notary Public si 7197 STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF SUFFOLK ss On this edday of June before me personally came Albert Martocchia to me known, and who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 431 Seventh Street, Greenport, New York, 11944 and that he is the Supervisor of the Town of Southold, Suffolk County, the Town gr Ipj�yrdescribed in and which executed the foregoing agreement, �HI& �GttF # of�ldcfaslxL�kto �refine K4s�tBPd7r$g#r�4Gr)�ttr�4 � 3t� a�sgcof�dha� said�skoot�Satr4tii �c3tig14Z4�14i��eli��i`zfeFB$�'fik� a�3es ........ ..... ................................................................... ... Notary Public AGREEMENT BETWEEN CONTRACTOR AND OWNER. _ -.. ._ .. Pare 5 MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE This is to certify that the MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY has issued, to the Insured named herein, policies of insurance which provide, subject to the provisions of the current policy contracts in use by the Company, and during their effective period, coverage as hereinafter described The coverage and limits of liability indicated on this certificate apply only to the operations or automobiles described herein CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO: INSURED AND ADDRESS Town of Southold Town of Southold Main Road Main Road Southold., New York 11971 Southold., New York 11971 Pad And F. P. Wiedersum Associates F. P. Wiedersum Associates 65 Roosevelt Avenue 65 Roosevelt Avenue Palley Streams New York 11581 Valley Stream., New York 11581 POLICY NUMBER KIND OF INSURANCE LIMITS OF LIABILITY PERIOD EFFECTIVE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY GENERAL LIABILITY OR SMP SECTION II Products and Bodily Injury $ each occurrence Completed Operations $ aggregate ❑ Included Property Damage $ each occurrence ❑ Excluded $ aggregate Single g I.and P.D. S each occurrence limits $ aggregate 33-9354o1 Anvers Protective B.I. $500.,000 each occurrence Liability P.D. $500.,000 each occurrence $500.,000 each aggregate 6/1/76-77 AUTOMOBILE $ each person LIABILITY Bodily Injury $ each occurrence Property Damage $ each occurrence — $ per oehicle ❑ MOTOR TRUCK CARGO $ per terminal or location ❑ $ any one catastrophe IF POLICY IS ON A "COMPREHENSIVE" BASIS-CHECK ❑ AUTOMOBILE ❑ GENERAL LIABILITY �1 ❑ SPECIAL MULTI-PERIL In those states that have enacted an Automobile No Fault law, the above automobile policy provides the necessary benefits prescribed by such laws LOCATION OF OPERATIONS Town Hall Addition., Main Roads Southold., New York AUTOMOBILE(S) COVERED Contractor., Frank Peterson Construction CorW&I. Up%real of way Aaneellatloa or material *&so& 11 269 Fast Heathoote Road the policies listed above the tad'rdd agreed to drotil:. ldndenhurstp New York 11757 ;he part,7 to whoa zn7F ,=rtificate is addressed, by y •ettieterel twat`_. ta; r rrinr to each slims., or •�tnc=". . r This certificate of insurance neither affirmatively nor negatively amends,alters,or extends the coverage afforded by the policies listed above. In the event of any material change in, or cancellation of such policies, the Company will make all reasonable effort to notify the party at whose request certificate is issued, but the Company shall not be liable in any Way for failure to give such notice. MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY Secretary nt 10H/N7 T. STHEIaMER AGENCY DATED AT m .Tim 19 7_COL¢d,T,E RS;Y!5 ED 'fY //_t zeu e 4.1412(REV 5-751 - _ MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE This is to ertlfy that the MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY has issued, to the Insured named herein, policies of insurance which [),vide. subject to the provisions of the Current policy contracts in use by the Company, and during their effective period, coverall, as hereinafter described The coverage and limits of liability indicated on this certificate apply only to the operations or automobiles described herein CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO INSURED AND ADDRESS �+ Of %= of 3W&*kQ a Main++��ft'" ��y y� Nola ED" �{ Sovitb ds DM TO* 11"I ftutbado aw � 119" F. P. WAelearslso Asessiatae F. P. Wei moss Asseedat" Allolisaft va for ftrbo ae nm moat! 11o! TAU@W sum"skm"Ka tar Feat 11M POLICY NUMBER KIND OF INSURANCE LIMITS OF LIABILITY PERIOD EFFECTIVE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY GENERAL LIABILITY OR SMP SECTION II Bodily Injury $ each occurrence Products and Completed Operations $ aggregate Included Property Damage $ each occurrence ❑ Excluded $ aggregate Single B.I.and P.D. $ each occurrence Limits $ aggregate 33 l300 Orrtese Ptot@W n D.Z. ft"#No eeak oeauralaose 3A11111duv P.D. �b0,so Mwh 000 am& agpWa't_s 61hI*47 AUTOMOBILE $ each person LIABILITY Bodily Injury S each occurrence Property Damage $ each occurrence $ per vehicle ❑ MOTOR TRUCK CARGO $ per rermmai or locahon ❑ S any one catastrophe IF POLICY IS ON A "COMPREHENSIVE" BASIS CHECK ❑ AUTOMOBILE ❑ GENERAL LIABILITY ❑ SPECIAL MULTI PERIL I��Inn 777those states that have enacted an Aufomobde No Fault law. the above automobile policy provides the necessary benefits prescribed by such laws LOCATION OF OPERATIONS %ft W 'i Ad&Wjml4 MMa 11111194 BMUW24 DM TO* AUTOMOBILE(S) COVERED comblatoot In the event of My naneellation or material MEW Le NW* lamas Q p iolee listed above the laaarer agree• tO 3011" 20 SAA lLaalNaa0 BOA the party to whom this zartificate is addressed. b7 DA Rat "70 •egistored mail, tad 1101. cape prior to encb Obange Or ,ancellation. This certificate of insurance neither affirmatively nor negatively amends,alters,or extends the coverage afforded by the policies listed above. In the event of any material change in, or cancellation of such policies, the Company will make all reasonable effort to notify the party at whose request certificate is issued, but the Company shall not be liable in any way for failure to give such notice. MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY w 0-c: Secretary President JOHN T. r� OSTHEIMER AGEIVCi DATED AT_ .___ ... _-- _, �s 19 76 COUNT IGjV D A 1412�P,El 5 ,5, BY 04 /1• . MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE This is to certify that the MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY has Issued, to the Insured named herein, policies of insurance which provide, subject to the provisions of the current policy contracts in use by the Company, and during their effective period. coverage as hereinafter described The coverage and limits of liability Indicated on this certificate apply only to the operations or automobiles described herein CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO: INSURED AND ADDRESS Town of Southold Frank Peterson Main Road Construction Corporation Southold, New York 11971 269 East Heathoote Road And Idndenhurst., New York 11757 F. P. Wiedersum Associates 65 Roosevelt Avenue Valley Stream, New York 11581 POLICY NUMBER KIND OF INSURANCE LIMITS OF LIABILITY PERIOD EFFECTIVE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION 31-0-922946 AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY $100.00Q 3/1/76-77 GENERAL LIABILITY OR SNIP SECTION II Bodily Injury $ CWpOOO each occurrence 3 2-C-92294r Products and $ 500 wO aggregate 3/1/76-77 5 Completed Operations ® Included Property Damage $ 50020W each occurrence ❑ Excluded $ 500 0W aggregate 3/1/76-77 Single $ each occurrence B.I.and P.D. Limits $ aggregate AUTOMOBILE $ 00.11 each person LIABILITY Bodily Injury 5� ow 3/1/76-77 $ each occurrence Property Damage $ 500,9W0 each occurrence $ per vehicle ❑ MOTOR TRUCK CARGO $ per terminal or location ❑ $ any one catastrophe IF POLICY IS ON A "COMPREHENSIVE" BASIS-CHECK lu AUTOMOBILE ® GENERAL LIABILITY ❑ SPECIAL MULTI-PERIL In those states that have enacted an Automobile No-Fault law, the abovve, automobile policy provides the necessary benefits prescribed by such laws. ff LOCATION OF OPERATIONS Plumbing Work — Fire Sprinkler ❑ AUTOMOBILEISICOVERED Town Hall Addition, Main Road, Southold, New York *Including "%CU" Coverage to toe *Teat of any neno*llation or material ohaap Is YY* policies listed above Ilya insurer agre** to notify the party to whom this certificate is addT*eetQ, by Cts*81s3ered mail, tian 110j lays prior to suet ohani or nOWR _Os. This certificate of insurance neither affirmatively nor negatively amends,alters,or extends the coverage afforded by the policies listed above. In the event Of any material change in, or cancellation of such policies, the Company will make all reasonable effort to notify the party at whose request certificate is issued, but the Company shall not be liable in any Way for failure to give such notice. MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY (SEE OVER) � • /�/C_ Q;:vl, Secretary((JJ President JOHN T. OSTHEIMER AGENCY DATED AT 1�re June 1} Ig 76 COUNTERSIG�D n / / aE ! a-1 atz lRev 5-7sl MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE This is to certify that the MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY has Issued to the Insured named herein, policies of insurance which provide, subject to the provisions of the current policy contracts il'r use by the Company. and during their effective period • coverage as hereinafter described The coverage and limits of liability indicated on this certificate apply only to the operations or automobiles described herein y.C�ERRTIFFIIC.ATTEE ISSUED TO. - -INSURED AND ADDRESS awpnwum Em0*24 MW Lair 11971 90 MKsE� lVa'C1aWU 211 nudombKmbo Ails Znt 11757 bg 1NM�it �a ' Za 1w wry am rut.. 1101 POLICY NUMBER KIND OF INSURANCE - - LIMI OF LIABILITY - PERIOD EFFECTIVE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYE RS'9J ABILITY' ��'� 31/76-77 GENERAL LIABILITY OR SMP SECTION II - - - Boddy Injury $ , .. each occurrence Products and Completed Opera D ons $ aggregate Included Property Damage $ , each occurrence ❑ Excluueu $ aggregate SmgIe B.I. and P.D. S each occurrence- Limits $ aggregate AUTOMOBILE $ each person LIABILITY Bodily Injury $ , each occurrence - _ Property Damage $ �_ each ocnirrenc e- $ per%chicle ❑ MOTOR TRUCK CARGO $ per terminal or location ❑ $ any ooe catastrophe IF POLICY IS ON A "COMPREHENSIVE" BASIS-CHECK AUTOMOBILE I� GENERAL LIABILITY ❑ SPECIAL MULTI PERIL In thosestates that have enacted an Automobile No Faultlaw. he above automobile policy provides the necessary benefits prescribed by such laws fy LOCATION OF OPERATIONS W111111: — _" II AUTOMOBILE'S' COVERED WU A0114 NW T# � n the event of any r.ancs13at1I or materiel to not la tha policies listed ebovs the Insurer agrees to nsdo otify %he party to whom this cer 0aylleaze s illisod Sneil reS ohensa or registered mail. ten 110) !ancellation. This certificate of insurance neither affirmatively nor negatively amends, alters, or rztenJs the. coverage affon L:J by the policies listed above. In the event of any material change in, or cancellation of such policies, the Cornpaiy will m•-IKo ,It n•Ir.unuble i (fort to notify the party at whose request certificate is issued, hot the Comp.iny shall not Ire Ilahlc III .illy `-,,ly fn' f.lilluC Io givr!•.uch notwo. MICHIGAN MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPA1,1Y U se`I`ta,y 10HN T. OSTHM''ER AGENCY DATED AT—AWI--_-_ 19 .-?*---COUNTERS' COUNTERS' 1 1 a121PL, `, a Oaafaastar asawsas MAU" aagama bull* dad UAW= * for low Ambows� an harm to a Insw of aw Iliad or u parswasr aid to all }erpael►. owned tp, saadum booIp asides awk of or aaarrssnt !s aaaaaos ium IdAh the aes.woltaa of its welt bnm=dW and au dameps drab or IsdWask of was - era- , rnaitft tws as 1 -01 swaa of its meet burr ,dar or rematioa to Its watt h OUTAW bum dwom r Sam shoe be b r,+e mr Cw*m atwro ward au wet Mswaawr *Aku to sobw at 'Its Aar. !t pwewn doll mb a Claim ror � i1sasWt�ras.rl b W whet oida M iwsi d.ssIpe nodr s mat or lives s aaxIldss ar s. iM aewap� ar � ward axWM tiswais at or wiAtredwr, �aa� Ae Wom to !fir sN swep lasadaws OAM bawd a" s@d mt womb 440 a" AU 3004 aspwausi da=W Or imp tlsi amwr uq 640WR as a sawalt as dap scat aids. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS �onc/ # Ua 33'7Ci AIA Document A311 Performance Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Frank Peterson Construction Corp. 269 Bast Heatheote Road, Lindenhurst, N.Y. [Here mserr cull name and address or legal title of Contractor, 11757 as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, International Fidelity Insurance Co. [Here merr null name and address or legal title of Surety] 89-64 163rd St. , Jamaica, New York as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Town of Southhold, New York [Here insert lull name and adre4,or legal title or Ov,cen as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Forty five thousand and 00/100 dollars Dollars ($ 45,000.00 ), for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Frank Peterson Construction Corp. Contractor has by written agreement dated June 6th 19 76 , entered into a contract with Owner for Mare[n'.ert rull name address and de,cr,mm, ei Plumbing work - Fire Sprinkler for Town Hall Addition, Southold, N.Y. in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by F. P. Wiedersum .Associates ,Here insert wll mine and address or legal title of Arcnaea, 65 Roosevelt Avenue, Valley Stream, N.Y. 11581 • which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A311 • PERFOR`, ,NCE BIND AND LABOR NNE) MNIFRI4L P'NNNIENT BOND • AIA @ IEBRUARV 19-0 ED.•THE AAIERICAN IN1TI rUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1-IS N.). N\E. N l\'.,\\':\SHINC{TI�N, D. C. 20006 1 PERFORMANCE BOND • NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or defaults under the contract or contracts of completion extension of time made by the Owner. arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner but not exceeding, including other costs and damages to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor and conditions, or under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. 2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon de- Any suit under this bond must be Instituted before termination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the final payment under the Contract falls due. Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, adminis- though there should be a default or a succession of trators or successors of the Owner. Signed and sealed this QSh day of June 19 76 Frank Peterson Construction rnnc q 5ea'i tl�t„�•:I r�uc I International Fidelity Insurance co,,,pany iSurC'i/ bc.ai i ll ilni•.I .�X.r—E � "�-L Jill F. Duffy ,wey in fact • Tit ri AIA DOCUMENT A311 • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • AIA 0 FEBRLIARY 1970 ED.-THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y.AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 2 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS �Clv,��l� 0�?387b AIA Document A311 w Labor and Material Payment Bond THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL .AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Frank Peterson Construction Corp. Here insert lull name and address cr legal rule of enmracton 269 Bast Heathcote Road, Lindenhurst, N.Y. 11757 as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and, International Fidelity Insurance Co. iHere insert lull name and address or legal title of Suretsi 89-64 163rd St., Jamaica, New York as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Town of Southold, New York (Here insert lull name and address er legal tide of O.aneri as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the Lae and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of forty five thousand and 00/100 dollars (Here insert a sum equal to at least one-half of the contract pricer Dollars i$ 45,000.00 for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Frank Peterson Construction Corp. Principal has by written agreement dated June 8th 1976 , entered into a contract with Owner for (Here insert lull name, address and description of prolectp Plumbing work - Fire Sprinkler for Town Hall Addition, Southold, N.Y. in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by F. P. Wiedersum Associates iHere insert full name and address or legal title of Architect 65 Roosevelt Avenue, Valley Stream, N.Y. 11561 • which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A311 • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR .AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • A!A ia, FEBRUARI 19?0 ED.•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y.AVE.. N.W.,W>SHINGTON, D. C. 20006 3 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,subject,however, to the fol- lowing conditions: 1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct con- accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party tract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor of the to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom Principal for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice required for use in the performance of the Contract, shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail labor and material being construed to include that part of or certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope ad- water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone dressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at any place service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the where an office is regularly maintained for the trans- Contract. action of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the 2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby aforesaid project is located, save that such service need jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every not be made by a public officer. claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in bi After the expiration of one Ili year following the full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) date on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, days after the date on which the last of such claimant's it being understood, however, that if any limitation em- work or labor was done or performed, or materials were bodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due of limitation permitted by such law. claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction of any such suit. in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any part thereof, is 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder situated, or in the United States District Court for the by any claimant: district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is sit- uated, and not elsewhere. w Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Principal, shall have given written 4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and notice to any two of the following: the Principal, the to the extent of any payment or payments made in good Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety 190) faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of days after such claimant did or performed the last of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount for which said claim is made, stating with substantial of such lien be presented under and against this bond. Signed and sealed this attt day of June 19 76 Frank Peterson Construction Corp. iPn i ill 6eal iLL rtrr••.) ''2''k� Tale) International Fidelity Insurancei�Insurance Penaa� (iC/�u�//'r//c M1 l'rtnr:a ( fir uF. ` • l F. Duffy AtAt or yin Fact �ndr� AIA DOCUMENT A311 PEKFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR .AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND AIA 0 n FEBRUARY 1970 ED.•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1715 N V.AVE., N.W..W.ASHINGTON, D. C 20006 T .�rknuwlydlgm�n�s INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT. STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF ss: On this.. ......................................................day of.............._..........................................................19............. before me personally came ................................................................._..............................................-.........._....................._..........................to me known and known to me to be the individual described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and he acknowledged to me that he executed the some. ........................................................................................................................................ Notary Public. PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT. STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF ss: On this........... ..................................................day of......................................................19............ before me personally appeared .................................... ...... ....................................................................................................................to me known and known to me to be one of the members of the firm of..............................................................................................described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and he acknowledged to me that he executed the some as and for the act and deed of said firm. . Norary Public. CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT. STATE OF NEW YORK ss: COUNTY OF � -'77 On this.. ............ ... ...0..��.............day f.......Ar�............. _................197 , before me personally came .........d .................. ............... ...................................t me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and sa that he resides in the............. .. xM...........F.......�.f.......v/..........._.; that he is The .. . ..... .... .. i -G.IC.ti ................................of the ...Frank Peterson Construction Corp. the corporation descri d in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knew the seal of such corpora- tion; that the seal affixed to said instrument was such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by lik order. 1 ............................................................. Notary Public. • 16034. Ed. 3-66. T .^�•. CHARLES OSTHEIMeR Watary Public, State of r. No. 30-2932565 YO r+,,�.Q�u�dlified ;n Nassau C ANN oun�O; . sslon Expires March un I, MARTHA WEINBERG Assistant Secretan of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the following is a full true, and correct copy of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY on the 3rd day of December, 148 and now in full force and effect, to wit: "RESOLVED, that any one Of the Following officers of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY — President or Secretary-Treasurerare herebv authorized and empowered to execute on behalf of the corporation. Powers of Attorney making, constituting and appointing do attorney-in-fact named therein to execute and deliver on behalf of the corporation, bonds. undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemniry, and any and all other writings (including but not limited to ant' and all forms and evidences of reinsurance or co-suretyship on any and at[ n'pes of bonds or undertakings in suretyship executed or originated by a Surety other than this corporation) obligatory in nature, which are permitted by law, and that any of the above named officers and any per;on(sl appointed by any one of them as attornev-in-fact for this corporation, shall be and are hereby authorized to affix the corporate seal of this corporation to any document executed by them pursuant to this Resolution." I do further certify that pursuant to said resolution,Gail F. Duffy was on the 1st day ol'Aprilly 76 appointed Attorney-In-Fact of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, with full power and authority to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recoxnizances, contract;, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, as set forth therein. Said power of attorneys) is in full force and effect and haS not been revoked. This power of attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 4th day of February, 1975: Voted: That the signature of ant'officer authorized by the By-Laws and the Company seal nuty he affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either eiven for the execution of any bond, undertaking, recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof; such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signanlre of ,uch officer and the orieanal seal of the Company, to be valid and bill llg/5pon the Company with the saute force and effect Is though manually affixed. DATED.. .//.��..7�..... ) IIIy fnSG INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY STATE OF NEW PORK �ss: -t;eok 99 Bti COUNTY OF New York z `O a o SEAL c� c 1904 c� ?.tawCA I do certify that the following is a true statement of the assets and liabilities of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at the close Of business on December 3l, 197> taken from the hooks and records of said Company and is prepared in accordunce with the Statement On file With the Insurance Department of the State of New York to wit: ASSETS LIABILITIES,SURPLUS AND OTHER FUNDS Bonds(Book Value) .......................................................... $1,658,563.32 losses(Reported tosses net :n to rein,uran.e ceded Stocks(Market Value) ...................................................... 256,783.75 and incurred but nor reposed losses)............................. S 666,036.80 ................................. 1.340.453.01 Los,Adjustment Expenses .......................... .............. Cush and Bank Deposits ................... ........ lliR,l'_4.66 Unpaid Premiums&Assumed Balances............................. 133,651.41 ('ontinuent Commiwions acid Other Similar Chas. ............. 25 976.33 Reinsurance Recoverable on Loss Payments ..................... 37,956.75 Other Fspen,c<(c\dudmc lexr,,hcensas and feces .......... 14.692.89 Interest &Dividend,, Due&Accrued ............................... 43,40.15 lax".Liceu,e,and Fee,ICxeludme I ederd Income Taxes) 33,742.33 Funds Held Under Reinsurance Treaties ........................... 73,49o.52 Collateral [arid, Held Under ContracL .............................. 916,095.61 Fund; Held in Escrow Account. ......................_.. ............ 916,095.61 Federal&Foreign Income Taxe, ...................................... 117.001P.(10 Bottom ed$lonec .............................................................. 1-5,001L00 TOTAL ASSETS ......................................................... $4,460.403.52 Unearned Premiums .......................................................... 881,559.o5 m Funds Held by Copan) Under Rem,ur nce Tteatie. ...... 73,490.5'_ .Amounts R'ithhcld by Company for account o'Other, ... 7'5.24 Liability tar Unauthorized Rein,urance ............................ 306,432.46 Ceded Reinsurance Balance,Payable ................................ 42,601.55 Commis,ions Payable - B-0 ............................................. 56,036.54 Commissions Parable - Small Bu,ine„.Adm. ................... 2,309.15 TOTAL LIABILMES ................................................ 83429,8-3.r3 Capital Paid Up ................................................................. 5o0,5011 00 Gro,a Paid In&Contributed Surplu, ................................ _'84,100.00 Unassigned Funds(Surplus) .............................................. 245,980.39 TOTAL SURPLUS AND OTHER FUNDS .................. $1,030,580.39 TOTAL LIABILITIES.SURPLUS AND OTHER FUNDS ......................................................... $4;160,4o3.52 I do further certify that the Commissioner of Banking and Insurance of the State of New York has issued to INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY his certificate that said C'ompant is qualified to become and be accepted as surety or guarantor on all bonds, undertakings and other obligations or guarantees, as provided in the Revised Statutes of the State of New York and all laws amendatory thereof and supplentenmtn thereto; and that Such certificate has not been revoked. 4-z& .tmr Secrer.iry On this d th clay, of June Iq 76 before the personally came. MARTHA WEINBERG to me known, who, tieing by me first duty sworn, did depose and say that she is in :Assistant Secretary of INTER- NATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, the corporation described in, and which executed, the foregoing instrument: that she knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that tale seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is such corporate seal: that it was affixed thereto by audtority of the Board of Dire tor, of Said cox oration and that she signed her name thereto; as Assistant Secretary ,by„JflyS7.}lel: ll�l kiuthority. No:.o; P.n' _ c.: York _ N ary Public STATE OF NEW PORK C'OUNTYOFWestchester ss: On this a th day of June 19 76 before me personally came. Gail F. Duffy WA 7601 Title Pages Page 1 • S P E C I F I C A T I O N S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - for LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED AND TO BE FURNISHED for GENERAL CONSTRUCTION (Contract No. 1) HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (Contract No. 2) PLUMBING (Contract No. 3) ELECTRICAL (Contract No. 4) for the ADDITION to the SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY NEW YORK MR. LOUIS M. DEMAREST DEPUTY SUPERVISOR WIEDERSUM ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS - ENGINEERS - PLANNERS 65 Roosevelt Avenue Valley Stream, New York c \'f r Rev. 5/14/76 WA 7601 Title Pages . Page 2 DRAWINGS (Dated: April 14, 1976 ) The Drawings accompanying these Specifications are as follows: ARCHITECTURAL - CONTRACT NO. 1 Drawing No. 1 Site Plan Drawing No. 2 Basement Plan, Finish Schedule, General Notes and Details Drawing No. 3 First Floor Plan, Finish Schedule and Details Drawing No. 4 Elevations, Cross Sections, Roof Plan and Window Details Drawing No. S Wall Construction Details Drawing No. 6 Miscellaneous Details STRUCTURAL - CONTRACT NO. 1 Drawing No. S-1 Plans and Sections HEATING & VENTILATING - CONTRACT NO. 2 Drawing No. H&V-1 Basement Floor Plan & Roof Plan Drawing No. H&V-2 First Floor Plan Drawing No, HVAC-lA Schematic Piping Diagram dated May 10, 1976 Drawing No. HVAC- 1B Fan Coil Piping Size Diagram dated May 10, 1976 PLUMBING - CONTRACT NO. 3 Drawing No. P-1 Basement Floor Plan & Roof Plan Drawing No. P-2 First Floor Plan ELECTRICAL - CONTRACT NO. 4 Drawing No. E-1 Basement Floor Plan Drawing No. E-2 First Floor Plan APPROVED --BY: Richard C. Wiedersum, Architect Deputy Supervisor SEAL: F. FFp .. • a �S F�'^ Dated: April 14, 1976 R ev. 5/14/76 WA 7601 Index Page 1 I N D E X to S P E C I F I C A T I O N S for GENERAL CONSTRUCTION (Contract No. 1) for the ADDITION to the SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY NEW YORK PAGES Title Pages 1-2 Index 1-3 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Notice to Bidders Information for Bidders 1-8 General Condition (AIA) Doc. A-201, Apr. 1970 Ed. 1-18 Supplementary General Conditions 1-29 Schedule of Wage Rates 1-4 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01100 Alternatives 1-2 DIVISION 2 - SITE Section 02050 Preliminary Work 1-3 02100 Clearing 1-3 02200 Earthwork 1-10 02500 Site Drainage 1-2 02600 Paving & Surfacing 1-4 02800 Landscaping 1-7 • DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1-19 WA 7601 Index (GC) Page 2 PAGES DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04100 Mortar 1-3 04200 Unit Masonry 1-10 DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05900 Miscellaneous Metal 1-15 DIVISION 6 - WOOD & PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 1-7 06200 Finish Carpentry 1-13 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07100 Waterproofing 1-4 07150 Dampproofing 1-3 07200 Insulation 1-3 07300 Roof Shingles & Membrane Roofing 1-5 07400 Aluminum Siding & Trim 1-5 07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal 1-5 07800 Roof Accessories 1-2 07900 Sealants 1-5 DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS Section 08150 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal 1-11 08200 Exterior & Interior Wood Doors 1-4 08600 Wood Windows 1-2 08700 Hardware & Specialties 1-2 08800 Glazing 1-5 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09250 Gypsum Wallboard 1-6 09300 Tile 1-5 09500 Acoustical Treatment 1-5 09650 Resilient Flooring 1-4 09680 Carpeting 1-5 09900 Painting & Finishing 1-14 09950 Wall Covering 1-3 09995 Special Floor & Wall Finishes 1-3 Rev. 5/14/76 WA 7601 Index (CC) Page 3 PAGES DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10150 Compartments & Cubicles 1-4 10200 Louvers , 1 1-3 10700 Miscellaneous Specialties 1-9 10800 Toilet Accessories 1-4 DIVISIONS 11 THROUGH 13 - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14100 Dumbwaiter 1-4 Form of Proposal will be issued at a later date. ADDENDUM NO, 1 dated May 14, 1976 All Contracts 1- 13 r CAN- WA 7601 Notice to Bidders • Page 1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS (ALL CONTRACTS) Town of Southold Southold Town Hall 16 South Street Greenport, Long Island New York 11944 PUBLIC NOTICE is hereby given that separate sealed bids for ADDITION to the SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL located east of Horton Lane and north of Main Street in Southold, Suffolk County, New York will be received by the Town Board of Trustees in the Main Meeting Room, Southold Town Hall, Southold, Long Island, New York on THURSDAY, MAY 20, 1976 at 2:00 P.M. Prevailing Time, and at said place and time publicly opened and read aloud. The work will comprise the following: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 1 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACT NO. 2 PLUMBING CONTRACT NO. 3 ELECTRICAL CONTRACT NO. 4 The Contract Documents, including all Drawings and Specifications may be examined at the office of the Architect, Wiedersum Associates, 65 Roosevelt Avenue, Valley Stream, New York, between the hours of 9:00 o'clock A. M. and 5:00 o'clock P. M. , Monday through and including Friday, beginning on MONDAY APRIL 19, 1976 and may be obtained upon deposit of (S75.00) SEVENTY FIVE DOLLARS for each combined set consisting of General Construction (including Structural), Mechanical and Electrical Trades. Any person or corporation proposing to submit a bid for any of the Four Prime Contracts must take out a minimum of one (1) combined set of Drawings and Specifications. Bidders submitting proposals for Prime Contracts desiring to obtain more than the minimum of one (1) set of Drawings and Specifications may obtain additional sets on the following basis: • r All ,i WA 7601 Notice to Bidders Page 2 $50.00 for each set of General Construction Drawings (including Structural) and Specifications; Mechanical and Electrical Drawings and Specifications, all inclusive. Checks for deposit for Drawings and Specifications shall be made payable to the Town of Southold and may be uncertified. Any person or corporation duly submitting a proposal accompanied by a bid security in accordance with the requirements of the Information for Bidders, will, upon return of the Drawings and Specifications in good condition and within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract or Contracts or the rejection of the bids, receive the deposit in full. Persons or corporations obtaining sets of Drawings and Specifications but do not submit a proposal, one-half the deposit will be returned to such non-bidders upon the return of the Drawings and Specifications in good condition and within thirty (30) days after the award of the Contract for the project. Each Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder or the proposals will be rejected within forty-five (45) days of the date of opening proposals, subject, however, to the discretionary right reserved by the Town Board of Trustees to waive any informalities in, reject any or all proposals and to advertise for new proposals, if, in its opinion, the best interest of the Town will thereby be promoted. Contract or Contracts will not necessarily be awarded on Base Bid Proposals but may be awarded upon acceptance or rejection of Alternates requested in the Form of Proposal. Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in an amount not less than five percentum (57.) of the Base Bid, in the form and subject to the conditions stipulated in the Information for Bidders. No bidder shall withdraw his bid within forty-five (45) days after the formal opening thereof. Thereafter a bidder may withdraw his bid only in writing and in advance of the actual award. TOWN OF SOUTHOLD SUFFOLK COUNTY, NEW YOEK By: Louis Demarest Deputy Supervisor Dated: April 6, 1976 WA 7601 Info. for Bidders Page 2 2. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL (a) Proposals must be submitted upon the prescribed Form of Proposal, copies of which will be provided and submitted by the Architect to each bidder in sufficient time to allow for filling out prior to the prescribed date for opening bids. All blank spaces on the form must be appropriately filled in (in ink) in both words and figures. Each bidder shall submit as his bid a copy of the executed Form of Proposal and shall retain a copy of the Form of Proposal for his records. (b) Each bidder is required to bid on the Base Bid, on all Alternates, Unit Prices and all other items called for in the Form of Proposal. (c) Erasures or other changes on the Form of Proposal submitted as a bid must be explained or noted over the signature of the bidder. Bids containing any conditions, omissions, unexplained erasures, alterations, irregularities of any kind, or items not called for in the Proposal, may be rejected by the Owner as being an informal and incomplete bid. (d) All Proposals must be submitted in sealed envelopes, bearing on the outside, the name of the bidder, his address, the name of the project and the Contract bid upon. (a) Proposals so enclosed shall be delivered to the Owner on or before the date and hour previously noted. 3. EXPLANATION TO BIDDERS (a) No oral explanation in regard to the meaning of the Drawings and Specifications will be made and no oral instructions will be given during the bidding period or before the Award of Contract. Discrepancies, omissions, or doubts to the meaning of the Drawings and Specifications must be communicated in writing to the Architect for interpretation. Bidders shall act promptly to allow sufficient time for a reply to reach them before the submission of their bids. Any interpretation made will be in the form of an Addendum to the Specifications and/or Drawings which will be forwarded to all bidders. WA 7601 Info. for Bidders Page b 1. A list of work of the same general character as that specified in connection with which the bidder had performed a Contract within the last five (5) years. 2. The name of a bank or other financial institution as reference to the financial responsibility of the bidder. 7. SECURITY OF FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE (a) Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed Contract the successful bidder must deliver to the Owner an executed Performance Bond of a corporate surety licensed to do business in the State of New York in the amount of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the accepted bid for the faithful performance of the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Contract and a further separate Labor and Material Payment Bond of a corporate surety licensed to do business in the State of New York in the amount of One Hundred Percent (lOo%) of the accepted bid guaranteeing the prompt payment of all indebtedness incurred by the Contractor or his Subcontractors, for supplies, materials or labor furnished, used or consumed in connection with, in, or about the construction of the project, including fuels, lubricants, power, etc., used or consumed directly in furtherance of such construction. The Performance Bond and the Payment Bond shall be on ALA Documents A-311. (b) The premium on these bonds shall be paid by the Contractor. 8. OBLIGATION OF BIDDERS (a) At the time of opening of bids, each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have examined and to be thoroughly familiar with the Conditions of the Contract, the Drawings and Specifications (including all addenda thereto). The failure of or omission of any bidder to receive or examine any form, instruction or document shall in no wise relieve any bidder from any obligations in respect to his bid. (b) Each bidder shall, by careful examination of the site, satisfy himself as to the location of the work, the foundation conditions, the character, the quality and quantity of the work to be performed and the materials to be furnished, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which in any way affect the work specified herein. WA 7601 Info. for Bidders Page 6 • 11. TIME FOR COMPLETION (a) Each bidder for General Construction work (Contract No. 1) will be required to stipulate the number of calendar days required to complete his work in the event he is awarded the Contract. Number of calendar days shall be so noted in the place provided for same in the Form of Proposal. (b) Each bidder for Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Work (Contract No. 2), Plumbing Work (Contract No. 3) and Electrical Work (Contract No. 4) will be required to complete all work under his Contract to coincide with the completion of work under the General Construction Work (Contract No. 1) if awarded the Contract. • • WA 7601 Info. for Bidders Page g • 13• GENERAL NOTE Manufacturers' names where used in these Specifications describe the quality, type and performance of material and equipment required to be furnished for the work specified and shown on Drawings and shall not restrict the use of material and equipment of other manufacturers. Materials and equipment of the same type, performance and quality will be accepted, subject to approval by the Architect. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Conds. Page 1 • SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ALL CONTRACTS) NOTE: All the provisions and requirements of the "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION", AIA Document A201, Twelfth Edition, April 1970, bound herewith, are part of these Specifications and shall govern the work of this Contract insofar as they apply. Any question as to their application will be decided by the Architect. ALA Document A701, "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS", usually accompanying AIA Document A201, will not be used for this Project. See "INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS" accompanying these Specifications. 1. SUPPLEMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS (a) The following supplements modify, change, delete or add to the • GENERAL CONDITIONS. Where any part of the GENERAL CONDITIONS is modified or voided by these ARTICLES, the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCU14ENTS Add new Subparagraph as follows: 1.1.5 The Contractor shall examine the building(s) in which the work is to be installed and shall acquaint himself fully with existing conditions which relate to the work to be performed. He shall compare existing conditions to those shown on Drawings or mentioned in Specifications. Any discrepancies found between actual conditions and those shown on Drawings; or any interferences found which limit or prevent the proper installation or operation of work shown to be installed or specified shall be reported to the Architect before Proposal is submitted. By submitting a Proposal without such notification to the Architect of discrepancies or interferences, the Contractor agrees that no subsequent modification of the Contract Price will be requested or made by reason of the Contractor' s failure to acquaint himself fully with existing conditions, the Drawings and the Specifications. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 2 Paragraph 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION, INTENT AND INTERPRETATIONS Add new .Sub-subparagraph as follows: 1.2.3.1 Where references are made to American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and Federal Specifications, in these Specifications, they refer to the latest issue of these Specifications at the time of bidding. Paragraph 1.3 COPIES FURNISHED AND OWNERSHIP Delete Subparagraph 1.3.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 1.3.1 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, eight (8) complete copies of the Drawings and Specifications and will be furnished, at actual cost of reproduction, as many additional copies as he may require. ARTICLE 2 - ARCHITECT Paragraph 2.2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Subparagraphs 2.2.10, 2.2.10.1, 2.2.10.2, 2.2.11 and 2.2.19 shall be deleted in their entirety. Add new Subparagraph 2.2.20 as follows: 2.2.20 In order to prevent all disputes and litigations the Architect shall, in all cases, determine the amount and/or quality of the several kinds of work and materials that are to be paid for under the Contract and he shall determine all questions in relation to the work, and materials and the construction. He shall in all cases decide every question that may arise relative to the execution of the Contract on the part of the Contractor and his estimate and decision shall be final and conclusive upon the Contractor. Further, his estimate and decision, in the case of any question that may arise, shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive any money under the Contract. Add new Subparagraph 2.2.21 as follows: 2.2.21 In the event of any dispute arising as to possible or alleged interference between the various contractors or of any dispute between contractors concerning the responsibility of work required for the project, which may retard the progress of the work, the dispute shall be referred to the Architect. His decision as to the parties at fault and the manner in which the matter may be adjusted shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. Any dispute between the Contractor and his subcontractors or between his subcontractors shall be adjusted by the Contractor immediately, so as not to cause delay of the work. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 3 ARTICLE 3 - OWNER Add new Subparagraph as follows: 3.2.6 The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any bid or part of any bid. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR Paragraph 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES Add new Subparagraph as follows: 4.3.2 Should the Contractor encounter conditions at the site materially differing from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, he shall immediately give notice to the Architect of such conditions before • they are disturbed. The Architect shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions, and shall at once make such changes in the Drawings and/or Specifications as he may find necessary. Any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustments as to extra and/or additional work and changes. Paragraph 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add new Subparagraphs as follows: 4.4.3 Contractor' s Title to Materials - No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 4 Paragraph 4.6 TAXES Amend Subparagraph 4.6.1 to read as follows: 4.6.1 to read as follows: 4.6.1 The Town of Southold is exempt from payment of all New York State and Local Sales Taxes applicable to the purchase of materials to be installed under this Contract. Paragraph 4.10 RESPONSIBILITY FOR THOSE PERFORMING THE WORK Add new Subparagraph as follows: 4.10.2 He alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of his plant, appliances and methods, and for any damages which may result from their failure or their improper construction, maintenance or operation. The Contractor shall observe, comply with and be subject to all terms, conditions, requirements, and limitations of the Contract and Specifications and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire work to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. Paragraph 4.12 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE Delete the last sentence of Subparagraph 4.12.1 and add a new Subparagraph as follows: 4.12.2 During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall maintain a record on Drawings of location of all buried or concealed work where specific location is not called for on Contract Drawings or where actual installation alignment or location varies from Contract Drawings. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 5 • At the conclusion of the work and before a final Certificate for payment is issued, the Contractor shall prepare a final set of reproducible "as-built" Drawings showing all such alignments and locations of utility piping and construction, dry wells, septic tanks, manholes, electric conduits in site work and where such work occurs below slabs on grade. Such Drawings shall also indicate location and type of variation in actual installation from Contract Drawings throughout the work. Prints from these Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for approval in the same manner as required for shop drawings. When the prints are unconditionally approved, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect the Drawings and two (2) opaque prints of each Drawing. Paragraph 4.13 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Add the following to Subparagraph 4.13.5 Shop drawings will normally be processed by the Architect and returned to the Contractor within fifteen (15) working days from the date of their receipt by the Architect, except that in cases where the approval of any • shop drawings is contingent upon the receipt and checking of related shop drawings not received by the Architect, such 15 day period will commence upon receipt of the shop drawing upon which the shop drawings in question are dependent or related. Add the following new Subparagraphs: 4.13.9 Shop drawings and samples shall be dated and contain: name of project; description or names of equipment, materials and items; and complete identification of locations at which materials or equipment are to be installed. 4.13.10 Submission of shop drawings and samples shall be accompanied by transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing project name, Contractor' s name, number of drawings and samples, titles and other pertinent data. 4.13.11 Submit one (1) reproducible sepia transparency and three (3) prints of each Drawing, including fabrication, erection, layout and setting drawings, and such other drawings as required under various sections of the Specifications until final approval is obtained. Submit copies of manufacturers' descriptive data including catalog sheets for materials, equipment and fixtures, showing dimensions, performance characteristics and capacities, wiring diagrams and controls, and schedules. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 6 4.13.12 Contractor is responsible for obtaining and distributing prints of shop drawings as necessary after as well as before final approval. Prints of approved shop drawings shall be made from sepia transparencies which carry the Architect's stamp of approval. 4.13.13 After final approval, the Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of all manufacturer' s cuts, data sheets, schedules, specific technical information, maintenance and operating manuals. Paragraph 4.15 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK Delete Subparagraph 4.15.1 in its entirety and substitute new Subparagraphs as follows: 4.15.1 Each Contractor shall do all cutting and patching of building and finish materials required because of his work. 4.15.2 All cutting shall be the minimum required for the proper installation of new work or connection to existing work. So far as possible it shall be done in inconspicuous areas. Patching shall be done in a neat manner by mechanics experienced and skilled in working the materials involved. 4.15.3 All costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. Add new Paragraph and Subparagraphs as follows: Paragraph 4.19 SURVEYS 4.19.1 All grades, lines, levels and bench marks shall be established by and maintained by the Contractor, who shall be responsible for same. 4.19.2 Verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and report any errors or inconsistencies in the above to the Architect before commencing work. 4.19.3 The Contractor shall stake out all corners of the building and submit a stake location drawing to the Architect for approval. No excavation will be started until approval has been given by the Architect. 4.19.4 When forms for foundation work have been completed for any section or have been carried approximately to grade, and prior to pouring any concrete for foundation walls and before any work above grade is started, furnish to the Architect, triplicate copies of a certified survey WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 7 • i attesting, that all forms for footings and foundations have been accurately installed. The survey shall also attest that there are no encroachments beyond the Owner's property or building lines and that the first floor elevations have been properly established in correct relation to the legal curb grades taken from official monuments. No placing of concrete shall be done until the Contractor has been notified in writing to proceed. 4.19.5 Upon final completion of the whole work, furnish to the Architect triplicate copies of a final survey showing the final position of the exterior walls, as related to the property lines and the deviation from plumbness, if any, in the building walls, the elevations of all finished floors and of slab under roofings, grades at the corners of the property, at the corners of the building and at critical intermediate points and grades at street curbs. This survey shall contain all the data which may be required by the Civil Authorities in connection with the granting of the Certificate of Occupancy, and shall attest whether or not there are any encroachments beyond the Owner's property or building lines, except those allowed by local building codes and regulations. A11 surveys shall be certified by a licensed land surveyor, who shall be • approved by the Architect. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page g ARTICLE 6 - SEPARATE CONTRACTS Paragraph 6.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS Delete Subparagraphs 6.3.1 and 6.3.2 in their entirety and substitute new Subparagraph 6.3.1 as follows: 6.3.1 See ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR: for all cutting and patching under this Contract. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. • Page 9 ARTICLE 7 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Par. 7.10 - ARBITRATION Subparagraphs 7.10.1) 7.10.2 and 7.10.3 Paragraph 7.10 with subsequent subparagraphs shall be deleted in their entirety. Add new Paragraphs and Subparagraphs as follows: Paragraph 7.11 - PROJECT SIGN 7.11.1 Other than as noted below, the Contractor shall display no signs or advertisements on the premises except as required for safety and for emergency. 7.11.2 The Contractor shall display a neatly painted sign about 4 feet by 8 feet in size giving the name of the project and his own name, business address and also the same information regarding the Architect. The design and details of such a sign, including content, arrangement, color and design shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. • 7.12 MINIMUM RATES OF WAGES AND SUPPLEMENTS 7.12.1 In accordance with Section 220, Subdivision 3, and 220d of the labor Law as amended by Chapter 750 of the laws of 1956, the Industrial Commissioner, Department of labor, State of New York, has ascertained the Prevailing Rates of Wages, including Supplemental Benefits thereto, which will apply to this Project known as ADDITION TO THE SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL, SOUTHOLD SUFFOLK COUNTY NEW YORK 7.12.2 The amounts for supplements listed on the schedule do not necessarily include all types of supplements prevailing in the locality, and a future determination of the Industrial Commissioner may require the Contractor to provide additional supplements. I£ the amount of supplements provided by the employer is less than the total supplements shown on the Wage Schedule, the difference shall be paid in cash to the employees. 7.12.3 The Prevailing Rates of Wages and Supplements thereto, which are the minimum rates to be paid on this Project are attached and made part of the Supplementary General Conditions (Pages 1-4) PRC-76-1230 (1-4) • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 10 7.12.4 Any person or corporation that willfully pays, after entering into such a Contract, less than the established wage schedule, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction shall be punished for such first offence by a fine of FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($500.00) or by imprisonment for not more than thirty (30) days, or both fine and imprisonment. A second offence carries heavier penalties. 7.12.5 Preference in Hiring: Due to the 6% or more unemployment rate for three consecutive months in SUFFOLK County established by the Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) issued February 3, 1976 by the State of New York Department of Labor, Bureau of Public Works, Albany, New York, ARTICLE 8, SECTION 222 of the New York State Labor Law, all Contractors and Subcontractors working on this project will be required to give preference in employment to citizens of New York State who have resided in that SMSA for at least twelve consecutive months prior to the commencement of their employment. All Contractors and Subcontractors are hereby notified that this preference is in effect and will remain in effect until otherwise noted. 7.13 REPRODUCTION ALLOWANCE 7.13.1 The Contractor for General Construction work shall include in his estimate the sum of: SIX THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($ 6,500.00 ) to cover reimbursement to the Architect as hereinafter provided, for the cost heretofore or hereafter incurred by the Architect for reproduction of all Specifications, and details required for any purpose whatsoever in connection with the project, including without limitation, the reproduction of all Specifications for estimating and bidding and the reproduction of details issued by the Architect, upon the latter's request. The Architect shall have a direct right of action against the Contractor in case the Contractor shall fail to perform this provision in whole or in part. Unused portion of Reproduction Allowance shall be returned to the Architect in full. 7.14 PRESERVATION OF BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 7.14.1 The premises shall not be used as a workshop to the detriment of any portion thereof. Neither the desks, tables, or equipment in any room shall be used as work benches, nor shall materials or other furniture be piled thereon without proper protection. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 11 • 7.15 CODES AND STANDARDS 7.15.1 In addition to code compliance specified in the "General Conditions", all Electrical Work shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code. All electric equipment furnished and installed shall be of type approved for the specified application by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 7.15.2 Where a conflict occurs between the standards cited above or between them and these Specifications, the more stringent requirement shall govern. • • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 12 7.16 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE 7.16.1 Contractor for General Construction work within an appropriate vicinity of construction shall provide and maintain a suitable private office having not less than 120 square feet of space for the use of the Architect, including the Clerk of the Work for the Project. 7.16.2 The Contractor shall pay for all telephone charges, fuel, electric and other incidental costs for the maintenance of the building. 7.16.3 The temporary office may be a substantially framed building with weathertight walls and roof with a minimum 716" ceiling height. 7.16.4 In lieu of the building specified, Contractor may provide comparable space within a mobile trailer providing the trailer is adequately furnished and equipped suitable for use intended. The 120 square feet of space required shall contain the following; 1. One (1) office desk with drawers - 3' x 5' . 2. Three (3) chairs. 3. One (1) Plan Table - 4' x 8' (3/4" plywood with hardwood trimmed edges, set on wood sawhorses. ) 4. One (1) metal, 4-drawer filing cabinet, legal size with lock, Globe-Wernicke or equal - grey color. 7.16.5 At termination of all Contract Work, the Contractor shall remove all furnishings and equipment for the temporary field office from the site except the 4-drawer metal filing cabinet which shall remain on the premises as the property of the Owner. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 13 • "7.17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 7.17.1 The Contractor for General Construction work shall maintain telephone service with yard bell from 9 A. M.to 5 P.M. for all working days. Contractor shall pay for installation, maintenance, removal and all charges for use of this telephone service except for long distance calls which shall be paid by the person making the call for long distance. Long distance calls shall be considered as those made beyond a distance of 60 miles. This telephone service shall remain until the Hall completion of the project. The Owner, Architect and their representatives shall have free access to this Service at all times during working hours. 7.17.2 Contractor for General Construction work shall post notices, take precautionary measures as may be necessary, remove any excrement deposited in or about the building and do any and all cleaning necessary to keep the building and premises in a neat and sanitary condition as may be directed by the Architect. • 7.17.3 Prior to beginning any work, Contractor for General Construction work shall provide on the premises, where directed, suitable temporary sanitary convenience enclosures for the use of all workmen on the Project. The Contractor shall maintain the enclosures in a sanitary condition and remove same and all contents at the completion of the Project. 7.17.4 Contractor shall erect ample storage shed space for the building materials requiring shelter from the elements. Locate sheds as required to make the best use of the space available on the site. If street space is hecessary, each Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and shall conform to all local requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. 7.17.5 At the completion of all work under the Contract, Contractor shall take down and remove all temporary field structures built and used by him and restore the site occupied by same to the complete satisfaction of the Architect. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 14 7.18 TEMPORARY HEAT 7.18.1 Contractor for General Construction will be required to take necessary precautions to close up all exterior openings by permanent glazed windows and doors or by approved temporary closures to windows, doors and roof openings. 7.18.2 During the period of construction the Contractor shall exercise supervisory control over the conditions of the building. Temperature requirements of the various trades shall be maintained. Ventilation and temperatures shall be uniform to prevent shrinkages, cracking or swelling of floors, trim and other work. 7.18.3 A minimum temperature of 700 F. shall be maintained throughout all rooms and spaces where the finishing trades (carpentry, cabinet work, floor covering, painting and decorating) are at work. At all times while work is in progress a minimum temperature of 500 F. shall be maintained for 24 hours a day, seven days a week, if required. 7.18.4 A temperature shall be maintained at all times throughout the building for comfortable working conditions, to prevent harmful effects of low temperature and to dry out and keep the entire building dry until it is complete and accepted by the Owner. 7.18.5 Until use of the Heating System of the building is made available when temporary heat is required, the Contractor shall provide heat by other methods approved by the Architect. The temporary heating system shall comply with the regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over same; and said system shall not cause smudge, defacement or discoloration of finished work, nor shall it be injurious or harmful to the workmen. Open salamanders shall not be used without specific approval of the Architect. A22 costs in connection herewith shall be borne by the Contractor for General Construction work. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 15 • 7.19 TRAPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 7.19.,1 _ Temporary light and power shall be provided in the following manner to facilitate the proper and safe operation of construction tools, as well as the efficient and safe performance of the work of each trade: 7.19.2 Immediately after the signing of Contracts, a meeting shall be called at the site, at which the Electrical Contractor and the Contractor for General Construction work, shall be represented. The Electrical Contractor shall arrange for the Utility Company to be represented. This meeting will be for the purpose of coordinating the location of the temporary light and power service equipment and its associated service entrance, conductors, poles, structures, etc., as well as coordinating the schedule for the areas or buildings of construction in which temporary light and power will be required so that same can be provided without delay as construction progresses from area to area or building to building. Light and power for the purposes specified herein shall be provided in all areas or buildings immediately following the start of any work by any trade in any area or any building. 7.19.3 The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the following requirements and shall perform and provide the following services: • 1. . . .1 Comply with all the requirements of the Electric Utility Company, the National Electric, Local and State labor Codes and arrange for and pay all fees in conjunction with obtaining a metered temporary electric service for the ( ) building. .2 Provide all labor and material as required to provide an adequately sized grounded temporary light and power electric service and distribution system in the (efteW building according to the following temporary light and power service schedule. Wires, cables, distribution equipment, etc., shall be at a minimum equal to the size of the services provided and larger where required to reduce voltage drop for the proper operation of construction tools, etc. Provide boost and buck transformer where the installation of larger wires to compensate for voltage drop would be impracticable, such as long overhead pole runs, etc. •3 Temporary light and power shall consist of a 100 ampere minimum 3 wire 120/208 volt service and 4 trailers. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 16 .4 Provide temporary electric light and power for the construction purposes specified herein in all areas of the building from temporary service entrance and/or meter. .5 Adjacent to Utility Company service entrance, and elsewhere as required, furnish and install fused cutout block type distribution panels for the protection of the branch and feeder circuits. Leave a minimum of one 3-pole 30 amp. lug at service entrance main for extension to 208 or 240 volt special tools or equipment for the use of Contractors requiring these special services. The cost of extension, maintenance and removal of wiring from these lugs shall be borne by the Contractors requiring these special services. (continued on next page) WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 17 .6 From-aaalk-temporary service main furnish and install adequately sized feeders to local panels, and from these panel locations furnish and install all circuits complete with all adequately sized wiring, double sockets, lamps and adapters for trailers. The adequacy of the size of the feeders and wiring shall depend on the load served according to Code, and same shall limit the voltage drop to 12 volts (from a 120 volt base) at the furthest point served. Provide boost and buck transformers to limit voltage drop where practical. In general, the installation shall be made to provide separate circuits to serve the following: a. Provide all safety lighting of barricades, sidewalk bridges, passageways, halls, stairs and rooms, in which light is required, to permit the free access to a safe passage about the premises at all times. b. Provide one switched lamp outlet and one receptacle in the field offices of the Owner' s representative, the Architect, the Contractor for General Construction work, the Heating and Ventilating Contractor, the Plumbing and Sanitary Contractor, and any other contractor having office on the site. • c. In the remaining areas of the building where any trades have work to perform, provide double socket outlets so that no point in the building, on any level, will be more than thirty feet (30' ) from an outlet. One of the sockets shall be equipped with a 100-watt lamp and wire guard and the other socket shall be provided with a grounded 20-Ampere 3-pole 2-wire plug adapter, suitable for the use of power hand tools, rated at 10-amperes, 120 volts, single phase. .7 Temporary light and power outlets, panels or wiring which require relocation, removal and reinstallation to avoid interference with the progress of construction, shall be removed and reinstalled, when directed by the Architect' s representative, at no additional cost to the Owner. .8 The temporary light and power system, or any part thereof, shall be removed immediately upon notification, when directed by the Architect's representative. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 18 .9 Furnish and install each main and other local panels, which shall be made up of assemblies of fuse gaps and fuses of size and number as required to protect the feeders and branch circuits. Install the temporary service feeder complete up to the point of main distribution immediately upon the start of work by any trade in any area or any building and install all other wiring and outlets progressively in the locations directed when so ordered by the Architect' s representative. Install field office and safety lighting when installing the temporary service feeder. .10 In accordance with the Temporary Light and Power Service Require- ment, and in addition to all feeders and branches specified, furnish the specified number of forty foot (401 ) long, 3-wire (one wire grounded) trailers. Each trailer shall consist of two #10 line wires and one #14 ground wire with lamp sockets, and grounded 3-pole, 2-wire, 20A female receptacles, spaced ten feet on centers. These trailers shall be used to supply power to portable hand tools and to lights in places which are not covered by the feeder and branches specified hereinbefore. Furnish and install all 100-watt lamps and lamp guards for all trailers. .11 Furnish and install all labor and material required to keep the temporary light and power system in the building energized from 15 minutes before to 15 minutes after normal working hours every day in the week established as a regular working day for any trade, except that when service for temporary light and power is available from the Utility Company' s facilities the lights for all shanties and field offices, stairways, boiler room, lights within the building for safety, watchmen and fire protection use, and locations required for public protection shall be left energized, under control of switches, at all times until there is no need for temporary lights and the permanent facilities are placed in use. The cost of maintenance shall include the repairing and replacing of any and all damaged or missing items, regardless of the origin of such damage or misappropriation. .12 The permanent electric services when in place, may be used for temporary light and power service, provided that at the time of the final acceptance of the electrical work the permanent facilities conform in all respects to the Contract requirements and provided that power is used only for low torque portable tools rated at not more than 10 amperes, 120 volts, single phase. Power to operate tools requiring more than 10 amperes and 120 volts to run may be obtained from the mains of permanent power panel boards, provided suitable protective devices as approved by the Architect are installed. The cost for installing and removing these temporary lines shall be borne by the Contractor requiring the service. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. page 19 • 7.19.4 When service for temporary light and power is available from the Utility Company's facilities the Contractor for General Construction work shall pay for all current consumed, except current consumed for the special tool requirements (more than 10 amperes and 120 volts) ordered by individual contractors. Special power and light current consumption charges will be pro-rated to the individual contractors from the metered bill. In the case where temporary light and power service is connected to an existing building, permanent service, the Contractor for General Construction work shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of all current consumed. 7.19.5 The Contractor for General Construction work shall patch all openings and repair all surfaces left open or damaged by the installation and removal of temporary light and power facilities. 7.19.6 Special Services: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who requires temporary light or power having characteristics other than those stated above, or requiring more or longer trailers or branch circuits, shall order them from and pay the Electrical Contractor for their installation, maintenance and removal, and shall pay the Contractor for General Construction work for the current consumed. payment shall be agreed upon in each instance between the parties involved, totally independent of the Architect and the • Owner. The Electrical Contractor shall operate, maintain and repair all temporary lighting and power equipment for the normal working hours and days specified hereinbefore. If any Contractor or Subcontractor requires temporary light and power before or after the normal working hours, or on days other than stated above, the Contractor requiring same shall pay the Electrical Contractor for all cost incurred in the operation and maintenance of same and shall pay the General Contractor for the current consumed. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 20 7.20 TEMPORARY WATER 7.20.1 The Contractor for General Construction will be required to guard against the waste of water and shall be responsible for all damage to all work and any part of building and its finishes. Water shall be obtained on the premises. Each trade shall furnish the number and lengths of hose and make proper connection to the hose outlet. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 21 • ARTICLE 8 - TIME Paragraph 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Add new Subparagraph as follows: 8.2.4 Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on Sundays or Legal Holidays, shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner, if such overtime work is required for reasons or causes not originating with the Owner. Should the Owner require the work to be performed in overtime for his own purposes then the Owner will compensate the Contractor for overtime premiums paid to Mechanics, laborers and Supervisory Personnel. Paragraph 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME Subparagraph 8.3.1 On eighth line delete reference to "pending arbitration". Remainder of subparagraph to remain unchanged. Subparagraph 8.3.2 Modify subparagraph to read: All claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect • not more than seven (7) days after the occurrence of the delay; otherwise they shall be waived. In the case of a continuing cause of delay only one claim is necessary. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 22 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Paragraph 9.3 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Add new Subparagraph as follows: 9.3.4 All progress payments shall be based upon an estimate and a certificate, made by the Architect of the materials furnished, installed and suitably stored at the site and the work done by the Contractor, and payment shall be made in installments of ninety (90) percent of the amount certified as earned until fifty (50) percent of the total Contract sum has been so certified, and thereafter subsequent payments shall be made in installments of one hundred (100) percent of the amount certified as earned so that, at the completion of the work, there will be a retainage of five (5) percent of the total Contract sum. Should the Architect certify that a major portion of the work is substantially complete or should the Owner occupy any part of the structure prior to the final completion of the entire Contract then the retainage applicable to that part of the work which is certified as complete or is occupied by the Owner shall be reduced to two (2) percent. All progress payments made previous to the last and final payment shall be based on estimates and the right is hereby reserved by the Architect for the Owner, to make all due and proper corrections in any payment for any previous error in payments. Paragraph 9.6 FAILURE OF PAYMENT Subparagraph 9.6.1 On seventh line delete the words: "or awarded by arbitration". Remainder of subparagraph to remain unchanged. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 23 • ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Paragraph 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS Add new sentence as follows: The Contractor shall conform to all applicable conditions and requirements of standards and regulations initiated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor (OSHA). Paragraph 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Add new subparagraph as follows: 10.2.1.4 The Contractor for General Construction work shall employ and retain one or more competent watchmen, to guard the premises at night and at all times (day and night) on Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays and any other day on which the Contractor for General Construction work is not represented on the project until the entire operation is complete and/or the Owner has taken charge of the building. In the event that the Owner at any time deems the watchman' s service inadequate or incompetent, the Contractor for General Construction work shall • increase or change the watchmen personnel. It is the intention of this paragraph that the Contractor for General Construction work shall employ and retain one or more competent watchmen to provide 24 hour protection to the project at all times when for any reason it becomes necessary to shut down the work and discontinue temporarily the continuance of the project. Such causes as inclement weather, strike, inability to obtain materials, etc., are construed as being within the intent of this paragraph. Add new paragraph and subparagraph as follows: 10.4 PUMPING AND BAILING 10.4.1 From the commencement to the completion of the building operations, the Contractor shall keep all parts of the site and building free from accumulation of water, no matter what the source or cause of water, and to this end, shall supply, maintain and operate all pumping and bailing equipment such as pumps, containers, hose piping, strainers, fuel, power, etc. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 24 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE Delete Paragraphs 11.1 through 11.4 in their entirety as now written and substitute the following: 11.1 GENERAL 11.1.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under the Contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under the following paragraphs and such insurance has been approved by the Owner; nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work under his Subcontract until he has obtained all similar insurance for protection of himself, the Contractor and the Owner. All insurance shall be issued by a company authorized to write insurance in the State of NEW YORK and acceptable to the Owner. (continued on next page) WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 25 • 11.2 WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of the Contract, Workmen's Compensation insurance for his employees, and for all other persons to whom the applicable Workmen' s Compensation law requires coverage, by reason of the operations and activities which are carried on by him at or in connection with the protection or which are contemplated by his Contract. 11.3 COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING PROPERTY DAMAGE 11.3.1 The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of the Contract, Comprehensive General Liability Insurance which shall name and protect him, and any Subcontractor performing work covered by the Contract, from claims for damages for Bodily Injuries and/or Death, and from claims for Property Damage, which may arise from the operations and activities under the Contract, whether such operations and activities may be by himself, by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly engaged or employed by him or them. This insurance specifically shall provide coverage for Comprehensive Automobile Liability, including Property Damage, Owned Vehicles, Hired Vehicles, other non-owned Vehicles and Vehicles • of independent contractors. .1 In an amount not less than $500,000.00 for Bodily Injuries and/or Death to any one person and, subject to the same limit for each person, in an amount not less than $500,000.00 on account of one accident or occurrence. .2 In an amount not less than $500,000.00 for Property Damage on account of any one accident or occurrence, and in an amount not less than $500,000.00 on account of property damage related to use of automobiles. 11.3.2 In addition, the Contractor agrees to furnish and pay for the following forms of insurance during the life of this Contract as follows: • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 26 .1 Contractual Liability Insurance covering the following indemnity agreement which is hereby made a part of this Contract. Contractor assumes entire responsibility and liability for any and all damage or injury of any kind or nature whatever (including death resulting therefrom) to all persons, and to all property, caused by, resulting from, arising out of or occurring in connection with the execution of its work hereunder and all damage, direct or indirect, of whatever nature resulting from the performance of its work hereunder or resulting to its work hereunder from whatever cause shall be borne by Contractor, and all work hereunder shall be solely at its risk, if any person shall make a claim for any damage or injury (including death resulting therefrom) as hereinabove described, whether such claim be based upon Owner' s alleged active or passive negligence or participation in the wrong, or upon any alleged breach of any statutory duty or obligation on the part of Owner, or otherwise, Contractor agrees to indemnify and save harmless Owner from and against such claim and all loss, expense, damage or injury that Owner may sustain as a result of any such claim. .2 Owner's Protective Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall furnish an Owner's protective Liability, including property Damage, Insurance Policy in triplicate in the same limits as provided above, naming the Owner, the Architect and the Consulting Engineer as insureds. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 27 • 11.4 SPECIAL HAZARDS INSURANCE 11.4.1 Coverage shall include explosions, blasting, undermining, damage to water pipes and electrical wires. Coverage shall be in the same amounts listed above for Liability and Property Damage. 11.5 EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE 11.5.1 The Contractor shall file with the Owner and the Architect, before commencing work under his Contract, Certificates of Insurance in triplicate, concerning the insurance coverage hereinabove provided. Each certificate shall contain the following information: .1 Names and addresses of the insureds. .2 Titles and locations of the operations to which the insurance applies. .3 The number of the policy and the type of insurance in force thereunder on the date of the certificate. .4 The expiration date of the policy and the limit or • limits of the liability thereunder on the date of the certificate. •5 A statement that the insurance of the type afforded by the policy applied to all of the operations and activities on and at the site of the project or incidental thereto, which are undertaken by the Contractor during the performance of his Contract. .6 A statement as to the exclusions of the policy, if any. .7 A statement that Comprehensive Automobile Liability, including Property Damage has been effected. .8 A statement showing the method of cancellation prescribed by the policy. If cancellation may be.effected by the giving of notice to the insureds by the insurer, the policy shall provide for the laps of such number of days following the giving of such notice that in the ordinary course of transmission the insureds actually will have received such notice at least ten (10) days before the cancellation becomes effective. • WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. Page 28 .9 All insurance herein referred to shall be provided by insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of NEW YORK by the NEW YORK State Insurance Department. 11.6 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.6.1 The Owner, at his option, may maintain additional insurance as will protect him from his contingent liability for damage for bodily injuries and/or death, and for property damage, which may arise from operations and activities under the Contract. 11.7 FIRE INSURANCE 11.7.1 The Owner shall effect and maintain fire, extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief insurance upon the entire structure on which the work of the Contract is to be done and upon the materials, in or adjacent thereto and intended for use thereon, to One Hundred Percent of the insurable value thereof. (Vandalism and malicious mischief insurance shall exclude glass breakage.) The loss, if any, is to be made adjustable with and payable to the Owner as Trustee for the insureds as their interest may appear. The Contractor shall be named or designated in such capacity as insured jointly with the Owner in all policies. 11.7.2 All policies shall be opened to inspection by the Contractor. Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with the Contractor if he so requires. If the Owner fails to show them on request, or if he fails to effect or maintain insurance as above, the Contractor may, after written notice to the Owner of his intention to do se, insure his own interest and that of his Subcontractors and charge the cost thereof to the Owner. 11.7.3 The Owner, Contractor, and all Subcontractors waive all rights, each against the others, for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance provided for under the terms of the Contract Documents except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of insurance. 11.7.4 The Owner shall, upon the occurrence of loss, distribute any money received from the Underwriters proportionately as the interest of the parties may appear from the adjustment arrived at by the adjuster for the Owner and the adjuster for the assured. WA 7601 Suppl. Gen. Cond. • Page 29 11.7.5 In case of a total loss or a partial loss of the structure by fire before its completion, the Contractor shall proceed with the execution of his Contract and he shall not be relieved from any of his obligations under the Contract, except that the time for the completion of the work shall be extended for such number of days as it may have been (in the opinion of the Architect, evidenced by his certificate in writing, which shall be binding and conclusive upon the Contractor) delayed by reason of any such loss or partial loss by fire. 11.8 NOTICE OF CANCELLATION 11.8.1 In all cases, the Notice of Cancellation shall be delivered to the Contractor, the Owner, the Architect, as well as to other named insureds. • • State of New York 11-k// Bureau of Public Work Department of Labor QA r++. ty State Office Building Campus, Building 412 Albany, New York L2201 WA 7601 V 1 WAGE SCHEDULE INSTRUCTION SHEET (ALL CONTRACTS) THIS SCHEDULE IS TO BE ATTACHED TO THE CONTRACT. R is hereby agreed by the parties to the contract to which this Schedule is attached that all laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on the work done in performance of said contract shall be paid not less than the rate of wages listed hereon for the trade or occupation of such laborer, workmen or mechanic, and also provided with each supplement listed on this Schedule for such trade or occupation at not less than the amount so listed. Section 220-b of the New York State Labor Law disqualifies a contractor from being awarded a contract on any State or municipal contract for 5 years after a determination of willful failure to pay prevailing wages or supplements on two occasions within any six year period. APPLICABILITY OF SCHEDULE: The attached Schedule is to be used on the public work project whose PRC number appears on the Schedule, and supersedes any Schedule of rates previously issued for this pro- ject. These wage rates and supplemental benefits are subject to change, and you will be periodically notified of all such changes. The wage rates and supplement benefits to be paid should always be those prevailing at the time the work is being performed. LOCATIONS WHERE APPLICABLE: Contractors should read down the list of locations for a relevent oc- cupation until they reach a geographical area (whether a village, [own, county-, or group of counties) which includes the area where the work is being performed. -I he rates appearing on that line will be the rates that apply to the project. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS LEGEND: A. Health & welfare (includes hospital, F. Education surgical or medical insurance or G. Vacation benefits, life insurance or death H. Apprentice Training benefits, accidental death or dis- 1. Annuity Fund memberment insurance). J. Benefit Fund B. Pension K. Security Savings Fund C. Supplemental Unemployment Benefit L. Holiday Pay D. Scholarship Fund St. Other(See below) E. Paid Holidays WHEN PROJECT IS COMPLETED OR CANCELLED, NOTIFY THE .NEAREST DISTRICT OFFICE OF TIIE BUREAU OF PUBLIC WORK. State Office Building Campus 175 Fulton Ave. 201 Genesee St. Albany, N.Y. 12201 Hempstead, N.Y. 11550 Utica, N.Y. 13501 44 Hawley St. 155 Main Street West 30 Glenn St. Binghampton, N.Y. 13901 Rochester, N.Y. 14614 White Plains, N.Y. 10603 65 Court St. 333 East Washington St. Buffalo, N.Y. 14202 Syracuse, N.Y. 13202 P W-6 01.75) -1 BUREAU STATE Of NEe TORN PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE (ALL CONTRACTS) OF PUBLIC - � OFPAaINEx}Of LABOR NBL IC vOat • ceuo ne rR"xru,x aeuua✓^uaa uouw Ora u,a^ . Nassau i Suffolk ra ^ Schedule 2 LOCATIONS WHERE °"E' SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE DATE a uc xuu" •ex. wen. OTHER RIPPLENENTS (RATES APPLY TO THE SPECIFIED Axo LOCATIONS AS NOTED FELON NOVRLY RfLFARE HON VxfNP. 1 HATE ASBESTOS WORKER AND RED Worker All of Nassau i Suffolk Co. 1/30/76 10.00 1.37 I-.90, L-1.20 " Appr. lat. tors ism aR above 1/30/76 5.00 .685 I-.45, L-.60 Boilerssker All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 9/22175 11.52 5% 52 G-71, I1 .02, I-101 " Appr. 1st, tors Sam as above 9/22/75 6.91 5T 51 C-71, H-.02, I-1O1 Carpenter (Bldg) In Nassau Co.-So. of So. State 9/9175 10.39 1.10 .93 G-.60, 11,02, I-.75 ?key A Vast of Seaford Crook ^ Appr. lat. tees Sam as above 9/9/75 5.71 1.10 .93 G-.60, N-.02, I- 75 Carpenter (Bldg) In Naoosu Co Reminder of Co. 1/30/76 9.78 1.30 1.29 G-.85, H-.06 " Appr. let. tees Sam AS above 1/30/76 5.04 1.30 1.29 5-.85, H-.06 Carpenter (Bldg) All of Suffolk County 1/30/76 9.78 1.03 1.46 G-.90, H-.11 " Appr. lst. taro Sam as above 1/30/76 5.04 1.03 1.46 C-.90, H-.11 F1oorLayer All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 919175 10.39 1.10 .93 G-.60, H-.02, 1-.75 -_----------- _-_____________ MillvriSht All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 919/75 30.39 1.10 .93 G-.60, 11-.02, I-.75 ______________ _________________ Pllodrlver/Dockbuilder All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 9/9/75 10.39 1.10 .93 0-.66, H-.02, I-.75 ELEVATOR Elevator Constructor All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 9/9/75 10.12 .495 .32 3-.65, F-.02, I-1.14 " Helper Sam so above 9/9/75 7.59 .495 .32 G-.485, P-.02, I-1.14 Elevator (Modernisation) All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 919/75 9.35 .495 .32 G-.60, F-.02, I-1.00 Relper Sam as above 9/9/75 7.01 .495 .32 G-.45, F-.02, I-1.00 CLIZIER • Glazier All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 1/30/76 9.90 .66 .46 C-.37, H-.01, I-1.20 " Appr. lot. tars gam as above 1/30/76 4.95 .66 .46 G-.37, H,131 LABORER Laborer All of Naooau A Suffolk Co. 9/9/75 8.25 .89 .93 G-.74 LATHER Lather All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 9/9/75 10.10 .785 .665 F-.02, G-.75, H-.01,I-1.10 " APpr, let. tots Sem as above 9/9/75 3.85 .785 .665 F-.02, H-.01 Comet Finisher (Bldg) All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 9/9/75 9.50 1.105 1.005 -1.75, H-.OL " Appr. lot. tern Sam as above 9/9/75 5.63 1.105 1.005 -.01 Mosaic A Terrazzo Worker All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 1/30/76 9.68 .76 1.50 .45 ^ Appr. let. tors Tam aR above /30/76 4.36 .76 1.50 .45 Mosaic A Terrazzo Helper All of Nassau i Suffolk Co. /30/76 5.49 .76 1.50 .45 /9/75 Plasterer All of Nasesu A Suffolk Co. /9/75 8.70 1.00 -1.30, H-.01 Tile Setter All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 2/30/7 8.50 .80 .75 -1.35 ove^ Helper Sam as ab /4/76 7.86 .53 .27 -1.00 ROOFER Reefer All of Nuuu A Suffolk Co. 0/3017 9.25 .76 1.00 -1.40. 11,01, I-1.08 ^ Appr. lat. ton Sam oa abevo 0/30/7 .4 5.55 56 .60 -1.40, 11,01, 1-.648 SHEET METAL Sheol Setal Worker All of Nassau i Suffolk Co. /9/75 0.294 .99 1.40% .25 -.056, G-1.08,H-1.06I-.25 " Appr. let. tots Sam m above /9/75 4.118 .646 .562 .10 -.022,13-.432.1f,084,I-.10 SPRINKLER FITTER Sprinkler Fitter All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. /30/76 9.62 .75 1.12 i-.07,G-.86,K-1.90 " Appr. let. tors Sam ao above /30/76 3.85 .30 .448 -.07,G-.344,K-1.90 STERN FITTER 8tass Fitter All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. /30/76 9.62 .75 L.12 1,07. G-.86, K-1.90 " Appr, lot, tots Sam to above /30/76 3.85 .30 .448 -.07, G-.344, K-1.90 OCCUPATIONS AP LICABLE TO BUILDING SCHEDULES (3/15/76) -2- STATE OF NEW Y PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE BUEEA „f DEPARTMENT Of LABOR Nassau A Suffolk _ c ~V [Schedule 2 LOCATIONS WHERE P.E. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS___ OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE PPtc rnE WALE „E,LTn (RATES APPLY TO THE IPEafIED oATE BA nt PEN. su.V L. OIFERsa PiLfufRrs LOCATIONS A5 M0TE0 BfLO MI RATE RnJRLr •ELNARE 110. ONE.P. J[ YATERPROOFER Yacerproofer/Suck Pointer A11 of Nassau A Suffolk Co. 919/75 8.72 .95 .75 .50 F-.02, I-1.00 TEAMSTER Truck Driver (Bldg) - Excavation All of Nassau A Suffolk Co. /9/75 8.175 .8425 1.852 .10 - Euclid Same ae above ./9175 8.575 .8425 1.852 .10 - Other than excavation Same as above 19/75 6.895 .8425 1.50 OPERATORS OF POWER EQUIPMENT BLDG Backhoe All of Nassau A Suffolk Co.. /30/76 10.605 a8% L.25 -1.00, P-.15 Bulldozer 9.78 Compressor (large) 9.905 Compressor (Small) 9.905 Crane 10.355 Territo y, Ef ectiv Data and Front End Loader 10.155 Supplem ntal ienefit Payments are Fireman 9.28 the Nam for all Fa er Equipment Forklift 10.53 Operato a Grader 9.93 Hoist ORE. I drum 10.53 a81 of tourly Rate lua Vacation Hoist Opr. 2 drum 10.58 Mixer (16S A over) 9.405 Mixer (16S A under) 9.405 Offer 8.805 Piledriver 10.605 Pump (Under 4") 9.405 Pump (Over, 4") 9.905 Roller - 5T A Under 9.52 Roller - Over 5T 9.87 Scoopmobile 9.78 Scraper 9.78 Shovel 0.605 Tractor 9.405 Traxtavator _ Trenching Machine 10.405 OCCUPATIONS 10 PLICABLE TO BUILDING SCHEDULES I (3/15/76) I -3- PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE BUREAU OF STATE OF NEW TORK PUBLIC WORE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR •a[rNumR uTa LIE[ °Wv'T•"" Schedule 2 P^•m�.c.mv.[...a cE A.eaY A SVf/QI WHERE LOCATIONS ERE 7"'," �c SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PAYMENTS OCCUPATIONS "EAPPLICABLE PCNEALiN PEM. SUPPL. DinER SUPPLEUEMi3 (RAZESAPPLT i0 Ter 5PEC6,EDgfC ANDLDU I,ONSATOTHEDPECI IPE WELFARE PON VN EU O. ELECTRICIAN ' Electrician All of Was.au 4 Suffolk Coe. 1/29/76 11.40 1.15 .63 t-.57, H-.068, I-.912 ^ Appr. lot Lem Same ea above 1/29/76 3.42 .59 .19 G-,17, H-.0164, I-.2736 IRONWOPY-ER Ironworker - Structural All of Nassau 4 Suffolk Coe. 2/4176 10.90 �1.10 1.10 G- 1.35, H-.05 ^ - Reinf.(Lather) Same as above 9/9/76 10.10 .785 .665 P-.02, C-.75, H-.01, I-1.1( ^ - Ornamental Same as above 1/30/76 9.95 86 85 C-.78. H-.04, I-1.50 MASON Bricklayer In Suffolk County - Towns of " E. Hampton,Riverhead,South Hampton,Southold 4 adjacent Island. 911175 9.70 40 2.00 1-1.00 ^ Appr. let term Same as above 911/75 5.00 40 2.00 I-1.00 -_-_____-___-,__ ____-____-____---___ Bricklayer All of Nassau County In Suffolk County - Remainder 1130176 9.99 1.13 1.33 G-.30, I-2.05 " Appr. lot term Same as above 1/30176 4.995 1.13 1.33 G-.30, I-2.05 PAINTER Peintet-Bruoh All of Suffolk County 9/1/75 7.65 75 60 C-.50, H-.10, I-1.50 " -Steel/Bridge Same as above 9/1175 10.50 75 60 G-.50. H-10, I-1.50 ^ -Spray Same as above 9/1/75 8.93 75 60 G-.50, H-.10. I-1.50 - _�._-_-___--____-_-_ Painter - Bridge All of Nassau County 10/3017 10.46 62 4% I-l0l ------------------- __________________p_=-_ Painter - Brush In Nassau Count North of Long Island, Erprensvay,E. to Pt. Washington B1vd.,So, of Sunrise Hwy. East to Lon Beach Rd. 9/l/75 8.73 74% 6115 G-3I, I-.57 " - Scaffold S Spray Same as above 9/l/75 10.60 7L,2 642 G-3I,I-,57 ____________ ______ --------------------------- Painter - Brush In Nassau County - Remainder 9/1175 8.05 78 1.50 C-.50 Scaffold A Spray Same as above 9/l/75 9.20 78 1.50 G-.50 PLIDIBER Plumber All of Suffolk County 1/30/76 10.00 '70 1.30 C-1.30, H-.32, 1-.57 " Appr. 1st CREEP Some an above /30/76 4.10 40 .80 -.70, H-.18. I-.29 --------- -____-_-___---____-- Plumber Ali. of R...so County /30/76 10.25 75 1.03 -1.30. H-.20 " Appr.lst term Same as above /30/76 4.10 29 .41 -.41, 11,08 WELDER Welder All of Nassau 6 Suffolk Co.. o be p id the ate of he me snit in the craft erfotm ng the ork. Occupations Appli able to Both Building and Heavy/1 lghvay !Chedule (3/13/76) E F?7 Section 01100 DIVISION 1 Alternatives • page 1 SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION) (Contract No. 1) Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. I. GENERAL (a) The description of all workmanship and materials under the various Sections of these Specifications shall be understood as having the same force and meaning when applied to similar workmanship and materials under each Alternate; same shall be the best commercial L!xades of their respective kinds and as approved by the Architect. (b) The conditions and terms of the Basic Specifications shall govern all work in connection with all Alternates. (c) All materials and labor required or incidental to the completion of the work, intended under each Alternate specified shall be provided whether or not specifically described therein. Do all cutting, patching, finishing, adjusting, protection and cleaning and provide all materials and perform all operations of work specified in the Alternates and related work toward the end that all work shall fit and come togethe_ properly to the complete satisfaction of the Owner and Architect. WA 7601 Section 01100 DIVISION 1 Alternatives 46 Page 2 ALTERNATE NO. GC-1 (a) The Contractor shall state the amount he will ADD TO or DEDUCT FROM his Base Bid to furnish and install carpeting in the Assembly Hall No. 4 in lieu of vinyl asbestos floor tile as specified under the Basic Specifications. (b) In the event this Alternate is accepted, carpet and padding shall be as specified under Section 09650 - "CARPETING". ALTERNATE NO. GC-2 (a) The Contractor shall state the amount he will ADD TO or DEDUCT FROM his Base Bid to furnish and install vinyl asbestos floor tile in lieu of carpeting in all areas indicated in the Finish Schedule to receive carpeting excepting - Board Room #11 and Supervisors Room #12. (b) In the event this Alternate is accepted, vinyl asbestos tile shall be as specified under Section 09650 - "RESILIENT FLOORING". ALTERNATE NO. GC-3 (a) The Contractor shall state the amount he will DEDUCT FROM his Base Bid to substitute paint for all walls in the Assembly Hall No. 4 and Dais No. 1 in lieu of vinyl wall covering and prefinished wood panel wainscot as indicated under the Base Bid. (Wood chair rail and base to remain.) (b) In the event this Alternate is accepted, all plasterboard shall be taped and spackled as specified under Section 09250 to receive paint as specified under Section 09900. • WA 7601 Section 02050 DIVISION 2 Preliminary Wk. Page 1 46 SECTION 02050 Ptti?r. UNARY WORK Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) The work, includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required for the complete execution of all Preliminary Work as shown on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by conditions at the Site and shall include but not be limited to the following: (1) Notify all authorities owning utility lines running to or on the property. Protect and maintain all utility lines that are to remain on the property and cap those that are not required in accordance with the instructions of the utility companies or local authorities having jurisdiction over them. (2) Clear site within contract limit lines, including removal of all grass, brush, shrubs, trees, loose debris and encumbrances except any trees marked on the Drawings to remain or directed by the Architect in the field to remain. No trees outside the wall lines shall be cut or removed without the Architect' s approval. (3) Box or otherwise protect from damage all trees, shrubs, lawns, etc., located within the area designated on the Drawings which are desired to be preserved. Trees shall be kept free from guy lines. Remove all protection when work is completed and when authorized to do so by the Architect. (4) Remove topsoil to its full depth from area designated on the Drawings and stack same where directed by the Architect. (5) Demolish and remove existing structures and foundations on the si..te. (6) Remove and backfill any inactive cesspools, cisterns, wells and pits existing on the site within area designated on the Drawings. (7) Dispose of, away from the site, all debris resulting from the • ' work of this Section. (8) Temporary construction fence enclosing building construction areas. WA 7601 Section 02050 DIVISION 2 Preliminary Wk. • Page 2 2. CLEARING OF SITE (a) Remove from the site within area designated on the Drawings all trees, shrubs, stumps, roots, vegetable growth, paving, rubbish and all other material not suitable for rough or finished grading, except trees or shrubs directed or indicated to remain. (b) Excavation resulting from the removal of trees, roots and the like shall be filled with suitable material as approved by the Architect which shall be thoroughly tamped. 3. STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING EXISTING TOPSOIL (a) Existing topsoil and sod on the site within area designated on the Drawings shall be stripped to whatever depth it may occur, and stored in location where directed. (b) Free the topsoil of stones, roots, brush, rubbish, or other unsuitable materials and remove the latter from the premises • before stockpiling the topsoil. (c) Care shall be taken not to contaminate the topsoil with clay or other unsuitable materials and remove the latter from the premises before stockpiling the topsoil. 4. DEMOLITION (a) Existing structures and paving on the site, including all foundations materials shall be completely demolished and all debris removed from the site. Demolition and removal shall include existing foundations. Excavation caused by demolition shall be backfilled with clean fill, free from debris and rubbish. (b) All work shall be executed in such a manner as not to endanger the safety of the workmen or the public. All barriers and precautionary measures shall be erected in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 5• TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE (a) Furnish, erect and maintain temporary fencing enclosing areas alloted for construction purposes. • WA 7601 Section 02050 DIVISION 2 Preliminary Wk. Page 3 (b) Temporary fencing shall be new or used "chain link" type fencing 610" high, consisting of hot dipped galvanized No. 9 gauge woven wire fabric, line and corner posts set in concrete footings through galvanized steel sleeves, rails, ties, clamps, bolts and all other materials necessary or required to make a completely rigid installation. (c) Provide gates as required for the convenience of the work, with locking devices. (d) Install temporary fencing in accordance with metal fence manufacturer's printed directions. Maintain in good repair throughout the life of the Contract. After completion remove same from the premises. * Ott WA 7601 Section 02100 • DMSION 2 Clearing Page 1 SECTION 02100 CLEARING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following; (1) Clearing and grubbing. • 2. GENERAL (a) The Contractor shall clear and grub the entire area within the Contract Limit Lines to the extent shown or noted on the Drawings, or as herein specified. (b) Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal or destruction of fences, poles, trees, roots, stumps, bushes, timbers, and decayed or growing organic matter above and below the surface of the ground. (c) The Contractor shall use every precaution to prevent injury to any buildings, roads, curbs, walks, pipes, conduits, poles and other structures above or below ground that are adjoining or included in the area under Contract, and shall repair and replace at his own expense any material or work damaged or destroyed by his forces, while clearing the site. • WA 7601 Section 02100 DIVISION 2 Clearing Page 2 (d) The Contractor shall exercise diligent care to protect existing trees, shrubs and undergrowth not to be removed and shall replace at his own expense any existing plants, trees, shrubs or other plant material removed, destroyed, disfigured or damaged because of his negligence. (e) The Contractor shall see that stock piles of materials and storage of equipment are in cleared spaces. He shall prevent his employees from tramping through woodland, existing plantings and over established lawns except when it is necessary in carrying out the work. He shall prevent equipment from being taken through woodland or existing planting. (f) Material removed under this Section, unless otherwise specified or noted on the Drawings, shall become the property of the Contractor, and be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor. Burn no materials on the project site except by permission of the Architect and in compliance with local regulations. (g) Trees to be retained will be determined in the field by the Architect after the various site improvement areas have been staked out by the Contractor. Trees 6" and over in diameter in areas where the change of grade is less than 24" and are in areas outside of structures, pavements, absorption fields and play fields shall not be removed without the approval of the Architect. Trees retained shall be suitably protected during construction operations. Particular care shall be taken in the use of heavy machinery during excavation operation to prevent injury to roots and branches. Any accidental injuries to the bark, trunk and branches, shall be immediately repaired by dressing, cutting and painting as may be required. Any branches which require removal to eliminate obstructions shall be pruned in accordance with standard modern practice and by experienced workman. 3• PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES (a) Ascertain the location of all leaching pools, electric cables, all conduit, all utility lines, oil tanks and supply lines, and take proper precautions not to disturb any of these structures or existing utilities. WA 7601 Section 02100 DIVISION 2 Clearing • Page 3 (b) Should any structure or utility line be uncovered during excavation or the placing of stakes, promptly notify the Architect in writing. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage to structures or utility lines damaged during the process of work under the Contract. 4. PRESERVATION OF SURVEY POINTS (a) Protect all land monuments, survey points and property lines from disturbance or damage until an authorized agent has referenced their locations, if required. Do not remove, cut or disturb them without written permission from the Architect. t * +t • WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 1 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following; (1) Erect and maintain barriers in accordance with Municipal and State requirements. (2) Remove all obstructions in the way of new construction work which may be required in addition to clearing and removal work specified under Section 02050 - PRELIMINARY WORK and Section 02100 - CLEARING. (3) Excavate for footings, foundations, walls, slabs on grade, platforms, steps, trenches and for all other excavation which may be required to complete the work and not specified under other Sections. (4) Shoring, sheathing and pumping. (5) Backfilling all work within building lines to the required grades. (6) Rough grading outside building line for a distance of 5'0" around perimeter of building. (7) Filling and grading. (Site) (8) Finish grading of subgrade. (Site) (9) Finished grades. 2. GENERAL (a) All work shall be completed at locations and at elevations shown on the Drawings, set all line and grades required for the work. WA 7601 Section 02200 • DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 2 (b) Contact land surveyor for location of bench mark. (obtain name of surveyor from Architect.) 3• GRADES (a) The Drawings indicate existing grade elevations in addition to new finished grade elevations. The existing elevations are given for the convenience of the Contractor, to aid him in arriving at the quantities of excavations, grading, backfilling, etc. required. (b) The Contractor shall verify all elevations and satisfy himself as to their correctness by visiting the site of the proposed work and examining the actual conditions. 4. TEST BORINGS (a) The plan and section of the test pits and/or borings, and information of stratification are available and was obtained by • the Owner from a licensed Engineer. Samples of stratification may be seen in the Architect's Office, 65 Roosevelt Avenue, Valley Stream, N. Y. (b) The elevations and descriptions of Boring Schedule as shown on the Drawings shall not be held to be final and conclusive. The Owner and Architect will not be responsible for accuracy of boring information. 5• EXCAVATION (a) Materials to be excavated shall be non-classified and shall include all rock, earth or other materials encountered in excavating and grading operations for building or site work. The contract lump sum price covers the removal of all such materials to the depth and extent indicated on Drawings and specified herein. WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 3 (b) Excavate outside of walls, footings and grade beams not less than 12" to allow for inspection, waterproofing, dampproofing, removal of forms, etc. and leave trenches open until all work has been approved by the Architect. Remove all loose materials from excavations. Bottoms of all excavations shall be properly leveled and trimmed to the lines and grades required for the work. All footings shall bear on level well compacted backfill as approved by the Architect. 6. SBEET PILING, BRACING AND SNORING (a) The Contractor shall safely support and maintain adjacent and abutting property and structures and shall maintain the work safe to life, limb and property. (b) Barriers, sheet piling, bracing and the like shall be installed where required to maintain the excavation and the banks in a safe and stable condition. (c) All temporary sheet piling, bracing, shoring and other protective work shall be removed after the necessity for same ceases to exist, in the opinion of the Architect, and before backfilling. (d) All work removed or damaged through the installation or removal of the temporary protective work or through improper protective work shall be replaced or repaired in an approved manner. 7. UTILITIES (a) When encountered in the work, whether or not indicated on the Drawings, all existing active utility services and structures shall be protected at all times, and where required for the proper execution of the work shall be relocated as directed by the Architect. All existing inactive utility services and structures which interfere with the execution of the work shall be removed, capped or plugged or otherwise discontinued. All work under this heading shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. (b) The Contractor shall notify all individuals, municipal agencies and service utility companies having jurisdiction over the above utilities, and all protecting, relocation, removal and discontinuing of these services shall be in accordance with their requirements. WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork • Page 4 8. SURFACE AND SUB-SURFACE WATER (a) Sub-surface spaces within the building lines shall be kept free from water at all times during the life of this Contract, and the Contractor shall provide all equipment and shall perform all operations as may be required to accomplish this end. (b) Surrounding soil shall not be disturbed or removed during pumping operations. (c) Water shall be disposed of by pumping to a point directed by the Architect without damage to adjacent property. (d) The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain adequate equipment to keep the excavations free from water so that the excavating, concrete work, membrane waterproofing and all other work in the excavations will be performed in the dry. • wA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 5 9. BACKFILLING AND GRADING (BUILDING) (a) All excavations shall be backfilled as promptly as the work permits but not before concrete has attained its full design strength, and written permission of the Architect is obtained. (b) The materials used for backfill shall be earth free from clay, organic matter, loam, waste, or other objectionable matter. Stones shall not be over 6" in greatest dimension and shall be kept at least 12" below finished grade. (c) No frozen material shall be used. Backfill shall be placed in uniform horizontal layers of approximately 8" in depth. Each layer shall be moistened during compaction to a moisture content such that the required degree of compaction may be obtained. Compaction shall be done in a manner approved by the Architect and shall be continued until fill is solid and no settlement will occur. (d) when sheeting, shoring and bracing is removed, all voids shall be filled with sound materials and thoroughly tamped. (a) Backfill operations shall be made to the new surface grades as shown on Drawings. (f) No backfilling shall be placed covering other work until after such work has been inspected and approved. Any backfilling placed on earth that has caved in and covered other work before same has been inspected and approved shall be removed when so directed. (g) Ground outside the structure for a distance of 5'0" around the entire perimeter of the building shall be graded to a level of 6" below the finished natural grades, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. (1) Contours and elevations marked on the Plot Plan are approximately correct for the present natural grades, but no guarantee is made as to their absolute accuracy. The relative floor elevations with the present and established grades as indicated on the Drawings must be maintained. Rough grading around the building shall be smooth and free from irregularities. WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork • Page 6 10. FILLING AND GRADING (SITE) (a) Suitable material removed from excavation shall be used toward formation of proposed grade elevations, and in the adjustment of grades and contours shown on Drawings or as may be directed by the Architect. Filling material shall be free from debris or any material subject to decay and shall be porous, permitting free percolation of water, and shall consist of soil, gravel, and small stones, with less than 15% by volume of stone larger than 4" in greatest dimension. (b) The work shall be prosecuted in such manner that all deep fills are made first so that they be afforded a maximum time for settlement. (c) No stone or rubble over 6" in greatest dimension shall be placed within 18" of the finished grade. Iarge stones shall not be placed in nests, but shall be distributed over the area and the interstices filled with spalls, finer fragments of earth to form a compact mass. • (d) Fill, other than on hill slopes, shall be placed in layers not exceeding 9" in depth under pavements and 12" under lawns and planted areas, and shall be consolidated by means of rollers weighing not less than 330 pounds per lineal inch of tread of rear wheels. In places where the character of the material makes the use of this roller impractical, a lighter one may be used. (e) Excess material, if any, and all rubbish shall be removed from the site or otherwise disposed of as may be directed by the Architect. (f) Provide clean earth for all required additional fill if a sufficient quantity of suitable material therefore is not available from the required excavation on the site. Remove and dispose of all excess excavated material and material not suitable for fill, from the site, and provide for legal disposal of same. • WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 7 11. FINISH GRADING OF THE SUBGRADE (SITE) (a) Subgrades shall be parallel to and uniform with finished grades. Place sufficient grade stakes for workmen to carry an even grade. The finished subgrade shall be smooth and even and shall not vary more than 1" from true grade in lawn area and 1/2" in 110" under pavement. (b) Before any paving material is placed upon the subgrade, it shall be shaped in line and grade and compacted with an approved self- propelled roller weighing not less than 8 tons. All soft and spongy places shall be dug out from the subgrade and holes filled with sandy material and thoroughly tamped. Hard, compacted spots shall be loosened and tamped to provide the same bearing power as the balance of the subgrade. All hollows and depressions which develop under rolling shall be filled with suitable material and shall again be rolled. This process of shaping, rolling and filling shall be repeated until no depressions develop. The subgrade shall not be muddy nor otherwise unsatisfactory when the pavement is placed upon it. If the finished subgrade becomes rutted or displaced due to any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall regrade same without additional payment. (c) In grass areas, all surfaces and slopes shall be brought to the required subgrade elevations by rolling with an approved machine. Tops and bottoms of slopes shall be carefully rounded off in easy transition curves. The borders of the area of ground disturbed shall be merged with surrounding surface by compacting or other means, to permit water runoff and to present a uniform slope. The surfaces of the finished subgrades shall be maintained by depositing additional fill to take care of any settlement or erosion. The surfaces on which additional fill is to be deposited shall be raked or otherwise satisfactorily prepared to insure a proper bond. The subgrade for grass areas shall be 6" below final grades. WA 7601 Section 02200 • DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 8 12. FINISHED GRADES (a) The words "finished grades" as used herein mean the required final grade elevations indicated on the Drawings. Should finish grades shown on spot elevations conflict with those shown by contours, the spot elevations shall govern. Where not otherwise indicated, the site areas outside of building and pavement shall be given a uniform slope between points for which finished grades are shown, or between such points and existing established grades, except that vertical curves or roundings shall be provided at abrupt changes in slope. • • WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork Page 9 13• OFF-SITE FILL (a) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval, two certified laboratory reports of Compaction Tests and Mechanical Analysis on the off-site borrow material proposed for use. A minimum of three samples shall be selected at random from the proposed borrow pits. All costs incurred in connection with sampling and testing of borrow material proposed for use, including laboratory fees, shall be paid for by the Contractor. (b) All fill shall be moistened or dried prior to compaction thereof. No frozen material shall be placed or compacted. The entire depth of fill shall be compacted in horizontal layers not greater than nine inches in thickness before compaction to a density of 95 percent (95%) of maximum density, at optimum moisture content, determined as hereinafter specified in paragraph, "(c) Compaction" below. Each layer of fill shall be tested, and approved by the Architect before the Contractor will be permitted to place the succeeding fill layer thereon. The Contractor shall plan his operations so as to allow time for the compaction tests to be made prior to placing the next lift of fill or backfill. Backfill within three feet of the face of any wall, pier or column shall be compacted to the density specified above with approved hand or machine tampers. Fill and backfill shall be brought up evenly on all sides of walls and piers, as far as practicable. Sloped ground surfaces, steeper than one vertical to four horizontal, on which fill is to be placed, shall be plowed, stepped, or broken up in such manner that the fill material will bend with the existing surface as directed by the Architect. (c) Compaction: The degree of compaction shall be determined and controlled in accordance with the requirements of AASHO Standard Method T180, Method D, with the following modifications: (1) Sieve an adequate quantity of the representative pulverized soil over a 3/4" sieve. All material over 3/4" in size shall be removed and replaced with an equal weight of material between 0.187" (No. 4 sieve) and 3/4" in size. (2) A separate batch of soil shall be used for each compaction test specimen. No material shall be re-used. (3) A minimum of five percent moisture-density points shall be determined for each compaction test. WA 7601 Section 02200 DIVISION 2 Earthwork • Page 10 14. DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL (a) All rubbish and other excavated material, which in the opinion of the Architect is not suitable for fill or grading, shall be removed and legally disposed of away from the premises. (b) Approved excavated material shall be spread .on the site in locations as directed by the Architect. (c) Excavated material in excess of that required for all filling, backfilling and rough grading shall, upon the approval of the Architect, become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the premises and legally disposed of. WA 7601 Section 02500 DIVISION 2 Site Drainage Page 1 SECTION 02500 SITE DRAINAGE Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Storm water drainage system, including all drain inlet- drywells, grates and covers. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) The Contractor must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the construction and labor under which the work will be performed. Failure to do so will not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to furnish all labor and material necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract Documents and to complete the work set forth in this Section. Insofar as possible, the Contractor, in carrying out his work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruptions of or interference with any work of other Sections. (b) All work, material, whether incorporated in the work or not, all processes of manufacture and all methods of construction, shall be subject to the inspection of the Architect, who shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the work, materials, processes of manufacture and methods of construction. Should they fail to meet the approval of the Architect, they shall be forthwith reconstructed, replaced and/or corrected by the Contractor, at his own expense. Rejected material shall immediately be removed from the site. WA 7601 Section 02500 DIVISION 2 Site Drainage • Page 2 3. DRAIN INLET-DRYWEIS.S (a) Drain Inlet-Drywells shall be installed where shown on the Drawings and shall be constructed of pre-cast reinforced concrete to the dimensions shown on the Detail Drawings. (b) All concrete for pre-cast reinforced concrete structures shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. Metal reinforcement shall be as shown on the Detail Drawings; the deformed bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-15 and the mesh reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-185. (c) Frames and covers or gratings for catch basins shall be of cast iron of sizes and weights as indicated on the Drawings. All castings shall receive two coats of bitumastic paint before leaving the foundry. Casting shall be manufactured by Flockhart Foundry Co., Neenah Foundry Co., McKinley Iron Works, or approved equal. • WA 7601 Section 02600 Paving & Surfacing Division 2 Page 1 SECTION 02600 PAVING AND SURFACING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and Specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Concrete Walks 2. MATERIAIS (a) Portland cement shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 150 Type 1A, Air Entraining. It shall be uniform in color and consistency. Only one color shall be used for all curbs and walks. (b) Aggregates for concrete shall conform to ASTM C-33. (c) Water shall be clean and potable. (d) Metal Reinforcement: There shall be deformed bars and intermediate grades conforming to requirements of ASTM A 15. Mesh reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 185. (e) Premoulded ,joint filler may be either non-extruding or resilient type. It shall be of dimensions required Lo fill the opening between concrete messes or slabs and shall be "Flexcell" as made by the Celotex Corporation, cork as made by Johns Manville Co ., or approved equal and in accordance with AASHO Designation M 153-52- Type H. (f) Asphalt ,joint filler shall consist of homogeneous filler of asphaltic cement and mineral flour, conforming to AASHO M 8;-42. WA 7601 Section 02600 • paving & Surfacing Division 2 Page 2 3. PROPORTIONING AND MIXING CONCRETE (a) Concrete shall be composed of one part by volume of Portland cement and not more than 6 parts of fine and coarse aggregates measured separately. Subject to Architect's approval establish the ratio of fine and coarse aggregates so as to product a dense, workable concrete. Make any changes therein ordered by the Architect to improve workability. Mixing water, including free water in the aggregates, shall not exceed 6 1/2 gallons per sack of cement. Mix for a period of not less than one minute after all materials are in the drum. Use 3000# concrete for curbs, sidewalks and reinforced concrete paving. All concrete shall contain from 3% to 6% entrained air. (b) Retempering of concrete that has partially hardened, that is, remixing with or without additional cement, aggregate or water, will not be permitted. (c) Transit mix concrete may be used provided it conforms to the applicable requirements of ASTM C y4. • 4. PLACING OF CONCRETE (a) Place concrete only on a firm, moist subgrade, but on which there are no pools of standing water. In no case place concrete on frozen subgrade, or mix and place concrete when atmospheric temperature is below freezing. (b) Forms shall be strong enough to resist pressure of the concrete without springing, and tight enough to prevent leakage. Forms shall be staked, braced or tied together to maintain their position and shape when concrete is compacted in place. Forms for slabs on ground shall be set and maintained to line and at exact finished grade. Forms shall be clean and those for permanently exposed surfaces shall produce a smooth, even finish without fins or board marks. (c) Concrete shall be deposited so as to require as little rehandling as practical. Placing shall be continuous between transverse joints or in individual sections of the work. Spade concrete thoroughly along forms and expansion joints, and work carefully into corners. Tamp and screed to a dense mass. 0 WA 7601 Section 02600 Paving & Surfacing Division 2 Page 3 5. CURING (a) Cure all concrete by covering surface with burlap or cotton mats, hay, sand, or other approved material and keeping such covering wet for at least three (3) days after concrete is placed. (b) Whenever the air temperature may be expected to reach the freezing point, spread straw or other blanketing material to sufficient depth to keep concrete from freezing, or provide enclosure and heating device capable of maintaining concrete temperature of at least 50 degrees F. Maintain such protection for at least five (5) days. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing any concrete injured by frost action. 6. CONCRETE WALKS (a) All concrete walks shall be of concrete, one course construction, 5" thick placed on a base course of crushed stone or washed gravel, +thick minimum, laid on compacted subgrade. Soft, spongy and otherwise unsatisfactory material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with sand or cinders. The top 6" of the subgrade shall be granular, free from fine material, non frost susceptible and non plastic. (b) Forms and metal dividing plates shall be set with their tops to finished grade. Dividing plates shall be set straight and perpendicular to the walk. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has thoroughly hardened but the dividing plates shall be removed promptly after the concrete is of sufficient hardness to prevent the slabs from flowing together and to avoid breaking edges or corners of slabs. The space left when the dividing plates are removed shall be filled with dry sand. (c) Upon the previously prepared subgrade after it has been dampened by sprinkling with water, the concrete shall be poured in one layer uniformly 4" in thickness when thoroughly tamped. The concrete shall be consolidated and tamped to bring sufficient mortar to the surface for finished, and the walks shall be screeded and finished to true line, grade and shape. The top surfaces of the concrete shall be finished to true, smooth planes by using wood or cork floats to produce a float finish, acceptable to the Architect. The color of these walks shall be uniform in all cases without the addition of any coloring material. The finished surface shall be dense and compact. The floating and finished of the surfaces shall be finished the some day that the concrete is poured and while the concrete is still wet and before it has set. The forms or strips for defining WA 7601 Section 02600 Paving & Surfacing • Division 2 Page 4 the edge of the walks shall be left in place until the concrete is set hard. Round all edges, including those along expansion joints and grooves to a 1/4" radius. Where walks terminate at curbs, finish walks 1/4" above curbs, providing neat bevel. (d) Provide 1/2" transverse expansion joints with premoulded filler, not more than 40' -0" apart, also at walk junctions and intersections, at top and bottom of steps, where walks abut curb returns, buildings, platforms, or other fixed structures or terminate at curbs. At walk junctions and intersections the required expansion joints shall be located at the end of each rounding or fillet. Expansion joints shall be at right angles or radial to the slab and extend the full depth thereof. Premolded filler shall extend to within 1/2" of the walk thereof. Premolded filler shall extend to within 1/2" of the walk surface, and the remaining void shall be filled with the poured joint filler by means of hand pouring pots. Expansion joints in sidewalks shall be as nearly as possible opposite the expansion joints in the curbs. • (e) Between expansion joints, cut transverse groove 1/8" to 1/4" wide and at least 1" deep at intervals of 5' -0". If lengths of the walk are not divisible by 5, panels shall be marked uniformly as near 5' -0" as possible, cut longitudinal groove in the center of walks which are over 6'-0" wide. (f) Forms shall not be removed for 24 hours after pouring concrete. Protect concrete sidewalks and walks from pedestrian traffic. • WA 7601 Section 02800 DIVISION 2 Landscaping Page 1 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Topsoil (2) Seeding (3) Maintenance and Guarantee 2. TOPSOIL (a) All areas that are not covered by buildings, pavement and other structures, except as otherwise noted on the Drawings, and all disturbed areas, shall be prepared for planting operations, by scarifying and raking the subgrade, spreading and amending the existing topsoil, if any, and furnishing additional topsoil from outside sources if necessary to complete the work, and fine grading by raking, compacting and otherwise manipulating the soil to form smooth draining grades. (b) Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or material toxic to plant growth and shall be free from subsoil, stumps, roots, brush, stones, clay, lumps or similar WA 7601 Section 02800 Division 2 Landscaping • Page 2 objects larger than 2 inches in greatest diameter. The organic content shall be not less than 5% nor more than 20% as determined by loss on ignition of moisture free samples dried at 100 degrees C. The gradation (Mechanical Analysis ) shall be as follows: PERCENT PASSING PERCENT RETAINED 1" Screen 100 0 1/4" Screen 97 - 100 0 - 3 No. 100 Mesh Screen 60 - 40 40 - 60 No more than 60% of the material passing the No. 100 mesh sieve shall consist of clay, as determined by the Bouyoucous Hydrometer or by the decantation method. All percentages shall be based on dry weight of the samples. Natural topsoil may be amended by the Contractor with approved methods and materials to meet the foregoing specifications. (c) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval the • results of at least two (2) samples of topsoil from stockpiles and/or outside .source of topsoil The tests shall be made by an approved laboratory and shall include the following information: (1) Source (2) Organic Content (3) pH (4) Mechanical Analysis, including percent of clay in material . , passing the No. 100 mesh sieve. (5) Chemical Analysis showing: s. Nitrogen content in lbs. /acre/6" topsoil depth. b. Phosphoric Acid content in lbs./acre/6" topsoil depth. C. Potash content in lbs. /acre/6" topsoil depth. (6) No topsoil shall be spread until the subgrade elevations and the topsoil have been approved by the Architect. Before spreading topsoil, the subgrade shall be loosened to a depth • of 4" and manipulated to remove all ridges and depressions; all stones over 1" in any dimension, sticks, rubbish and other objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade. WA 7601 Section 02800 Division 2 Landscaping Page 3 (7) Stockpiled reusable topsoil and topsoil stripped from site, together with topsoil from outside sources as may be required, shall be spread over the prepared and approved subgrade in sufficient quantity to obtain a minimum compacted Layer of 6" over subgrade at planted areas to finished grade. All sticks, roots, brush, wire, masonry, all stones larger than 1/2" and other extraneous matter shall be removed from the topsoil by raking, including hand raking, as may be required, or other approved method. Topsoil shall be raked, compacted and otherwise manipulated to form, after compaction, smooth draining grades as shown on the plans. (8) All topsoil areas shall be protected against trespassing and damage at all times. Protection against trespassing shall consist of a substantial barrier not less than 30" high. (9) The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to protect slopes from damage due to erosion, settlement of backfill, or other causes. Topsoil areas damaged or injured shall be promptly repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect. (10) The top 3" of topsoil shall be screened by mechanical means and be completely free from stones and debris. 3• SEEDING AND RELATED WORK (a) The season for grass seed operations shall be from August 15 to October 1st or at such times as may be approved in writing by the Architect. (b) After the areas required to be seeded have been brought to the grades shown on the drawings, the areas shall be thoroughly scarified by an approved method, until the condition of the soil is acceptable to the Architect. The work shall be performed only during periods when beneficial results are likely to be obtained. When conditions are such, by reason of drought, excess moisture, or other factors, that satisfactory results are not likely to be obtained, the work shall be stopped and resumed only when the desired results are likely to be obtained. WA 7601 Section 02800 Division 2 Landscaping Page 4 • (c) Before seeding, the surface shall be cleared of all sticks and roots, brush, wire, grade stakes, and other objects that might be a hindrance to maintenance operations. Stones larger than 1/2" that have not been completely eliminated, and more than 3% of stones larger than 1/4" that have not been completely eliminated as required under Topsoil Work, shall be removed before proceeding with work. (d) Peat moss shall be incorporated at the rate of three (3) bales for every 1000 square feet, each bale containing not less than 7.0 cubic feet. Peat moss shall be Canadian, Dutch or Irish. Peat moss shall be mixed thoroughly with topsoil prior to adding lime and fertilizer. (a) Dolomitic agricultural limestone shall be applied at the rate of 110 pounds per 1,000 square feet and worked lightly into the top 3" of the topsoil. The limestone shall have the following analysis: 50% passing #200 mesh sieve; 90% passing #100 mesh • sieve; 100% passing #10 sieve and shall contain not less than 90% of calcium and magnesium carbonates. (f) Superphosphate, containing at least 24 available phosphoric acid and commercial fertilizer, shall be applied and worked lightly into the top 3" of topsoil. Commercial fertilizer 10-6-4 shall be complete fertilizer, the elements of which are derived from organic sources and shall contain the following ercentages by weight: 10% nitrogen; 6% phosphoric acid; and potash. One-quarter of the nitrogen shall be in the form of nitrates, one-quarter in the form of amonia salts and one- half in the form of organic nitrogen. Available phosphoric acid shall be from superphosphate, bone or tankage. The potash shall be in the form of sulphate of potash. The availability of the various elements shall conform to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fertilizer shall be delivered mixed as specified in standard size bags, showing weight, analysis, the name of manufacturer, and shall be stored in waterproof storage place and in such manner that its effectiveness will not be impaired. (g) Superphosphate shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per 1,000 sq. ft. Commercial fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of 40 lbs. per 1,000 square feet. • WA 7601 Section 02800 Division 2 Landscaping Page 5 (h) Grass seed, shall be fresh, clean "new crop", composed of seeds mixed in proportions by weight, and testing the minimum percentages of purity and germination as follows: PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT GRASS PIS MAX.WEED. SEED CONTENT 33 1/3 JAMESTOWN CREEPING 80% 0.5% RED FESCUE 33 1/3 PENN STAR KENTUCKY BLUE GRASS 70% 0.5% 33 1/3 MANHATTAN PERENNIAL RYE GRASS 70% 0.5% Seed shall be sown at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. (i) A certificate attesting that the seed mixture is of the specified varieties and proportions shall be submitted to the Architect. Five (5) copies of the certificate are required. Approval of this and other certificates called for by these specifications does not constitute acceptance of this work, (J) Seeding shall be accomplished by means of the Brillion Landscape Seeder, or equal, and watered with a fine spray. Irregularities which form low places which will hold water shall be eliminated. In areas inaccessible to the mechanical seeder, the ground shall be scarified, cultivated, iron raked and wood raked until the surface is smooth and friable. The seed shall be placed to a depth not exceeding 1/8". The seeding shall be accomplished in two operations; One-half of the specified rate shall be used in seeding the area in parallel lines in one direction and one- half in parallel lines at right angles to the first sowing: WA 7601 Section 02800 • Division 2 Landscaping Page 6 (k) Sod: 1. On slopes of 4'-0" horizontal to 1'-0" vertical or steeper, in drainage swales and for a width of 3'-0" around drainage basins in lawns, sod shall be used instead of seed. Where indicated on the lawns, sod shall be used instead of seed. Where indicated on the drawings, sod drainage swales for a width of 4'-0" or for length shown on the drawings. 2. Sod shall be a good quality heavy lawn turf free from weeds. It shall be cut to obtain the full depth of the roots and be fresh and green at the time of planting and shall contain grasses similar to seed mixture specified for lawns. 3. Before sodding, the soil surface shall be made friable and brought to a smooth, even grade. The sod shall be laid close together so that no ,joints occur and shall be thoroughly tamped with a hand tamper or roller so that finished surface shall be flush with the surrounding grade, and it shall be • adequately watered. The total thickness of sod and topsoil shall not be less than 6" . 4. Peg or stake the sod in place where necessary to prevent movement. (1) The Contractor shall be responsible for producing a. good stand of grass acceptable to the Architect. During dry weather, the grass areas shall be kept watered with sprinklers or other methods approved by the Architect. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and extend the necessary piping, hose and sprinklers from the source of water supply at the building to all points and areas on the site for the purpose of watering the lawn areas. The Contractor shall mow the grass, do the necessary weeding and other incidental maintenance work required to keep the areas in proper condition. Mowing shall not be closer than 2". • WA 7601 Section 02800 Division 2 Landscaping Page 7 This maintenance work shall be continuous until the grass is accepted by the Architect. Damage due to neglect of watering shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any areas not doing well or damaged shall be top-dressed, re-fertilized and re-seeded. No grass areas will be accepted until they are covered with a satisfactory, healthy stand of grass of the varieties specified. (m) The Contractor shall make the first cut of grass, whenever the area, or any portion thereof, is 4" in height , and if required, recut until the entire area has received one (1) complete cutting. In the event the grass is not accepted at this point, the Contractor shall perform additional cutting until the area or portions thereof are accepted. In the event that excessive weed growth occurs, this Contractor shall undertake, at no additional cost to the owner, to supply and spread a weed-killer to the affected areas as directed in order to achieve a relatively weed-free grass area. (n) Provide a substantial barrier, not less than 30" high, to serve as protection for all seeded areas against trespassing and damage at all times. Damage due to erosion, settlement of backfill, trespassing, or other causes, shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at his own expense. (o) The Contractor will be held responsible for the maintenance of all work and parts thereof prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Final Acceptance. (p) Any soil or other material which has been brought onto the paved areas by hauling operations shall be removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times. Upon completion of the seeding, all excess soil, stones and debris which has not previously been cleaned up shall be removed from the site or disposed of as directed by the Architect. �tr�t WA 7601 Section 03300 • DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 1 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern the work of this Section. I. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Concrete footings, foundations, and walls. • (2) Concrete steps, platforms. (3) Concrete slabs on grade. (4) Concrete curbs, fill and all other concrete work required by the Drawings. (7 ) Expansion and control joints in concrete work. (6) Porous fill and vapor barrier for slabs on grade or fill. (7) Cement rr.ortar protection for door frame spreaders, for pipes and conduits in slabs. (8) Floor hardening treatment for interior exposed cement floors (9) Grouting; of bearing plates, levellinG plates, miscellaneous lintels and equipment supported on concrete. (10) All forms and reinforcing required for work of this Section. (11) Box out for all floor mounted door closers. • WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 2 (12) Set, build-in and grout all anchors, inserts, hangers, supports, ties, frames, bolts, sockets, sleeves, lintels, and other items required to be built into concrete work. This shall include inserts, hangers, ties, etc., furnished under other Sections of the Specifications and under other Sections of Specifications of other Contracts. (13) Cut, patch, finish and point up concrete and cement work. ( 14) Furnish and install concrete pads required for mechanical and electrical equipment. (15) installation of perimeter insulation specified under Section 07200. (b) Work not included: The following items of related work are specified in other Sections or Contracts: (1) Furnishing of hanger inserts, anchors, levelling plates, sleeves, conduits, etc. (2) Curbs, walks and driveways. (3) Waterproofing and dampproofing. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit complete and accurate shop drawings for approval before any work is executed. Drawings shall show framing plans, details, bending diagrams, sizes and spacing of members, relationship to contiguous work, and all other pertinent information. (b) Submit complete and accurate shop drawings of concrete formwork. Drawings shall indicate design, construction and bracing. • WA 7601 Section 03300 DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 3 (c) Contractor shall provide form drawings for all architectural concrete work showing method of support, location and design of control joints, construction joints, location of inserts and form ties, reglets, grooves, architectural features, the special form materials to be used, their thickness, composition and grades. (d) All detailing shall conform to the Manual of Standard Practice of Detailing Reinforced Concrete, ACI-315. (e) The detailer shall be responsible for dimensions, lengths, spacing, sizes and quantities shown on his details. The Architect' s approval is for general conformity with the Contract Drawings only. 3• SAMPLES (a) upon request and as otherwise specified submit to the Architect for approval, samples of the materials specified under work • of this Section. 4. INSPECTION AND TESTS (a) Testing of all concrete shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory appointed by the Architect. The Owner shall bear all costs arising from and incidental to all inspection and tests. 5• MATERIALS (a) Cement: An approved standard brand Portland cement, gray in color, conforming to ASTM Designation Specification: D-150, Type I . Only one (1) brand of cement must be used throughout the work. (1) High-Early-Strength Cement or other special cement: used only when directed or authorized by the Architect. High- early-strength cement shall conform to the requirements of the above-referenced specification, Type III. • WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-in-Place Conc. Page 4 (b) Aggregates (1) Coarse aggregates for all stone concrete and fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM Designation C33-well graded from fine to coarse with the specified limits. The maximum size of the aggregate 3/4 inches and not larger than one-fifth (1/5) of the narrowest dimension between the sides of the forms of the member for which the concrete is to be used not larger than three-fourths (3/4) of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. (2) Coarse aggregate for stone concrete shall consist of crushed stone, or gravel, having clean, hard, strong uncoated particles free from injurious amounts of soft, thin, elongated or laminated pieces, alkali, organic or other deleterious matter. (3) Fine aggregate for stone concrete - Sand, stone screenings or other inert material with similar characteristics having; clean, strong, durable, uncoated grains and free from lumps, salt or flaky particles, clay, shale, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious substance. (4) Aggregates shall be graded as follows: COARSE AGGREGATE PERCENT RETAINED I" Sieve 0 3/4" Sieve 0 - 10 3/8" Sieve 45 8o No. 4 Sieve 90 - 100 FINE AGGREGATES BY WEIGHT PASSING Passing 1/4" scua.re opening 100% Passing No. 4 sieve 95 - 100% Passing No.16 sieve 50 - 85% Passing No.50 sieve 15 - 25% Passing No.100 sieve 2 - 8% (c) Anti-Shrinkage Grout to be used for grouting in of bearing plates, anchors and inserts shall be Master Builders "Embeco", premix or approved equal. • WA 7601 Section 03300 DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 5 (d) Admixtures: shall be used only with the prior written approval of the Architect. All mixtures specified herein or proposed for use by the Contractor shall be of a manufacture as approved by the Architect, and used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. (1) A set-controlling, water-reducing admixture: "Pozzolith" manufactured by Master Builders, or approved equal, conforming to ASTM c-494. (2) Air-Entraining Admixture: conform to ASTM C-260, such as "MB-VR" manufactured by Master Builders, or approved equal, shall be used for all concrete exposed to weather. (3) Floor hardener for concrete floors shall be Hornolith, Flintox, Saniseal or Florok. (e) Water used in mixing concrete shall be clean, potable and free • from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, organic materials or other deletorious materials. (f) Joint filler strips and premoulded filler strips shall be non- extruding and resilient non-bituminous strips such as "Ethafoan." manufactured by Dow Chemical Co. (g) Reinforcing Steel: (1) Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM C-615, Grade 40, (40 KSI yield stress) and be rolled from intermediate grade new steel billets. (2) Reinforcement mesh shall be electric-welded wire fabric with an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 55,000 pounds per square inch. Reinforcement mesh shall conform to ASTM A-185. (3) Certified copies of Rill reports shall accompany all deliveries of reinforcing steel, identified to indicate the minimum yield strength of the furnished bars. (4) copies of manufacturer's affidavit shall accompany all deliveries of welded wire fabric certifying its minicum tensile strength. • WA 7601 Section 03300 DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page o (h) Curing Material: concrete slabs shall be cured by means of pigmented curing compound of a type not affecting adhesion of resilient flooring or other surface finishes, of approved manufacture, conforming to ASTM C-309, and applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions; 4 mil thick polyethylene sheeting of approved manufacture lapped and taped as directed by the manufacturer; or reinforced building paper conforming to ASTM C-171. (i) Vapor barrier under floor slab on grade or fill shall be water- proof membrane consisting of fiber reinforced larinated Kraft paper surfaced with black polyethylene fiii. sicdlar and equal to "Moistop" as manufactured by St. Regis Paper Company, or o mil thick polyethylene membrane such as "Visqueen", or ai-proved equal. U ) Forms shall conform to applicable requirements of ACI-301 and ACI-347• (k) All other materials as hereinafter specified. o. CONTROLLID CONCRETE (a) Concrete shall be co,�posed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water. (b) All concrete, unless otherwise specified or ca11_d for on the Drawings, shall be controlled concrete as defined and regulated in the local building code and by the American Concrete Institute and its ultimate compressive strength at the end of 2_3 da's shali be not less than 3000 [,.s.i. (c) Before the work is begun, the Contractor snail have ;sclicinar trial tests made by a laboratory approved by the Architect, to determine the mixture required to give the strength specified. Concrete shall be designed in accordance with the A.C.I. Standard Recomn.ended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete (ACI 0513) to produce the strength required. Concrete shall be so designed that the concrete materials will not segregate nor shall excessing bleeding occur. Tests shall be !r.ade in accordance with ASTM C-39. The laboratory trial mixture shall develop concrete of compressive strength at 28 days of 155, higher than the required ❑,inii.,um for 3000 p.s.i. concrete to be acceptable for use irr the field but in no case shall cement content be less than o bal-E per cubic yard. The proposed r,dxtures must be a_Z:roved bI the Architect before the Contractor r.rocceds witk, the wor:_ Trial mixes are to be c.ade by a Testing Iaborazor,, a,,, oint..-d b;, Ch_ Architect and ,aid for by the Contractor. WA 7601 Section 03300 • Division 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 7 (d) upon approval by the Architect, the Contractor will be allowed to proceed with the work if the laboratory trial mixture develops a compressive strength of 65% of the required ultimate strength at the end of seven (7) days- (e) If, during the progress of the work, it is found that the required workability and strength cannot be attained with the materials furnished by the Contractor, the Architect may order such changes in proportions or materials or both as may be necessary to secure the desired properties. (f) The proportions of aggregate to cement shall be such as to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and around reinforcement but without permitting the materials to segregate or excess free water to collect on the surfaces. The combined aggregates shall be of such composition of sizes that when separated on the #4 standard sieve, the weight passing the sieve (fine aggregate) shall be not less than 40% nor greater than 501P of the total, unless otherwise directed. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 3/411, • (g) The source of supply of the aggregate shall not be changed during the course of the job without previous notice to the Architect, and the materials from any new source shall be subject to acceptance or rejection based upon tests to be made by the Testing Laboratory at the Contractor' s expense. (h) During the progress of the work, for every hundred (100) cubic yard of each type of concrete, or for any smaller amou.it of each type of concrete placed in any one day, at least four test cylinders shall be made and stored in accordance with ASTM C-31. Two of the specimens shall be tested after seven (7) days and two cylinders after 28 days. The seven (7) day test shall show a strength equal to 65% of the required 28 day concrete strength. (i) One slump test shall be deducted from each truckload or batch of concrete to be placed and from each batch from which a cylinder is taken. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with a tabulation showing the different design mixes for the various slumps required for the work. Slump shall be 4" unless otherwise approved by the Architect. • WA 76o1 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place Cone. Page 8 (j) The Contractor shall provide a storage box to be used exclusively for the storage and curing of concrete test specimens. This box shall be substantially constructed, made of 1" thick T&G lumber, well braced to prevent warping, or 1/2" thick plywood (exterior grade) may be used. Box shall be provided with a hinged cover and padlock. Storage box shall be so constructed and located on the work that its air temperature when containing concrete specimens will remain between 60 degrees and 80 degrees F. During the first 24 hours that any test specimens are inthe box, electic heating cables or other approved means shall be provided to maintain this temperature during freezing weather. The storage box shall be placed on the site where approved, in location such that it will not be subject to any vibration or disturbance. Storage box shall not be placed in any building or shanty while it is being used for storing specimens. (k) Should the average strength of the test cylinders fall below the required strength, the Architect may require changes in the proportion to apply to the remainder of the work or may require load tests and/or cores at the Contractor's expense on the portion of the structure which fails to develop the required strength or may require additional curing. The load test shall conform to the requirements of the Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318, latest edition) . If the concrete does not meet the Specification Code Requirements, the Architect may condemn such concrete already in place and the Contractor, at his own expense shall remove such condemned concrete and replace same with new concrete to the satisfaction of the Architect. Use of high early strength cement will not be permitted without written approval of the Architect. 7• MIXING (a) All concrete shall be machine mixed or transit mixed in accordance with ASTM C-94 and ACI-304. (b) Hand mixing will not be permitted unless approved by the County Representative. (c) Machine mixing shall be done in an approved batch mixer. Sand and gravel shall be measured by weighing. Mixing shall be continued for at- least one minute after all materials are in the mixing drum at a speed of not less than twelve nor more than eighteen revolutions per minute. The volume of the mixing materials per batch shall not exceed manufacturer's rated capacity of mixer. A water gauge shall be provided to deliver the exact predetermined amount of water for each batch. • WA 7601 Section 03300 DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Page 9 (d) Transit mix concrete shall conform to the Specification and Tests herein described and to ASTM C-94, current edition; and further provided that the central plant producing the concrete and equip- ment transporting it, are, in the opinion of the Architect, suitable for production and transportation of controlled concrete. The maximum elapsed time between the time of the introduction of water and placing shall be one hour. (1) The Contractor shall notify the Architect and the approved testing laboratory at least twenty-four hours in advance of the time he intends to use ready mixed concrete so that an inspector may be assigned to the plant to supervise the mix. (2) With each delivery of concrete, surnish to Superintendtnt, at building site, a delivery slip (certified by laboratory representative) showing mix, quantity of cement, fine and • coarse aggregates, water and time of departure from the plant. (3) No transit mixed concrete shall be delivered from the plant, unless same has been approved by the Architect. (e) Exterior concrete exposed to weather: Water cement ratio shall not exceed 6-1/2 gallons per sack of cement and an air-entraining agent approved by the Architect shall be added to obtain concrete with an air content not less than 4%nor more than 6% conforming to ASTM G 175, latest edition. Determination of air content shall be the responsibility of the Contractor subject to inspection and approval of the County Representative. (f) Structural stone concrete shall weigh approximately 144 lbs. per cu. ft. 9• PLACING OF CONCRETE (a) Notify the Architect and the Testing Laboratory at least 24 hours before any concrete is placed and obtain the Architect' s permission prior to placing concrete. (b) All forms must be absolutely clean and free from shavings and dirt before starting concreting. • WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place Cone. Page 10 (c) All concrete must be placed as rapidly as possible after mixing and thoroughly spaded and rammed in place. All possible care is to be exercised to prevent honeycombing. Concrete shall be placed in layers not over one foot thick and shall not be dumped from a height of over three feet. Concrete that must be placed more than three feet below pouring level shall be chuted at a slope of not more than 1 in 2 or deposited through elephant trunks. (d) Concrete placed in warm weather shall be kept well sprinkled with water for at least one week after placing, unless other approved curing methods are used. No concrete shall be placed when the atmospheric temperature is above 900F. (e) Concrete shall be placed in one operation up to temporary bulk- heads, which shall be located in general, at points of minimum shear. (f) All structural concrete shall be placed with the aid of mechanical vibrators. The vibrators shall be of a type and design approved by the architect, and shall be capable of transmitting to the concrete not less than 3,000 impulses per minute. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to visibly affect the concrete over a radius of at least 2' -0" around the point of application but shall not be applied long enough to segregate the ingredients. Enough vibration shall be used to cause all the concrete to flow or settle readily into place. The vibration shall be of inte^nal type, applied directly to the concrete and not through the forms, except in sections too thin to permit the insertion of the internal type, in which case form vibration may be employed at the discretion of the Architect. (g) No concrete shall be deposited in or under water nor on muddy or frozen ground. (h) Before depositing new concrete against concrete which has set, the forms shall be retightened and the surface of concrete placed earlier shall be thoroughly roughened, cleaned of all foreign matter and leitance, shall be slushed with water, slushed with a coat of neat cement grout and the new concrete shall tie placed before the grout has attained its initial set, or the work shall be performed in such other approved manner as will insure a thorough bonding to the work. WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place Cone. Page 11 • (i) Cold Weather: (1) When the atmospheric temperature is below 40 deg. F., the water and aggregate shall be heated so that the temperature of the concrete will not fall below 50 deg. F. from the time it leaves the mixer until 15 minutes after it is placed in the forms. (2) Coarse aggregate shall not be heated to a temperature above 160 Deg. F. (3) Special care shall be taken to place the concrete as quickly as possible after mixing. (4) Concrete shall be properly covered and artificially warmed so as to prevent freezing. (§) Newly placed concrete shall be covered and warmed when it is anticipated that the temperature may descend to freezing. (6) Concrete damaged by weather conditions shall be removed and replaced by Contractor at his own expense, even though the Engineer has permitted the concrete to be placed. (7) No concrete shall be placed when the atmospheric temperature is below 280 F. 10. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (a) Joints shall be so made and located as to least impair the strength of the structure. Where a joint is to be made, provide keys and dowels. The surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance removed. In addition, vertical joints shall be thoroughly wetted and slushed with a neat cement grout immediately before placing of new cement. Provide water stops in all vertical joints of walls of usable spaces below grade. • WA 7601 Section 03300 DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Conc, Page 12 11. POUROUS FILL AND MEMBRANE (a) All concrete slabs on grade or fill shallbe placed on porous fill, 6" thick after compaction, and consisting of coarse, clean crushed stone or gravel, free of clay, or 1/2" crushed rock. Porous fill shall be compacted thoroughly before placing concrete, and trimmed to correct lines and levels. (b) All concrete slabs on grade or fill shall receive membrane placed on porous fill prior to placing reinforcing. Membrane shall be placed with 2" laps at ends and sides, and without tears or ruptures at the time concrete is placed thereon. WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-in-Place-Conc. • Page 13 12. FORMS., CENTERING AND FORM WORK AFFECTING WORKMANSHIP (a) Forms shall conform to the lines, dimensions and shapes of concrete indicated on the Drawings, for the members for which they are provided. They shall be tight to prevent any possibility of movement after the concrete is poured and shall insure safety to workmen and the public. (b) Proper shoring under the forms for concrete work to support loads, such as are occasioned by the storage of building materials on the floors and by other operations during the construction, shall be provided. Forms shall not be removed until a thorough examination indicates that the concrete has developed ample strength to carry the load to be put upon it, and in no case before 5 days after placing of concrete. (c) Forms for exposed concrete work shall be plywood or composition of smooth line construction, that will produce straight, dense surfaces free from honeycombs, bulges and depressions. • Forms for concrete columns, beams, ceilings and wall which are scheduled to receive a finishing material may be of rough lumber. All wood forms shall receive specified form coating. (d) If any material is used to coat form work to facilitate its removal, this material shall be of such nature as not to stain or injure the concrete or cause injury to finish to be applied on exposed surfaces on the concrete. (a) Forms for walls, columns and piers shall have removable panels at the bottom for cleaning and inspecting. (f) Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned before re-using. Facing material shall be replaced and/or repositioned on forms where damaged, prior to re-use. • WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-in-Place Cone. Page 14 (g) Sufficient shoring to properly support the concrete structure shall be kept in place after the forms have been removed and until such time as it is no longer necessary and all forms shall be so designed as to permit this to be done; provided, however, that in lieu of thus designing of the forms and keeping the shoring in place, shoring for the purpose may be installed at the time of removal of the forms. (h) The General Contractor shall provide holes in all forms for all pipes, ducts, conduit, etc., passing through floor slabs. (i) All wood form work, including that used in void spaces, pockets and other similar places shall be removed. 13. PLACING OF REINFORCEMENT (a) All reinforcement shall be rigidly wired in place with adequate spacers and zinc coated tie chairs. Bar supports shall be not more than 5'0" o.c. (b) Reinforcement shall be placed so that where temperature shrinkage bars occur, they shall be not closer to top of slab than 3/4". Coordinate with work under Electric Contract so that conduits may be placed to obtain this result. (c) All reinforcement shall be bent cold. The minimum radius of bend shall be 4 diameters for bars 5/8" round or less and 6 diameters for larger bars. WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place Cone. • Page 15 (d) Reinforcement for concrete slabs on ground or fill shall be supported on precast concrete bricks. On formwork, galvanized coated chairs or spacers shall be used. (e) At intersections the rods shall be securely wired together and lapped a minimum of 40 diameters. 14. CONCRETE FINISH AND CURING (a) On concrete exposed to view, metal form ties, where used, shall be detached 1" bask from the surfaces of the exposed side and the holes filled with cement mortar and rubbed immediately after removal of the forms. (b) Permanently exposed surfaces shall be left smooth and true. (c) Beams and column corners shall be beveled. • . (d) Exposed concrete surfaces shall be without voids, except for occasional small air holes. After the removal of fins,bring irregular surfaces to reasonable smoothness by rubbing and trowelling with an approved specially prepared bonding application. (a) If exposed concrete contains voids or other defects which, in the opinion of the Architect are unsuitable for appearance or permanency, the Architect may order same removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. (f) Careful attention shall be given by the Contractor to the proper curing and protection of all concrete work in the structure. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water and defacements of any nature during the construction operation. (g) All concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F. for not less than 72 hours after deposition, and shall be sufficiently protected so that this temperature can be maintained. No manure, salt, or other chemical may be used for such protection. • WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place Concrete Page 16 (h) Concrete shall be protected against freezing. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used. Calcium chloride shall not be used as an anti-freeze agent. (i) Concrete which is exposed in occupied spaces or is an Architectural feature, shall be rubbed :iith carborundum blocks and grout cleaned, as approved. 15. CONOME SLABS AND SLAB FINISHI� (a) Concrete floors exposed in the finished work and those which are to receive carpet or resilient floor finishes shall have the structural slabs screeded, darbied and floated to required levels. Unless otherwise specified, surface shall be twice steel trowelled to a hard, smooth, even finish. (b) Floors which are to receive resilient flooring or carpet shall be smooth and in proper condition to receive finish flooring. (c) Surfaces to receive tile or terrazzo shall be broomed or otherwise left rough to receive setting beds. (d) Floor areas and their finishes shall be properly pitched toward drains. (e) Dusting with cement, or with cement sand mixture to absorb water will not be permitted. (f) As soon as surface has been hardened sufficiently, sprinkle with water and keep continuously wet at least seven (7) days. Surface shall be kept covered during curing with heavy Sisalkraft paper lapped at ,joints and secured in place. Contractor shall continuously protect cement finish floors from damage for the duration of the work by such means as approved by the Architect, and shall leave same in perfect condition to receive other floor finishes or where exposed in the finished work they shall be in perfect condition at completion and acceptance of the building. (g) Where different floor coverings or finishes occur on opposite sides of a door opening, strip saddles furnished under another Specification Section shall be installed with top edge of strip finishing flush with finished floor level. WA 76o1 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place-Conc. Page 17 • 16. DEPRESSED FLOOR SLABS (a) Where indicated on the drawings, sections of floor slabs shall be constructed at level below the adjoining floor slabs. The difference in level shall be accomplished without decrease in the required thickness of the slabs and beams. Additional reinforcing, concrete and formwork as may be required shall be provided. Depth of depression below finished floor shall be as shown on the Drawings. 17. MORTAR PROTECTION COATS • (a) 1" thick mortar protection coats shall be provided where called for in this and other Sections. Where protection comas within 2" of finished floor, it shall be reinforced with wire mesh reinforcement embedded in the mortar bed. (b) Mortar shall be composed of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand. 18. FLOOR HARDENER (a) Cement floor finish and cement base, except where cement is covered by other finished materials, shall be treated with Fluosilicate Floor Hardener. The material shall be applied in not less than two (2) coats. Before treatment, care shall be taken to see that the surfaces are free of dirt, oil or grease and are thoroughly dry. After the last application of floor hardener is dry, the cement surfaces shall be buffed. 19. WORK IN CONNECTION WITH OTHER SECTIONS AND OR CONTRACTS (a) Electrical conduits and boxes shall be placed in concrete. These conduits and boxes will be installed under the Electrical Contract, but the Contractor under this Section shall cooperate in permitting the placing and securing of conduits and shall see that conduits or boxes are not displaced or damaged during placing of concrete. WA 7601 Section 03300 Division 3 Cast-In-Place Cone. Page 18 (b) Pipe Shafts: Box out for pipes as directed and fill up to pipe sleeves with concrete after same are in place, and do all grouting with cement and filling with 1:3:5 stone concrete. (c) Do not disturb hanger inserts installed by Mechanical Trades. (d) Build in anchors, blocking, inserts or slots as required for proper anchorage of work under other Sections and Contracts. (e) Set in concrete all sleeves furnished under other Sections, or Contracts, and in proper alignment. (f) Cooperate with other trades and the Plumbing, Heating and Ventilating and Electrical. Contractors for the location of all sleeves, hangers, and hanger inserts. (g) Carefully point around all pipe sleeves where carried through concrete to present a neat finish. (h) Grout in all windows occurring in concrete and spreaders of hollow metal frames. • (i) Solidly embed any frames and covers furniehed for pipe. (J) Assist in setting drains and all other similar fittings called for in the Mechanical Contracts. (k) Set lintels furnished by others where same are shown anchored in concrete work, and do not weigh over 200 pounds. (1) Build into concrete all items furnished by other trades and required to be built into concrete. (m) Where required to accommodate items of mechanical equipment, such items shallbs at such locations and of such dimensions as called for by certified manufacturer's drawings of the equipment. The work shown on the Contract Drawings is to establish generally the quantity of work involved. Construction of such items from information other than certified manufacturer's drawings of the equipment will be at the Contractor's own risk. WA 7601 Section 03300 DIVISION 3 Cast-in-Place Conc. • Page 19 20. PITS, TRENCHES, ETC. (a) Build all pits, pit cleanouts, trap pits, trenches, curbs and pads as required by the Drawings and by ,job conditions. 21. CUTTING, PATCHING AND REMOVAL (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching of his work as required to accommodate work of this Section and of other Sections and Contracts. (b) Materials which have become damaged or have been condemned shall be removed from the site. 22. METAL DOOR BUCK SPREADERS (a) As soon as the combination door bucks and trim are set, prepare a screed coat composed of one part Portland cement and three • parts sand by volume, securely encasing the metal spreaders to prevent same from bending or suffering other damages. 23. BOXING OUT FOR FLOOR CLOSERS (a) All exterior doors, and certain interior doors will receive floor type closers. The Contractor shall box out openings for those closers ready to receive same. Size at openings and locations of same shall be determined by templates obtained from the approved Finishing Hardware supplier. 24. ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT (a) In addition to the reinforcement shown on the Drawings, the Contractor will be required to indicate in the Form of Proposal the unit cost per ton for additional reinforcing steel in place for any additional work. 25. ADDITIONAL CONTROLLID CONCRETE (a) In addition to the concrete work shown on the Drawings, the Contractor will be required to indicate in the Form of Proposal the unit cost per cubic yard for additional controlled concrete • in place; including forms and excavation for any additional work. WA 7601 DIVISION 4 Section 04100 Mortar Page 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) All mortar for masonry block work. (2) Mortar for grouting. (3) Touch up and pointing mortar. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Deliver all materials in manufacturers original unopened containers, bearing brawl and manufacturer's names. (b) Store cementitious materials in waterproof sheds, off the ground to prevent damage by water. Containers showing evidence of water damage shall be rejected. Store aggregates in separate bins to prevent intrusion of other materials or foreign particles. 3• MATERIALS (a) Portland Cement - domestic brand conforming to ASTM C 150, Type 1, of a color selected by the Architect. (b) Lime- hydrated, conforming to ASTM C 207, Type "S". WA 7601 DIVISION 4 Section 04100 • Mortar Page 2 (c) Sand-clean, coarse, free of loam, salt, unorganic and foreign matter. Sand shall be light in color. Fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 144, except that all sand for mortar in ,joints 1/4" or less shall pass a No. 16 sieve. Coarse aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 404. (d) Water-clean, fresh, potable and free from injurious amounts of acids or alkalies. (a) Water Reducing Admix. - for exterior walls shall be manufactured by Master Builders "Omicron", Sonneborn Building Products. "Hydrocide Powder", or approved equal. (f) Non-Shrink Grout - premixed, non-metallic as manufactured by Master Builders "Embeco", or approved equal. • 4. SAMPLES - (a) Submit samples for Architect's approval, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. Sample shall include the following: Sand . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 lb. bags of each kind. Water Reducing Admix and Non-Shrink Grout. . ..manufacturers date and mixing instructions. 5. MIXING (a) Proportions for brick and load bearing block mortar - Type "S" as per ASTM C-270. (1) Proportions by volume: 1 part Portland cement to 1/4" - 1/2" parts hydrated lime and not less than 24 or more than 3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime for the aggregate. WA 76o1 DIVISION 4 Section 04100 Mortar Page 3 (b) Proportions for non-load bearing block mortar - Type "N" as per ASTM C-270. (1) Proportions by volume - 1 part Portland cement to 1/2 to 1 1/4 parts hydrated lime and not less than 24 or more than 3 times the sum of the volumes of cement and lime for the aggregate. (c) Proportions for pointing mortar - (1) Proportions by volume - 1 part Portland cement to 1/4 part hydrated lime and 2 parts extra fine sand. (d) Admixtures- added in accordance with approved manufacturer's instructions. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. (e) Mixing - by mechanically operated batch mixer with a water control device having an indicator. Drum shall be entirely discharged before recharging. Mix sand, lime, cement and ad- mixture dry for two (2) minutes minimum, add water and mix for an additional three (3) minutes minimum. Mix mortar with slightly less water than the maximum amount consistent with workability, to provide near maximum tensile bond strength. Mix only amount that can be used before initial set takes place, or within the first one-half hour, and then only replace water lost by evaporation. WA 7601 Section 04200 DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry Page 1 • SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY Applicable provision of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Interior concrete block walls where indicated on drawings. (2) Common brick where the use of masonry block is not feasible. (3) Masonry block furring where indicated or required. • (4) All ties, anchors, reinforcement and the like for work of this section. (5) Set and grout bearing plates for structural steel. (6) Set and grout loose lintels weighting 200 lbs, or less. (7) Building-In all flashing, water dams and waterproofing as required. (8) Set, build-in and grout all hollow metal work, miscellaneous metal work, inserts, louvers, accessories , nailing blocks, anchors and all other items. (9) Construct samples of interior walls and partitions. (10) Parging, grouting, cutting, patching and cleaning of all masonry work. (11) Construct new boiler chimney with face brick facing, common brick back-up, terra cotta flue lining, thimble, clean-out, reinforcing, ties, anchors and precast concrete • cap as shown on drawings. WA 7601 Section 04200 DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry Page 2 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Delivery and Storage (1) Deliver all materials in manufacturer's original, .unopened containers, bearing the manufacturer's name and type of object contained therein. (2) Masonry Units: delivered dry, or within allowable moisture content limitations. Stack on pallets off the ground and cover with tarpaulins or other approved material, allowing for constant circulation of air. (3) Reinforcement: store 18" off the ground in a manner that will prevent bending or deformation and cover to prevent rusting. (4) Handle all materials with sufficient care to prevent damage of any kind. Damaged materials shall be removed from the site, and be replaced with new material at no additional cost. The Architect shall have access to all storage areas . (b) Coordination: Coordinate with all other trades supplying materials or performing work in connection with the work of this Section, to avoid ugly breaks in walls and partitions. (e) Cutting, patching and repairing: Do all of this work that is usual and incidental under this Section and as required for the installation of work of other trades, and also as may be required by the Architect. Do all cutting, fitting and repairing in a neat manner, and leave all work in a first-class, presentable condition acceptable to the Architect. WA 7601 Section 04200 Mvision 4 Unit Masonry Page 3 (a) Defective Work: All defective, damaged, defaced or other work of substandard quality will be rejected by the Architect, and replaced with new work in accordance with plans and specifications, without extra cost to the owner. No damaged units shall be laid in exposed faces of the work. (a) Weather conditions: No masonry work shall be performed when the ambient temperature is 320 F. and falling, unless adequate provisions are made for heating the materials and protecting the work by providing and maintaining the temperature above 40oF., during and for 48 hours subsequent to lay-up of masonry. The use of anti-freeze additives is forbidden. No exposed masonry shall be erected when temperature is above 9OoF. (1) Surface of masonry, not being worked on shall be adequately protected at all times. Exposed tops of masonry walls ahll be covered with reinforced polyethylene or other approved methods subject to the approval of the Architect, when inclement weather is imminent. • (2) No frozen work will be accepted, nor shall masonry units having a film of frost or water on their surface be used. No frozen work shall be built upon. 3. MATERIALS (a) Anchors and Ties: fabricated from non-corrosive and non-ferrous metal. (1) Corrugated Wall Ties: for anchoring interior masonry, where bonding is not practical, shall be 7/8" wide x 7" long x 20 gauge minimum, as manufactured by Hohman & Barnard, or approved equal. WA 7601 Section 04200 Division 4 Unit Masonry Page 4 (2) Dovetail Anchor Slots: Type No. 305, 24 gauge galvanized steel manufactured by Hohman & Barnard, or approved equal. (3) Dovetail Anchors: manufactured by Hohman & Barnard or approved equal. a. Flexible: No. 315, galvanized. b. Corrugated: No. 303, galvanized. (b) Masonry wall reinforcement: Seandard weight truss type, galvanized after forming, with deformed side rods, manufactured by Duro-O-Wal, Hohman & Barnard, A. A. Wire Products or approved equal. Provide prefabricated corner and tee sections where required. Reinforcement shall be of width to finish one inch from face of the wall. (c) Concrete Masonry Units: (1) Hollow Lightweight Load-Bearing Units: conform to ASTM C -90, Grade N, Type I, moisture controlled, cured and dried. Use where blocks are to be 6" or more in thickness-. (2) Hollow Lightweight Non Load-Bearing Units: conform to l.STM C-129, Type I moisture controlled, cured and dried. Use where blocks are to be less than 6" in thickness. (3) General: all blocks shall have sharp edges and corners, true to line and free of cracks, chips or other defects which would impair the strength or appearance. All blocks shall be manufactured with expanded clay, shale or blast furnace slag, such as "llaylite," "Solite" or "Colite", with no impurities that will stain paint or plaster. Blocks shall be nominal 8" x 16" or 8" x 18" x required thickness as shown. Provide all special shapes as required. Concrete masonry units shall be manufactured not less than 30 days prior to shipment to the job. Corners on exposed smooth face blocks shall be 3/4" radius. • WA 7601 Section 04200 Division 4 Unit Masonry Page 5 (d) Brick: (1) Face brick shall be factory GDA Autumn Blend as distributed by Glazon Corp. , Hanley or other capable of producing and delivering the desired brick as selected by the Architect. Brick shall conform to ASTM C-216, Grade SW, Type FBS. Furnish all special shapes as may be required to execute the work for new additions and existing brickwork. a. All face brick: sound, hard burned, and shall give a clear ringing sound when struck together. No soft or unburned brick will be accepted, and if included in any shipment shall be immediately culled and removed from the site. b. Shipments of all face brick: include special brick such as bond brick, corner brick, angle brick, etc. , required for • the project. Make allowances for the rejection of spalled, chipped or off color brick that do not comply with the approved samples and sample panels. Include the approved percentages of the various grades, properly blended at the factory and equal in all respects to the approved samples, for color, range, size, texture and quality. C. Contractor will be required to submit an affidavit stating all face brick to be supplied will meet the above requirements. Affidavit shall also include the name of the manufacturer to whom the Contractor intends to award the Contract for supplying face brick to meet the previously mentioned requirements. The Architect reserves the right to approve the manufacturer of the face brick. (continued on next page) • WA 7601 Section 04200 DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry Page 6 d. Manufacturer of the face brick will be required to furnish a written guarantee to the Architect covering full and complete performance and fulfillment of the Contract in accordance with the foregoing. (2) Common brick: standard size, 100,$ all hard, conforming to ASTM C-62, Grade N.W. No "arch" or "salmon" brick shall be used. 4. SAMPLFs (a) Submit samples for Architect's approval, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. Samples shall include the following: Concrete masonry units . . . . . . . . . . two of each type. Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . two of each type. Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . two 24" lengths each type & two of each "T" & corner piece. (1) Each sample shall bear a label identifying the job , the item, where it is to be used and the manufacturer' s name. (b) Sample panels of interior and exterior wall construction shall be erected on the site in a location selected by the Architect. Panels shall be 6'0" wide x 410" high and set on wood planks or concrete bases. WA 7601 Section 04200 Division 4 Unit Masonry • Page 7 (1) Panels shall show materials, bonds, widths, color and tooling of joints. Work shall be corrected until panels have been approved by the Architect. Approved panels shall remain intact until all work is installed and approved. Permanent work shall match the approved panels in every respect. 5. WORKMANSHIP (a) General (1) All masonry shall be laid plumb and true to line, in accordance with the coursing set-up on the drawings. Unless otherwise noted, all masonry shall be laid-up in running bond. (2) Step back unfinished work for adjoining with new work. Before new work is started, remove loose mortar and thoroughly wet the exposed joints. • (3) Build in all slots, chases and/or openings required for installation of the work of other trades, in locations and to the dimensions indicated on the drawings, or in accordance with information furnished before the work is laid out. (4) Provide smooth surfaces onto which flashing is applied. After flashing and/or dampproofing are placed, exercise care so that they are not damaged. (5) Vertical and horizontal joints shall be of uniform width. But shall be adjusted for each space between openings in walls so that no closures will be required at jambs or external corners. Tool joints to a dense, smooth finish in a concave profile in brick work and a square profile to match the center score in the block in all exposed block work, after mortar has attained its initial set, and in a manner as to compact the surface mortar to prevent shrinkage cracks. Joints shall not be over 3/8" wide, unless otherwise indicated or approved. (6) Slush around and behind window frames, metal bucks and similar conditions with mortar. Frames shall be securely set in a watertight condition, plumb and level, fully bonded and grouted to masonry. • WA 7601 Section 04200 DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry Page 8 (b) BRICK CHIMNEY (a) Prepare shop drawings based on the Contract Drawings and this Specification and submit to the Architect for approval before commencing work. The shop drawings shall show complete details of construction, including flues and pertinent information. (b) Chimney and flue shall be of size, kind and shape as shown on the Drawings, built independently of walls and plumb. Chimney shall be faced on exterior of building with face brick and interior of building with common brick. Common brick shall also be used for backing up brick. Brick facing and brick backup shall be physically bonded with full headers every sixth course. Joints shall be struck flush on the inside. Joints of face brick shall match joints of face brickwork on exterior of building. Exposed joints of common brick to be struck flush and tooled smooth. (c) Chimney flue shall be lined with unglazed clay lining, of size as indicated on Drawings, not less than 24" long as manufactured by Glen-Gary or approved equal, extending from base of flue to top chimney, and carried into breeching opening, (1) Flue Lining Units shall be set in air setting refractory mortar approved by the Architect, placed by hand, rubbed down to a true and level seat. Unless otherwise approved, joints shall not exceed 1/8" in thickness. All joints shall be completely filled and made tight with refractory mortar. (d) Openings in flues shall be properly reinforced and supported on steel framing. Brickwork below openings shall be reinforced with "T" iron, All steel shall be protected from heat and gases, (e) Build in where shown on the Drawings or directed, breeching frame and thimble, cleanout doors, lightning arrestor, and all other items furnished under other Sections or Contracts and required to be built in. All joints shall be smoke proof. (f) Precast concrete cap shall be installed as indicated on Drawings. (c) MASONRY BLOCK WORK (1) Each course of block shall be solidly bedded in mortar with vertical joints breaking over the center of the course below. Units shall be bonded at corners and intersections by an alternate lapping of units, and be bonded into or anchored to the adjacent construction. No cells shall be left open in face surfaces, WA 7601 Section 04200 • DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry Page q (2) Units shall be laid out in such a manner that units less than 1/2 the height of normal blocks will not show. Units shall be built up tight to underside of beams, or deck above, wedged in tight with elate and joints filled with mortar, (3) Load bearing partitions and walls where concentrated loads occur in masonry walls and partitions, shall be filled and rammed with mortar, or solid blocks may be used. (4) Interior block walls and/or partitions shall receive reinforcement every third block course. Install reinforcement in the first course above and below openings and extend 6" on each side of the opening. (5) Interior block walls and/or partitions shall be laid-out with one block course, to define spaces, locations of openings and serve as a general guide to other trades. Fill void of first course half full of mortar. • (6) Set blocks tightly against all bucks, anchor into joints and slush all voids full of mortar. Accurately cut and fit all block work around all pipes, ducts, openings and the like. 6. FURRING OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT (a) All pipes, conduits, ducts, and the like in finished rooms or spaces shall be enclosed in furred spaces. Panel boards, switches and other equipment shall be built in the walls and where necessary the walls shall be furred out to enclose the back of the panel or switch cabinet and provide flush mounting at the front. (b) Furring shall extend full height of the walls, and except in the case of pilasters in corners of rooms, the furring shall extend full length of the walls on which it occurs. (c) Furring as required herein shall be provided by the Contractor whether or not it is indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall refer to the Mechanical Drawings for location of the piping, ducts and equipment. • WA 7601 Section 0420u DIVISION 4 Unit Masonry Page 10 7. CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, patching and repairing of work that is usual and incidental to this branch of trade and as required for the installation of work for other trades and also as may be required by the Architect. (b) Refer to Mechanical Drawings and to the Specifications for Plumbing, Heating and Ventilating and Electrical Contracts. 8. CLEANING AND POINTING (a) All exposed interior and exterior masonry work shall be cleaned, using clean water and fiber brushes until all dirt, stains, r..orter or other defacements are removed. Joints in exposed work shall be repointed as required to leave them in a satisfactory condition. Wire brushes or acids shall not be used, nor shall any cleaninE be done when there is a possibility of frost. (b) While cleaning is being done, all other work shall be protected. Make good any damage resulting from neglect to provide proper and adequate protection. After completion of all cleaning, remove all equipment, temporary work, surplus materials and rubbish fron. the premises. y• PROTECTION (a) When work on any brick or block masonry is finished for the day or discontinued on account of rain or snow, or where top of new work is likely to be damaged by storms, sloping planks covered with tarred felt shall be place over the top of walls. WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 1 • SECTION 05900 MISCELLANEOUS METAL Applicable provision of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Anchor Bolts. (2) Wrought Iron Railing. • (3) Aluminum Pipe Railing, Brackets and Accessories. (4) Steel Ladder. (5) Breeching Frames and Thimble . (6) Cast Iron Clean-Out Doors and Frame At Chimney. (7) Steel Pan Type Stairs to receive cement fill. (8) Aluminum Letters. (9) Structural Steel. (10) Aluminum Non-Slip Nosings. (11) Steel Grating, Frame and Access Door at Areaway. (12) Steel Areawall & Areawall Cover Guards. (13) Mat Sinkage Frames. • WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 2 (14) Miscellaneous Framing. (b) Work to be performed under other sections will be as follows: (1) Pressed Steel and Hollow Metal. (2) Glazing. (3) Hardware and Specialties (except as specified herein). 2. SAMPLES (a) Samples of items specified herein shall be submitted to the Architect for approval in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. (b) Samples shall be of color, textures and finish specified herein or selected by the Architect from the approved manufacturer' s standard s. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Before commencing any work, prepare and submit shop drawings. The Drawings shall show complete details of construction, all dimensions, sizes, gauges and profiles of members, reinforce- ments, hardware, assembly of the work, the installation and relation to adjoining work, anchorage and any pertinent in- formation deemed necessary by the Architect. 4. MEASUREMENTS (a) Before ordering any materials or doing any work, verify all measurements, dimensions and other conditions at the building as may be necessary or required in connection with this work, and be responsible for the corrections of same. Do such corrective work to adjoining work as may be necessary to make the work of this Section perfect in all respects. WA 7601 Section 05900 • DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 3 5. MATERIALS (a) All materials shall be new, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance, and shall be of the best quality for the purpose specified. (b) All members and connections shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to adequately withstand the loads to which they will be subjected. (c) Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A-36. High strength bolts shall conform to ASTM A-325 (For all Shop Connections). Unfinished bolts to conform to ASTM A-307 (For Field Connections). Steel sheets shall conform to ASTM A-245 or ASTM A-246. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A-48. Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A-53. • Aluminum alloys shall be as follows: Castings 214 Alloy Extrusions 6063 Alloy Sheets 32 Alloy Aluminum Pipe Schedule 40 - 6063 Alloy (d) Aluminum alloy products shall be made of virgin aluminum, shall be of uniform quality, free from injurious defects, and shall meet the requirements of the applicable specifications governing the alloy specified. Aluminum alloys shall be the products of Aluminum Company of America, Reynolds Metals Co. , or equal approved by the Architect. 6. DISSIMILAR METAL CONTACT SURFACE (a) Dissimilar metal parts and aluminum work in contact with masonry, concrete or mortar shall be kept from direct contact with each other by heavy coat of alkali resistant bituminous paint. • WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 4 7. PAINTING (a) All ferrous metal work under this Section shall be thoroughly cleaned and carefully painted with rust inhibitive paint in the shop before delivery or exposure to the weather. Shop coat shall be free from runs or blisters and be thoroughly dry before delivery, and any parts scraped, exposing the bare metal, shall be retouched without delay. Parts inaccessible after erection shall be given one additional coat of same paint. (b) Paint shall conform to Fed. Spec. TT-P-86E, Type No. 1. The paint manufacturer shall submit to the Architect an affidavit attesting that the paint he proposes to furnish conforms to these requiremats. 8. WORKMANSHIP (a) All workmanship and finishes shall be first class in every particular and strictly in accordance with the best practice. Only skilled workmen shall be employed in the fabrication and erection of this work. (b) All joints shall be securely and neatly tenoned or riveted together with dowels, screws or countersunk rivets and dressed flush. All surfaces shall be dressed smooth, free from mill marks or imperfections. (c) All units shall be properly laid out and spaced between terminals so that there shall be not "cut off" or other uncertain finish. (d) Joints in exterior work shall be made watertight. All mitres shall be cut and finished to a perfect fit. Necessary ribs, brackets, fillets and other reinforcements in cast work shall be cast integral with the main body of the work. (e) All rolled shapes shall be carefully straightened and shall be free from twist before the start of fabrication. Joints shall be neat and square and close fitting and all exposed fastenings evenly spaced. WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal • Page 5 (f) The finished work shall be strong, rigid and free from defects. Joints shall be tight and invisible without the use of painting or caulking. (g) Do all cutting, drilling and fitting and work of similar character required in fitting and setting the materials in place and do all cutting and fitting required in connection with the fitting of this work to the adjoining work of other trades. (h) Provide connecting members, bolts, anchors, machine screws, expansion bolts, etc. , as required and also provide screws, bolts, etc. , necessary for the attachment of other materials to the work. (i) All anchors, bolts, etc, which are to be used on the exterior or placed in exterior walls shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. (j) All connecting members, bolts, anchors, etc. , which are to be • covered with masonry shall be installed as far as practical as the work progresses, so as to avoid cutting or drilling. (k) Welding shall comply with the applicable current standards, specifications and codes of the American Welding Society. Welds shall be continuous except where spot welding is permitted. Where exposed, welds shall be ground to a smooth surface. (1) All supplementary parts such as anchors, bolts, and clip angles necessary for securing metal work to the construction where required to be built in, shall be furnished to the proper trades. (m) Bolting, where permitted, shall be done with proper size bolts with nuts drawn tight and threads upset. (n) All operative items shall be carefully adjusted and left in satisfactory working order. WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 6 9. PROTECTION AND CLEANING (a) All installations shall be suitably protected prior, during and after placement. Protection shall remain in place until all work which might cause damage or defacement has been com- pleted. 10. ANCHOR BOLTS (a) Anchor bolts for setting in concrete to receive wood framing members shall be fabricated under this Section, Anchor bolts shall be 3/8" rods not less than 18" long, one threaded end and one end bent not less than 2". Threaded end shall have flat and lock type washers and hexagonal wts, (b) All anchor bolts shall be installed under Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE, WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal • Page 7 11. STRUCTURAL STEEL ITEMS (a) Shall include steel beams, bearing plates, steel lintels, tube columns and all other miscellaneous framing members indicated and required to complete the work. (b) Structural steel framing members shall conform to ASTM DesignationA-36, latest edition, new and of domestic manufacture, complete with bolts conforming to ASTM Designations A-325 for shop connection and A-307 bolts for field connections. (c) All materials, design, fabrication, erection and inspection shall comply with the "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Building" and also "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", latest edition, issued by the American Institute of Steel Construction. (d) Provide at the proper time all the various miscellaneous metal supports and framing not provided under other Sections of the • Specifications and required to complete the work. (e) Loose lintels of standard rolled steel shapes shall be furnished for all openings through masonry walls, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. (f) Lintels shall be of sizes and lengths shown, and where not indicated, shall be not less than 1"0" more than the masonry opening for which they are required. Loose lintels weighing less than 200 lbs. shall be fabricated under this Section and delivered to the site for setting under Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. • WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 8 12. BREECHING FRAMES AND THIMBLES (a) Furnish for building into chimney structure, breeching frames thimbles consisting of 2" x 2" x 1/4" angle frames with suitable anchors for building into masonry, to which shall be securely welded or riveted a No. 10 gauge sheet iron collar, projecting not less than 6" from face of chimney for attachment of breech- ing. Frames shall be approximately of sizes indicated on drawings. Exact dimensions shall be obtained from the Heating and Ventilating Contractor. Furnish angles, lintels, and accessories required to complete the installation. 13. CAST IRON CLEAN-OUT DOORS AND FRAMES AT BASE OF FLUES IN CHIMNEY (a) Frames shall be flanged and shall be equipped with anchors which shall hold the frame and sleeve solidly in place when built into the masonry. Door shall be 12" x 10" unless otherwise shown and shall have heavy pin hinges and latch, with hook or knob on outer face. (b) Provide 3/16" boiler plate steel sleeves, securely fastened to the angle frame. (c) Complete assembly shall be smoke tight. Caulk around frames with mastic. 14. WROUGHT IRON RAILING (a) Exterior stair railing shall be fabricated from 3/4" square and 1-1/4" square solid steel bars spaced approximately 6" o. c, in single lengths, shouldered and plug welded to top and bottom continuous 1-1/2" x 1/2" x 1/8" steel channel and 1/4" x 1- 1 /2" steel bar respectively, with wrought iron handrail as indicated on Drawings similar and equal to Julius Blum & Co. , No. 4441. (b) Guardrailing shall be approximately 3'0" high and as indicated on drawings formed to provide a continuous unit. WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal • Page 9 15. ALUMINUM PIPE RAILING (a) Aluminum pipe shall be 1. 660 O.D. Schedule 40, 6063-T6 alloy, weighing not less than 786 lbs. per ft. , with wall thickness not less than . 140. (b) Aluminum pipe handrailing shall be in longest lenghts practicable, formed to proper shape free from waves, buckles or crimps. Splices shall be made with concealed splice connectors and concealed-from-view countersunk set screws. All work shall be of flush construction. (c) All railings and hardrails shall be rigidly and securely anchored. Handrails shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 510" o, c. Posts shall be set in sleeves embedded in the concrete to a depth of 8" and caulked in the sleeves with molten lead, or as indicated on Drawings. (d) Cast aluminum wall brackets for pipe handrailing shall be similar • and equal to 307 with wall bracket extensions 414 as manufactured by Julius Blum & Co. Wall brackets shall be spaced not more than 410" o. c, following the rake and contour of stair and platforms, fastened to masonry walls with expansion bolts and lead shields. Aluminum handrails shall be formed to terminate at walls with wall returns 7273 for 1-1/4" pipe. (e) All surfaces of aluminum shall have an alumilite finish, Alcoa 204RL The finish shall be executed in strict accordance with the Aluminum Company of America's recommendations and specifications. • WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 10 16. STEEL PAN TYPE STAIRS AND RAILINGS (a) Fabrication and erection of all stair work shall conform to the best practice of the trade for stair construction work. (b) Stairs shall be of steel, strongly and rigidly constructed, designed and fabricated to support, in addition to the dead load, a live load of 100 pounds per square foot with the required legal factor of safety. (c) Stairs shall be fabricated and erected to meet all requirements of the law and the approval of the authorities having jurisdiction and as required by job conditions. (d) Stairs shall be erected as required for construction purposes as soon as the walls are erected. Treads shall be adequately protected. (e) Stairs shall be constructed of steel plate and channel stringers with angle reinforcement and steel cover plates, of weights, sizes. gauges and details as shown on the Drawings. (f) Exposed ends of stringers shall be closed with steel cover plates welded to stringers. Box type stringers shall be provided in locations indicated. Stringers at walls shall be fastened to masonry with large flat head flush expansion bolts 310" o, c, and fastened to steel channels at intermediate platforms by welding or machine bolts. (g) Treads and risers shall be integral one piece construction of No. 12 gauge sheet steel, formed to receive cast-in-place cement treads with cast aluminum abrasive nosing indicated on Drawings. Treads and risers shall be secured by bolting or welding to 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/8" steel carrier angles bolted or welded to stringer s. (h) Aluminum railing shall be as previously specified under paragraph 15. WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal • Page 11 17. STEEL LADDERS (a) Steel Ladders unless otherwise shown, shall be built of 2- 1/2" x 3/8" flat steel members, 24" apart, with 3/4" diameter single rungs spaced 12" o, c. Rungs shall be shouldered and firmly welded into place. (b) Ladders shall be securley fastened at top and bottom and at intermediate points at not over 310" intervals, with 3" x 1/4" angles of sufficient length to hold the center of rungs 6" away from the walls. Angle supports shall be welded to the strings and expansion bolted to the wall and to hold ladder clear of floor. • • WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 12 18. ALUMINUM NON-SLIP NOSING TREADS (a) Non-slip nosing treads for concrete treads of stairs shall be similar and equal to "Alumalun", Type "AM-4", as manufactured by American Abrasive Metal Co. , Irvington, New Jersey. (b) Nosing treads shall be 4" wide, 5/16" thick, complete with anchors for setting in forms prior to placing concrete. Treads shall be 6" shorter than width of stairs and installed in such manner to be flush with remaining surface of tread. (c) Non-slip nosings shall be delivered to the site in sufficient time to allow for setting in the formwork prior to placing concrete. (d) Non-slip nosing for cement filled steel pan type stairs shall be similar and equal to type 610-A as manufactured by American Abrasive Metal Co. , Irvington, New Jersey. WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal • Page 13 19. CAST ALUMINUM LETTERS (a) Cast aluminum letters for building name shall be similar and equal to Style No. 306 Roman as manufactured by Meierjohan-Wengler, Inc. , 10330 Wayne Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio, or approved equal. (b) Letters shall be cast aluminum Style No. 306 Roman in Height, width and depth, as follows: Height Width Stroke Depth Building Name 8" 6-5/8" 1-5/16" 3/4" Finish shall be colored anodic finish selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard range of • color s. (c) Letters shall be erected in designated location in true alignment, level and plumb with all faces falling in the same plane. Mounting shall be FMT-2 type, flush mounted. • WA 7601 Section 05900 DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 14 20. STEEL AREAWAY GRATINGS AND FRAMES (a) Gratings over areaways (see Drawings for details, location and sizes) shall be Irving Subway Grating Company's Type IWA "Gripweld, " supported on continuous 1-1/2" steel angle frames anchored not less than 2'-0" o. c, with vertical legs of angle flush with top of grating. Angle steel supports at building wall shallbeanchored with expansion bolts and lead shields at concrete foundation walls. Angle frames at concrete areaway walls shall be provided with welded on steel anchors for setting in concrete formwork prior to placing concrete. (b) Gratings shall be fastened to angle frames with galvanized steel clips and machine screws. Portion of gratings shall be hinged as shown on Drawings. Hinges shall be heavy duty flush type bronze. Dead bolt shallbe provided on underside hinged gate, inaccessible from above. (c) Grating and frames shall be designed to support a live load of 1001bs. per sq. ft. (d) Gratings and frames shall be factory prime painted. WA 7601 Section 05900 • DIVISION 5 Misc. Metal Page 15 21. STEEL AREAWALL AND AREAWALL COVER GUARD (a) Steel areawall shall be 16 gauge galvanized copper-bearing steel of dimensions indicated on Drawings, similar or equal to Model #R-7130 as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. , 30 Rasons Court, Hauppauge, Long Island, N. Y. (b) Areawall cover shall be similar or equal to "Bar-Grille" Grating Cover as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, of size to suit Areawall as specified above. Grating shall be fabricated of 1" x 1/4" steel frame with 3/4" x 1/4" steel bars 2" on center then hot-galvanized after fabrication. 22. MAT SINKAGE FRAMES (a) Frames shall consist of 3/16" wide aluminum edging strips for sides of mat sinkages. Frames shall be welded and reinforced • at corners provided with temporary spreader and shall be secured to the concrete slab with expansion bolts not less than three to each side. Top shall finish flush with finished floor surface. Frames shall be true and square and straight. 23. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING (a) Provide, at the proper time, all the various miscellaneous metal supports and framing not provided under other Sections of the Specifications and required to complete the work. m � x • WA 7601 Section O6luo DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry Fa ge 1 SECTION 0610o ROUGH CARPENTRY Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required for the complete execution of all work of this Section as indicated on Drawings, specified herein and conditions at the site including, but not limited to, the following: (1) Temporary enclosures and protective boarding. (2) Preservative treatment of lumber. (3) All rough wood blocking, grounds, furring, wedging, nailers, centerings and the like necessary and required for the attachment and support of work under this Section and otner Sections of these Specifications and other Contracts. (4) All wood framing members including studs, rafters, joists, bridging, plates, shoes, tie beams, plywood sheathing for walls and roofs, subflooring and the like necessary and required to complete all wood framing for the existing and new addition to the existing building. (5) Nails, spikes, screws, bolts, clamps, connectors, straps, stirrups, anchors, ties and all other metal accessories shown on Drawings and required for the support and attachment of all rough carpentry work. (6) Installation of insulation furnished under Section 07200. WA 7601 Section 06100 • DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry Page 2 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Standards: Softwood for rough carpentry shall comply with the requirements of the current American Lumber Standards "SPR-16" . Supplied lumber shall bear the official grade or trade-mark of the Association under whose rules the lumber is graded, or be accompanied by a certificate of inspection issued by the Association stating that the material supplied complies with the Specifications as to species and grade. (b) Softwood: (1) Lumber: surfaced 4 sides and dressed. Sizes of yard and structural lumber shall conform to the requirements of the American Lumber Standards. Lumber shall be worked to shapes as indicated or specified. (c) Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified, shall be either air dried or kiln dried to a moisture content not exceeding 19%. • (d) Handling and Storage: Lumber delivered to the site shall be carefully piled under weatherproof covers, stored in enclosed spaces in such a manner as to provide proper ventilation and protection from the weather. (e) Preservative Treatment: (1) Nailers, blocking, grounds, etc. for exterior work and in close proximity to masonry or concrete shall receive a preservative treatment meeting all requirements of Federal Spec. TT-W-571 ( .35 lbs per cubic foot retention). (2) Treated lumber: kiln dried or air seasoned for a period of not less than 30 days after treatment. (3) Each piece of preservative treated wood shall have the trade-mark identifying the classification of the treatment stamped thereon. Where labeling is not available, a certificate from the ?rocessor shall accompany each shipment. (f) Fire Retardant Treatment: • WA 7601 Section 06lo0 DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry Page 3 (1) All wood, for any items so required by State and Local Codes, shall be fire retardant. This treatment shall be "OSMOSE" or approved equal, pressure impregnated, having a U. S. Label for flame spread of not over 25 and no evidence of significant progressive combustion in 30 minutes of test duration and shall meet the "Non-Combustible Specification 903.8" of the Building Officials Conference of America (BOCA) Code. (2) Treated lumber shall be kiln dried to an average moisture content of 1&,$ or less. (3) Each piece of treated lumber shall have stamped thereon the U.L. Label and/or Trade-Mark identifying the classification of the treatment, or, in lieu thereof, a certificate from the processor shall be furnished for each shipment. a. All treated lumber shall be stored indoors in a dry space immediately upon delivery to the job site, or completely and adequately covered so as to keep it dry; elevated above the ground or floor slabs so as to allow ventilation. (g) Coordination: (1) Card out all work of this Section in coordination and cooperation with continuous wort: of other trades and/or Contracts involved. (2) Deliver all lumber for milers, anchoring devices arid/or templates in due tic:e for setting in connection with concrete work, masonry, structural steel, metal decking and other trades where required for the completion of rough carpentry worl.. 3• MATERIALS (a) All lumber shall be the best of its respective kinds, as best suited for the particular purpose intended, free from shakes, loose knots, or other imperfections which :;.fight impair its strength, durability or appearance. (b) All lumber shall be trade marked and grade marked in accord with the rules of the association under whose jurisdiction it is manufactured and shall be in accord with Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendations R-16, latest edition. (c) All lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried to a :.ioisture content not to exceed 19°p' . Materials for finished woodwork throughout shall be thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried to a moisture content not to exceed 12`,;. WA 7601 Section 06100 • DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry Page 4 (d) Defects or blemishes shall not appear in the material used. Lumber shall be G4S, sound, thoroughly seasoned and well manufactured, and free from warp that cannot be corrected in the process of mailing or bolting. (e) Lumber shall be in accordance with the following; (1) Framing Lumber, including studs, trusses, joists, stringers, columns, plates, tie beams and shoes: 1500 lbs. per sq. in. stress grade, West Coast Douglas Fir with a modulus of elasticity of 1,760,000 lbs. per sq. in., or approved equal. Metal ties, framing anchors, stirrups, strap anchors, etc., for installing wood framing, shall be as manufactured by Weyerhaeuser Co., Tacoma, Washington, or approved equal. (2) Wood blocking, grounds, furring, wedging, nailers, centerings and bridging - Sitka Spruce or Ponderosa Pine. (f) Plywood for sheathingshall be 1/2" thick and sub-flooring • shall be 5/8"thick unless otherwise noted - Structural 1 Sheathing Grade conforming to Product Standards PL1-66, Group 1 Douglas Fir "C-C" grade veneers as manufactured by Georgia Pacific, U. S. Plywood or Weyerhaeuser. (g) Plywood for underlayment flooring over plywood sub-flooring: as specified for plywood sheathing and sub-flooring except face veneer shall be Group 1 Douglas Fir "A-A" Grade. 5/8" thick. (h) Anchors, clips, etc., shall be of size to meet requirements and conditions at the building. Toggle bolts for fastening of wood to hollow block construction shall be of the spring wing type, not less than 1/2" diameter with nuts and washers, of approved type suitable for their particular usage. (i) Fastenings for securing wood grounds, furring and similar work to masonry shall be of metal, of a type and spacing best suited to conditions, subject to the approval of the Architect. They shall consist of hardened steel nails, expansion bolts or screws or clinch nails of suitable size to draw the members into place and securely hold same firmly. Nails, spikes, screws and other fastenings for exterior wort: shall be heavy gauge aluminum or galvanized steel. • WA 7601 Section 06100 DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry Pa ge 4. FRAMING (a) Framing lumber and other rough carpentry work shall be properly framed, closely fitted, accurately set to required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. Members shall be framed for the passing of pipes, ducts and conduit to avoid cutting of structural members. No framing member shall be cut, notched or bored for the passage of pipes or conduit without permission from the Architect. Framing members damaged by cutting shall be reinforced as directed by the Architect. Special framing which may be required and not explicitly shown or specified shall be provided to complete the work in the best and most workmanlike manner. (b) Species of lumber shall be as specified of sizes and spacing indicated on Drawings, nailed and spiked in a thorough canner using spikes larger than twenty penny (20d) where practicable. Metal ties, framing anchors, stirrups, straps, etc., for connecting wood framing shall be of gauges and sizes to suit framing and load requirements. (c) Plates, blocking and similar members on masonry walls shall be drilled and set over anchor bolts and attached thereto with flat washers and bolts previously set under masonry work. Plates, blocking, etc., shall be in longest length practicable, and where doubled or tripled, all joints shall be staggered with members spiked or bolted together not more than 36" o.c. Trusses and girders shall be constructed with wood members of sizes shown, spaced as indicated. (d) Wood studs and joists shall be spaced 16" o.c. double studs at openings and post supports where indicated, fastened to adjacent framing members, shoes or plates with spi!:es. Bridging between framing members shall be of similar size as framing, placed perpendicular to framing, spaced not more than 4'0" o.c. in staggered rows and spiked to framing with not less than two (2) spikes at each bearing. (e) Plywood sheathing on roof and building walls shall be provided and installed under this Section. Plywood sheathing shall be of type and thickness previously specified, in longest lengths possible, WA 7601 Section 06100 • DIVISION 6 Bough Carpentry Page 6 placed over wood framing with longest length perpendicular to framing with staggered joints, all ,joints and ends occurring over bearing, fitted tightly together and nailed to bearing with large flat head galvanized nails 8" o.c. of sufficient length to penetrate through plywood and into solid wood members not less than V. (1) Sheathing shall cover entire roof and exterior stud walls to provide adequate base to receive finishes as indicated. (f) Plywood sub-flooring over wood joists shall be 00" wide by 8'0" long of thickness shown, laid with longest dimension perpendicular to joists, each end placed half-way over joist below. Ends of all plywood panels shall be staggered and nailed to joists at each and every bearing point with temper hardened spiral or annular ring nails not more than 8" o.c. Underflooring shall be installed in a true and level plane, free from ridges or buckles ready to receive finished plywood under- layment. Finished plywood flooring shall be as specified under "MATERIALS", in 410" x 8'0" sheets of thickness shown, placed • over sub-flooring over joists as specified, except ends and staggered joints shall occur in different locations as the sub- flooring. Nails and nailing shall be as specified for sub-flooring. Finished plywood flooring shall be smooth and level with all joints in the same plane without ridges or bulges. (g) Nailers and Blocking: Provide and secure to other materials, as indicated, wood nailers, blocking, for the reception of gravel stops and roof curbs. (1) Nailers shall be of sizes, shapes and profiles indicated on the Drawings or Details or as required, provided with anchors and/or bolts as indicated. (2) Consult with other trades as to nailers, blocking and grounds required for attachment of their work and other items requiring hailers and blocking and securely fasten in place. (3) Furnish and install all required rough blocking for items requiring; such work. • WA 7601 Section Oolw DIVISION 6 Rough Carpentry Page 5. TEMPORARY PROTECTION (a) Provide and install all temporary protection in accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, O.S.H.A. regulations, and as follows: (1) Temporary protection shall also include wood doors, railings, ,rotection on floor or roof openings, temporary partitions and the like; adequately maintained in good repair during the life of the Contract. (2) Furnish and set temporary partitions with wood doors at all exterior doorways, exterior openings in exterior wails or in locations exposed to weather. These doors shall be substantiall - built and hung, equi- ed with proper hinges, locks and other necessary hardware, and shall be removed and reset whenever required to accon.modate the wort: of other contracts and shall be kept in good re air at all times. (b) If the installation of fraces and glass does not promptly follow the completion of the exterior enclosures, and if' the absence of enclosures would cause dar.,age. close in all such openings temporarily by the use of heavy polyethylene ;Mastic sheeting, canvas, or duck, stretched over and nailed to frar.es of 1" x 2" or heavier strips. Frares shall be secured with wire or heavy cord. (c) Ren.ove all rer..ainin,. temporary protection when so directed, or prior to acceptance of this �.roloct. WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 1 • SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and servi,� ,.And perform all operations required to complete the installatiL.:of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Type I and type II wood shelving, (2) Counters, desks, and all other wood cabinets and counters with and without shelves, doors, drawers and other features of types and kinds in locations shown on the Drawings. (3) Coat hanger rods and fittings. • (4) Plastic number plates on all corridor doors and plastic name plates on corridor doors to special rooms and spaces. (5) Interior and exterior wood trim, including mounting board for exterior lettering. - — - (6) Interior wood stair, handrail etc. (7) Wood paneling and wainscot. (8) Nails, screws, and other fastenings required for work of this Section, (9) Receiving, storing, distributing and applying finishing hardware. • WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 2 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Take and verify all measurements required for the proper execution and fit of the work at the building. All dimensioned Architect's drawings must be checked and verified with field conditions. All discrepancies and conflicts, including those between different installations, involving changes, shall be reported to the Architect for correction and adjustment before materials are fabricated. (b) All lumber shall be the best of its respective kind, as best suited for the particular purpose intended, free from shakes, loose knots, splits or other imperfections which might impair its strength, durability or appearance. (c) All lumber shall be trade marked and grade marked in accordance with the rules of the association having jurisdiction, and in accordance with the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendations R-16, latest edition. (d) Materials for millwork and finished woodwork throughout shall be thoroughly seasoned and kiln-dried to a maximum moisture content of 12%. (e) Defects or blemishes shall not appear in the material used. Lumber shall be G4S, sound, thoroughly seasoned and free from warp or other defects that cannot be corrected in the process of fastening. 3• DELIVERY AND STORAGE (a) Lumber delivered at the site shall be immediately piled in stacks to insure drainage and free circulation. No two pieces in contact, lay on skids, placed to give slope of not less than 1/2" per foot to the stack and minimum clearance of 6" above grade. Cover stacks with suitable roof covering tarpaulins. (b) Finishing Lumber: As soon as delivered to the site, store in weathertight, well ventilated structure with a tight floor not less than 12" above ground. Do not store in portions of the building under construction. WA 7601 Section 06200 • DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 3 (c) All interior finished woodwork shall be fully protected from the weather while in transit from point of origin or fabricated to the job site. When delivered at the building, it shall be immediately placed under cover and adequately protected from damage, kept clean, stored and handled in such a manner as to avoid injury in any way. (d) No interior finished woodwork shall be stored or installed in any wet or damp portions of the building, or in rooms or spaces where plastering or similar work will be executed until such has been completed and thoroughly dry. 4. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit shop drawings based on the Contract Drawings showing complete details of construction, sizes of members, kinds of materials, assembly of work and connections to adjacent work, and set forth the necessary provisions for the proper execution of the work of other trades. • (b) Shop drawings shall show at large scale the construction of the various parts of the work, the method of joinery, the thickness, width and length of materials, the profiles of all mouldings and ornamentation and all provisions for assembly and installation. They shall show methods of reinforcement, anchorage and support. 5• ALES (a) Submit samples of all woods for approval before fabrication of any millwork. (b) Samples of the various wood finish shall show the graining, texture, color, etc. All finished work shall lie within the range of approved samples of each kind of wood. (c) Any millwork delivered which does not comply with the approved samples will be subject to rejection. 6. SAMPLE PANELS (a) Furnish and deliver to the Painting Contractor at the site sample panels, each 6" x 10", truly representative of each specie and kind • of hardwood veneer plywood and hardwood trim used for wood paneling and trim. Panels shall be finely sanded, ready to receive finish. Six such panels shall be furnished for each room for Architect to use in selecting suitable finish for the veneer plywood and trim. WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 4 7. MATERIALS (a) Interior and exterior trim, millwork and all wood not otherwise specified shall be clear White Pine. (1) All interior trim, millwork, etc. , in each room or space shall match exactly in specie, color, character and graining of doors or wood paneling. (b) Tops to receive plastic laminate shall be particleboard, such as "Novaply" as manufactured by U. S. Plywood or equal by Weyerhauser or Georgia Pacific. (c) Plastic laminate shall be General Purpose Grade 1/16" thick for 0 l horizontal and vertical surfaces. -Plastic-Uminate shall be in color, texture finish and patters as selected by the Architect. (d) Plywood: (1) For painted finish shall be A-A INT-DFPA, in required thickness. (2) For stain and varnish finish shall be N-A INT-DFPA, in thicknesses shown or required. Specie of face veneers shall be as selected by the Architect. (e) Exposed wood members for stair construction including treads, risers, stringers, handrailing etc. shall be White Oak for stain and varnish finish. (f) Closet hanging rods shall be chrome over nickel over brass pipe, 3/4" i.d. , for spans up to 4'0" and 1" i.d. otherwise, complete with socket flanges. (g) Handrail brackets in Assembly Room shall be No. 388 - Bronze with satin finish as manufactured by Julius Blum & Co. Carlstadt, New Jersey. Handrail shall be # H-231 1-3/4" x 1-5/8" Red Oak as distributed by Hussey Williams Co. In. c 8. PRIMING AND BACK PAINTING (a) Materials used shall comply with the requirements for such materials as specified under Section 09900 of this Specification. (b) Except where stain or natural finish is specified or required by the Drawings or Specifications, thoroughly prime all sides and edges of all interior finishing lumber as soon as delivered at the site. Prime all wood work which is assembled or built up of more than one piece in the woodworking mill before the material is fabricated or built up. WA 7601 Section 06200 • DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 5 (c) No interior woodwork or trim shall be installed until all surfaces in contact with masonry or plaster, or concealed in the finished work have been back painted with a heavy coat of lead and oil paint. 9. WORKMANSHIP AND ASSEMBLY (a) All angles shall be mitred and thoroughly dowelled and all joints tight and not open. All joints in running trim shall be bevelled joints. Butt joints shall not be used. (b) Work shall be assembled at the mill, insofar as practicable, and delivered ready for erection. Where necessary to cut and fit it on the job, the material shall be made with ample allowance for cutting. (c) Mill assemblies shall be jointed with concealed nails and screws and where practicable with mortise and tenons or with dowels. Exposed nails shall be countersunk. Glue shall be best quality • waterproof glue. (d) Scribing, mitering and joining shall be done accurately and neatly to conform to details. Intersecting mouldings shall be coped where possible and not mitered. (a) All nails shall be carefully countersunk and puttied. (f) All nails shall be set for putty stopping and all screws in exposed surfaces, except removable members, shall be plug stopped to match material. (g) Protection; The Contractor shall not install wood work in any part of the building until after the concrete and plaster work are thoroughly dry. A temperature of not less than 700 F. shall be maintained in every part of the building whore finished work is stored or installed. 10. CABINET WORK (a) All cabinet work shall be constructed in a manufacturing plant known as a "Cabinet Plant", and shall be constructed and detailed complete with all mortises, tenons, dowels, etc., and glued solidly at the plant in as large sections as practical, with all joints • between sections dowelled and glued together at the building. No cabinet work shall be built up on the job. All cabinet work shall be finished as completely as practical at the plant. WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 6 (b) Wood for cabinet work shall be without defects in any exposed part. Slight sound defects which do not affect appearance, strength, or durability may be permitted in cabinet backs and undersides of shelves. (c) Face material shall be closely matched. (d) Small mouldings shall be self returned at corners, not mitred. (e) Cabinet faces and doors shall have full mortise and tenon joints. Corners jointed with block miter and faces matched. (f). Cabinet doors, unless otherwise shown, shall be not less than 1-1/8" thick. Where flush veneered, all doors shall have 3/4" solid edge veneering on all four sides. (g) All framing shall be not less than 1-3/8" of solid wood, solidly framel and glued together, with tongue and groove, mortise and tenon, or dowelling as approved. (h) All shelving shall be not less than 7/8" plywood with hardwood edging, adjustable where such requirement is specifically noted. Fixed shelves shall be dadoed into sides and glued. (i) All cabinets shall have closed top, sides and back with, unless otherwise specifically noted, wood to match the face work. Free standing cabinets shall have flush dust top, finished with cornice mould as detailed and scribed to walls at built-in edges. 11. CUTTING, FITTING, HANGING AND TRIMMING (a) Do all cutting and fitting of woodwork necessary to accommodate the work of other trades and contracts and patch and make good any woodwork cut or damaged from any cause. (b) Accurately fit all doors in such a manner as to have 1/16" clearance at sides and top, and 3/16" at bottom, bevel front edges and meeting stiles at the rate of 1/8" for each 2" . Glazing beads shall be left loose (one side) and reset and nailed after glazing is complete. (c) Accurately and securely put on hardware, making all cutting, mortising and sinkages required to receive hardware. Only experienced mechanics shall be employed for the installation of hardware. WA 7601 section 06200 DIViami 6 Finish Carpentry • Page 7 (d) All trimming shall be done by skilled mechanics. (e) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper attachment of work furnished under this Section or work of other trades related thereto. 12. PLASTIC LAMINATES (8) Plastic laminates shall be "Formica" as manufactured by Formica Company, Wilson Art, or approved equal. (b) Glue shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the plastic laminates. (c) Installation shall be in accord with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Architect. (d) Plastic laminates for cabinets, counters and elsewhere shown on the Drawings shall be applied to particleboard base without the use • of mouldings, except at sink cutouts. No edges shall remain exposed to view in the finished work. Ends of counters, etc. , shall be finished in plastic laminate conforming to the profile of the item covered, with plastic laminate of the top surface extending over the edge of the plastic laminate of the end surface. At back splash, plastic laminate shall return to the wall over the top of the back splash. At front edges, the plastic laminate shall extend down the front and backwards as far as practicable. Sharp edges of plastic laminate shall be chamfered off to prevent chipping. Plastic laminate shall extend from underside of nosing across top, and up over back splash, parallel to the run of the top. (e) Cross joints shall be tightly made and practically invisible. At corners, tops shall be neatly mitred with a tight joint. (f) All work shall be done by skilled mechanics experienced in this type of work and in a finished and workmanlike manner approved by the Architect. • WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 8 (h) Protect the material in an approved mannter from damage by other Contractors or materials. At the completion and acceptance of this work, this protection shall be removed and the work left in a whole and perfect condition. 13. INTERIOR TRIM, BASE, MOULDING, ETC. (a) All interior trim and finish shall be in accordance with the Drawings. (b) The back of all woodwork, set against plaster surface, shall be plowed. (c) Wood trim shall have interior corners coped and housed. All external corners shall be neatly mitered. (d) Running trim, base, etc. , shall have splice joints. No edge grain shall show. Mouldings and edging shall be of solid finished wood. (e) Scribe mouldings shall be provided at all intersections with the surface of other material. 14. EXTERIOR WOOD FASCIA, TRIM AND PLYWOOD (a) All exterior wood fascia, trim and plywood where indicated shall be of species specified under "MATERIALS" of sizes, profiles and in locations indicated on Drawings, in longest lengths practical, nailed to supporting members and framing with aluminum or heavily galvanized steel nails at least two (2) at each bearing. All joints shall be weatherproof and watertight, assembled in a thick paste of white lead and linseed oil. Nail heads shall be countersunk and puttied. All exterior wood work shall be back painted with 2 pounds of aluminum powder mixed in one (1) gallon of varnish prior to setting. (b) All exposed surfaces of exterior wood work shall be smooth machine sanded ready to receive paint finishes. 15. STAIR CONSTRUCTION (a) Wood stairs shall be constructed of wood framing members, treads, risers, stringers, balusters, handrailing of species specified under "MATERIALS". Stair components shall be selected from the catalog of Morgan Woodwork as distributed by Hussey Williams Co. , Inc. WA 7601 Section 06200 • DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 9 (b) Wood stairs shall be framed and constructed to support a live load of not less than 100 lbs. per sq. ft. Stringers and platforms supported on wood posts as shown. Treads shall be 1 1/8" thick furnished with nosings and mouldings, risers shall be 7/8" thick, both tongue and grooved together, glued, blocked and housed into stringers. (c) Stairs shall be spiked, bolted and nailed to form rigid construction. All spikes and bolts shall be concealed. All nails shall be countersunk and filled with wood filler. All parts shall be sanded smooth to receive stain and varnish finish. 16. SPECIAL MILLWORK AND CABINET WORK AND SEATING (a) Furnish, deliver and install all special woodwork and cabinet work necessary or required to completely finish all woodwork throughout the spaces as shown on the Drawings. (b) All work shall be executed in exact accordance with the Architect's details, Specifications for cabinet work specified herein and approved shop drawings. • (c) Included shall be all framing, furring, blocking, rough hardware and other accessory work necessary to complete the work. (d) Adjustable shelves where shown on the Drawings, shall be supported by pilaster strips and adjustable brackets, flush mounted, furnished under Finishing Hardware Section and installed under this heading. Fixed shelving shall have all parts housed together, and glued. Unless otherwise shown, shelves shall be oak. Where material other than oak is permitted, edges of shelves and dividers shall be oak. (e) Drawers, where required, shall have faces and backs of 25/32" material, 3/4" sides dovetailed to front and back and tapered slightly to back, and 3/8" plywood bottom let in. Drawers shall operate on double extension drawer slides Garcy No. 385 or equal approved by the Architect, furnished and installed under this heading. Provide plywood dust stops between drawers. • WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 10 17. WOOD PANELING AND WAINSCOT (a) Furnish and install 4'-0" x 8'-0" x 1/4" thick 3-ply pre- finished hardwood paneling similar or equal to "Valley Forge" as manufactured by Georgia-Pacific 900 SW. Fifth Ave. , Portland Oregon 97204. Species of Paneling shall be selected by the Architect from the manufacturers standard range. (b) Panels shall have random grooves with one every 16" o. c. to facilitate fastening. (c) All paneling shall be installed over plasterboard base furnished under Section 09250. (d) Panels shall be installed to true vertical and horizontal alignment over the pasterboard with contact cement, panel adhesive or finishing nails all in accordance with the manufacturers detailed instructions as though written out here in full. (e) All panelling shall meet or exceed the requirements for Class 'C' finish with a flamespread rating betwen 76 to 200 in accordance with ASTM - E84. 18. WOOD SHELVING (TYPE I & II) (a) Wood shelving shall be constructed of Select White Pine including supports, cleats and hook strips indicated on Drawings. (b) Chrome plated steel clothes hanging rods and double pronged coat hooks shall be furnished and installed under this Section. (c) Except as otherwise shown top shelving units shall be constructed of nominal 1" dressed boards, supported on ends intermediate points and at back over 1-1/4" x 2" cleats and hook strip. Cleats, hook strips and intermediate supports shall be attached to masonry walls with expansion bolts and lead shields and to each other with wood screws and countersunk finishing nails. WA 7601 Section 06200 i DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 11 (d) Adjustable type chrome plated steel closthes hanging rods shall be as manufactured by Garden City Plating Work, Stanley Hardware, the H. B. Ives Company or Knape & Vogt Mfg. Co. and shall include intermediate supports for spans 5'-0" or more, flanges at ends and sleeves as indicated. (e) Two prong type coat hooks shall be as manufactured by one of the aforementioned firms, chrome plated steel, of sufficient amount to place pronged hooks no more than 6" o. c. 19. PLASTIC NUMBER PLATES AND SIGNS (a) Provide signs on the corridor side of all doors in corridors and at all doors from public areas. These signs shallgive the room numbers of all rooms and spaces opening into the corridors as well as the names of Special Rooms and spaces in accord with schedule submitted to the Architect for approval. i i WA 7601 Section 06200 DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 12 (b) Signs shall be of Plexiglass 1/8" thickness with a non-directional matte finish. All lettering and numerals to be executed by Design-A-Sign inlay technique. Color of lettering and plexiglass to be designed by Architect from Design-A-Sign's standard colors upon successful award. Lettering for room numbers shall be microgramma bold extended, 1" high. Names of Special Purpose Rooms and spaces shall be microgram ma light extended, 3/4" high. All lettering shall be flush let and conform to dimensions and layout of approved shop drawing. (c) Signs shall be as manufactured by Design-A-Sign Company, Inc. , or approved equal. (d) Signs shall be located on centerline of door openings, set level and securley fastened in place with chrome plated flat head "Phillips" screws. All screws shall be set flush with sign surface. 20. APPLICATION OF FINISHING HARDWARE (a) All finishing hardware required for the work under this Section will furnished under the "FINISHING HARDWARE" Section. (b) All finishing hardware shall be received, stored and distributed and the responsibility for its safety assumed by the Contractor. The protection wrapped around pieces of hardware shall be securely attached to•the hardware as it is installed and properly maintained until the final completion of the building, at which time it shall be removed• WA 7601 Section 06200 • DIVISION 6 Finish Carpentry Page 13 (c) No finishing hardware shall be installed in the building until all plastering and cement work has been fully completed and is dry. (d) Hardware shall be applied not only to the work furnished under this Section, but shall be fitted and adjusted to metal frames furnished under another Section. (a) Hardware shall be accurately fitted and secured in place, adjusted to operate perfectly and be free from scratches or other defacements. (f) Face hardware shall, after being fitted, be removed before the woodwork finishing or painting is applied and neatly replaced after the finishing or painting is fully completed. (g) The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition and operation of all finishing hardware until the issuance of the Certificate of Final Acceptance or until the building is occupied, whichever event is sooner. • (h) Immediately prior to completion of all work, this Contractor shall go over the entire building with the Architect's representative and see that the proper key for the lock in question is identified. (i) All keys shall be properly tagged and identified, and turned over to the hardware supplier, for filing by him in the key cabinet. 21. PREPARATION FOR PAINTER'S FINISH (a) Clean, smoothly dress and sandpaper all exposed surfaces. No plane or tool marks shall show. Further dress all exposed surfaces of interior finish woodwork with fine grit sandpaper or steel wool, to a smooth and clean surface. Deeply set nails and screws for putty stopping. ter • WA 7601 Section 07100 Division 7 Waterproofing Page 1 SECTION 07100 WATERPROOFING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installa- tion of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Exterior wall membrane waterproofing. (2) Elastomeric wall flashing. (3) Membrane waterproofing on floors in all toilet rooms on first floor. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Work shall be done by men skilled in this trade in strict accordance with the requirements and/or specifications of the manufacturers of the materials being used. (b) Apply membrane material without wrinkles, buckles or blisters and securely adhered to the substrate. (c) Exercise care before, during and after installation not to damage the material in any way. All finished work shall be approved before covering. (d) Prior to installation, fill all voids, cracks and open joints with mortar. Remove all high spots, loose and foreign particles, fill all depressions and thoroughly clean all surfaces, leaving them smooth, firm and dry. WA 7601 Section 07100 Division 7 Waterproofing • Page 2 3. SAMPLES (a) Submit two (2) of each of the following materials for the Architect's approval, in strict accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. (1) Felt. . . . . . . . . . . 12" x 12", each type and weight. (2) Mastic . . . . . . . . 1/2 pint containers, each type. (3) Flashing. . . . . . . 12" x 12" 4. MATERIALS (a) Wall Flashing: 15 mil thick, non-reinforced, homogeneous, elastomeric material such as "Nervastral Seal-Prof H-D- 15" as manufactured by Rubber & Plastics Compound Co. , Inc. , or approved equal. • (b) Flashing Mastic: compatible with flashing material, cold applied, trowel consistency, and recommended in writing by the approved flashing manufacturer. (c) Asphalt saturated felt for application over wood sheathing shall be organic asbestos roofing felt conforming to ASTM- D-250 weighing not less than 15 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. (d) Membrane waterproofing for floors shall be similar and equal to "Bituthene Waterproofing Membrane" as manu- factured by W. R. Grace and Co. ; "Nervastral Seal-Pruf H-D", 20 mils thick, as manufactured by Rubber and Plastics Compound Co. , or approved equal. Primers and compounds for setting membrane waterproofing shall be completely com- patible with the membrane and as manufactured by, or approved by, the manufacturer of the approved membrane. 5. INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR WALL WATERPROOFING (a) Impregnated saturated felt shall be applied to wood sheath- ing without wrinkles, buckles, blisters, tears or ruptures, in horizontal runs in longest lengths possible with minimal • joints starting from top of foundation walls to soffits above, each layer the full width and lapping the preceding layer not WA 7601 Section 07100 Division 7 Waterproofing Page 3 less than 2" on sides and 6" on ends nailed to sheathing and wood studs with large flat head galvanized nails through galvanized tin disc spaced not more than 8" o. c. in staggered rows not more than V-0" o. C. (b) Felt membrane shall be placed in double layers at all window, door and louver openings in exterior walls, carried into openings not less than 4" and nailed to framing members. 6. INSTALLATION OF FLASHING (a) All surfaces to receive flashing shall be free from mois- ture, rust, dirt or other foreign matter. All projections which may puncture the material shall be removed and all cracks and voids filled. (b) When flashing is installed against a vertical surface, apply a full, trowel coat of mastic or adhesive to the substrate. Embed flashing into mastic and roll out wrinkles, air pockets and bulges. (c) Install flashing without longitudinal joints where roll widths permit. If roll widths do not permit this, make required joint by lapping material a minimum of 4" and seal for the complete length of joint with adhesive. When end joints are made, lap material a minimum of 6" and seal. (d) Extend head and sill flashing at least 6" beyond masonry opening on each side, and pan-up ends 2". (e) Where anchors, pipes, inserts and similar items puncture flashing, make opening as small as possible, seal opening tightly and thoroughly with mastic or adhesives. (f) Flashing shall be installed at the following locations (1) Under sills. (2) Over heads of openings. (3) Other incidential locations not specifically described herein or indicated on drawings. WA 7601 Section 07100 Division 7 Waterproofing • Page 4 7. APPLICATION OF MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING ON FLOORS (a) Membrane waterproofing shall be applied over the sub- floor in strict accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed specifications and directions as though written out herein in full. (b) Membrane shall be laid in a coat of mastic cement over primer coat. Mastic shall be trowel spread not less than 40 sq. ft. per gallon. All joints shall be butt ended or lapped and covered with a strip of membrane not less than 8" wide and sealed with approved mastic. (c) Membrane shall be carried up vertically on walls not less than 6". (d) All horizontal areas covered with membrane waterproofing shall be rolled to insure full embedment in mastic cement. • Rollers shall weigh 50 to 100 lbs. Corners and vertical surfaces shall be rolled with rubber rollers to insure solid anchorage. (e) After mastic is set, all surfaces shall receive a cement grout not less than 1" thick. 8. GUARANTEE (a) The Contractor shall guarantee all waterproofing work under this Section for a period of five (5) years, from date of final acceptance of the building. (b) In the event of failure of watertightness during the guarantee period the Contractor and the manufacturer of the waterproof- ing material jointly shall repair same, together with all damage to other parts or furnishings of the building resulting from such failure, at their own expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner. Should the Contractor deem the work or materials shown or described herein as inadequate for the purpose of and prejudicial to the intent of this guarantee, he shall exercise any and all additional precautions necessary to fulfill the requirements of the guarantee. WA 7601 Section 07150 DIVISION 7 Dampproofing Page 1 SECTION 07150 DAMPPROOFING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work under this Section and related work indicated on Drawings, specified herein, including, but not limited to the following: (1) Bituminous-dampproof coating on exterior walls below grade enclosing spaces which may be occupied. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Work shall be done by men skilled in this trade in strict accordance with the requirements and/or specifications of the manufacturers of the material being used. (b) Prior to application of dampproofing on concrete surfaces, all tie wires shall be cut back not less than 1" . All holes, cracks, honeycombs and the like shall be filled with mortar. All fins and other projections shall be removed and walls cleaned of surface dirt and dust. (c) Concrete surfaces shall be primed with a coating of primer recommended by the approved manufacturer of the dampproofing mastic. WA 7601 Section 07150 • DIVISION 7 Dampproofing Page 2 3. MATERIALS (a) Bituminous coatings on exterior concrete and masonry walls below grade; shall be similar and equal to No. 83 Fibrated Dampproofing for spray or brush application as manufactured by Karnak Chemical Corp. conforming to ASTM D-449 latest edition, Type "A" with asbestos fibers, mineral stabilizers and solvents. 4. SAMPLES (a) Submit two (2) samples of bituminous coating material to the Architect for approval in accordance with the requirements of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" . Two (2) . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 pint cans will be required, complete with manufacturer's label with printed information. • 5. APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING (a) Fibrated dampproofing shall be applied in strict accordance with the approved manufacturer' s printed directions as though written out herein in full. (b) Concrete, or masonry surfaces shall be clean and free from all rust, grease, oil and foreign particles. All surfaces shall be absolutely dry. (1) Brush Application: Use a wide fiber brush with even strokes, flowing coatings on surfaces to obtain a smooth uniform film at the rate of not less than four (4) gallons per 100 sq. ft. (2) Spray Application: Use standard mastic pump-type equipment, placed in material drum. Spray coating in one heavy coat at the rate of four (4) gallons per 100 sq. ft. with 50% overlap of spray pattern to obtain a uniform continuous film. • WA 7601 Section 07150 DIVISION 7 Dampproofing Page 3 6. INSPECTION (a) Prior to baekfilling against foundation walls and piers; prior to erecting masonry work, all dampproofing work shall be inspected and approved by the Architect. Contractor will be required to notify the Architect in writing to inform, all parties of the date when the work will be ready for inspection. Should any dampproofing work be covered by building materials without the Architect's approval, such work r.,ay be ordered to be removed for inspection without additional cost to the Owner. 7. CLEANING (a) Adjacent materials which have been soiled by work under this Section shall be cleaned immediately and left in a neat and clean condition. WA 7601 Section 07200 • DIVISION 7 Insulation Page 1 SECTION 07200 INSULATION Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Foil faced roll type insulation in the following locations: • a. Exterior Walls. b. Between all wood rafters and joists where indicated on Drawings. (2) Sound deadening insulation in the following locations: a . All interior wood partitions and where indicated on Drawings. (3) Perimeter insulation at intersection of floor slab on grade or fill, (Under Entire Floor At Vestibule 26) (4) Adhesive and fasteners for installation of materials supplied under this Section. (b) Insulation to be furnished and installed under other Sections and Contracts. (1) Insulation for Mechanical and Electrical work. • WA 7601 Section 07200 DIVISION 7 Insulation Page 2 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials: Deliver all materials in unopened, original containers bearing manufacturers' labels. Store materials in a clean dry protected place and do not leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper care to prevent damages. (b) Cooperation: Cooperate with all other trades supplying materials or performing work in connection with the work under this Section to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to be built into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the normal progress of such other work. 3• MATERIALS (a) Building insulation shall be aluminum foil faced 3-1/2" thick (R-11) for walls and 6" thick (R-19) in ceilings. Feberglas as manufactured by Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. 15" and/or 23" wide in rolls or batts or other approved equal conforming to Federal Specifications HH-1-521D Type III. (b) Sound deadening insulation shall be paperless semi-rigid mineral fiber mat 3" thick Thermafiber "Sound Attenuation Blankets" as manufactured by U. S. Gypsum, or approved equal. (c) Perimeter Insulation: expended polystyrene, extruded in- to 1" thick boards, 2'0" wide x manufacturer's standard length as manufactured by the Dow Chemical Co., "Styrofoam. SM", or approved equal. (d) Adhesive: for adhering insulation to vertical surfaces; shall by of a type compatible with the insulation being used, as recommended by the approved manufacturer of the insulation. • WA 7601 Section 07200 DIVISION 7 Insulation Page 3 4. SAMPLES (a) The Contractor shall submit the following samples to the Architect for approval, in accordance with applicable requirements of the Contract Documents: (1) Roll Type Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Two 12" x 15" (2) Sound Deadening Insulation . . . . . . . (2) Two 12" x 12" (3) Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2) Two 1/2 pint containers. 5• INSTALIATION (a) Deliver foil faced insulation to the job for installation under Section 09250 of these Specifications; perimeter insulation under Section 03300 of these Specifications; and sound deadening • insulation under Section 09250 of these Specifications. • WA 7601 Section 07300 DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles & Membrane Roofing Page 1 SECTION 07300 ROOF SHINGLES & MEMBRANE ROOFING Applicable provision of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work under this Section and related work indicated on Drawings, specified herein including, but not limited to, the following: (1) Rosin sized paper and building felt on Plywood sheathing on roof areas to receive asphalt shingles and build up r o of ing. (2) Asphalt shingles on sloping roof areas. (3) Built-up composition type roofing over factory coated ventilating type base sheet. (4) All other work and materials, including installation of same, which may be reasonably inferred as work to be performed under this Section. (5) Cleaning and removal of rubbish and debris. (6) Guarantee. (b) Work to be performed under other Sections: (1) Flashing and Sheet Metal - Section 07600. (2) Sealants - Section 07900. WA 7601 Section 07300 DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles & • Membrane Roofing Page E 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Deliver roofing materials in manufacturer' s original, sealed packages and containers, clearly marked with the approved manufacturer' s name and trademark for every item specified herein. Store materials in a dry place maintained under protective coverings at all times. (b) Examination of Surfaces; The Contractor shall examine all surfaces and installation done by other trades and/or Contracts. Any defects in installations and preparatory work of any surface designated to receive work covered under this Section, which are found to be unsatisfactory for reception of this work shall be reported in writing to the Architect. (1) Starting of work will be considered as an indication that all surfaces and/or installations are in satisfactory condition for the reception of the work of this Section, and any claims, thereafter, to the contrary will be disregarded. • (2) The Contractor shall not start any portion of the work unless he is able to pursue all phases of this work, continuously to completion, in accordance with the contractual requirements, or provide adequate waterproof covering between work periods and until final completion of the roofing work. (c) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with contiguous work of other trades and/or Contracts. (d) Weather Conditions: Perform no roofing work when the ambient temperature is 40o 1'. and falling, or during rainy weather or on damp surfaces, all subject to the roofing material manufacturer's recommendations and approval of the Architect. (1) The Contractor shall submit for the Architect's approval, a statement denoting the kind and type of protection he proposes to use in the event of adverse weather conditions. (e) Protection of Work: Adequately protect all roofing work during construction operations. Provide pathways of wood planks or Plywood panels to protect the completed roofing work against damage of any kind. Remove protection when directed by the Architect. • WA 7601 Section 07300 DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles Membrane Roofing Page3 (f) All roofing work shall be under the direct supervision of a field trained representative of the approved manufacturer who shall be required to supervise, observe and report periodically to the Architect that the materials are and were correctly applied. 3• SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit, for Architect' s approval, in compliance with applicable. provisions of the Contract Documents. (1) Drawings shall include typical and special details of all roofing work. (2) Contractor shall submit copies of the manufacturer' s specifications which will be used for the particular application. 4. SAMPLES (a) Submit samples for Architect' s approval, in compliance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. (b) Samples shall include three (3) specimens of each of the following: (1) Roofing felts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 sq. yd. (2) Rosin sheathing felts . . . . . . . 1 sq. yd. (3) Asphalt Shingles . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/3 full size units with color range. (4) Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 lb- baggers (5) All other samples deemed necessary by the Architect including: plastic roofing cement, nails and other fastening devices. 5• MATOUALS (a) Rosin Sheathing Paper: (Shingle Roof & Built-up Roofing) Weighing approximately 5 lbs. per 100 sq. ft., as manufactured by The Celotex Corp. or equal. WA 7601 Section 07300 DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles & • Membrane Roofing Page 4 (b) Coated Base Sheet: (Built-up .Roofing� ual to "Channel Vent Base Sheet Coated Base Sheet shall be simillar or q as manufactured by the Celotex Corp. or equal. Weighting not lees than -45-lbs/ 100 ft. of single thickness after saturation. (c) Asphalt Asbestos Felt: (Built-up Roofing) Perforated asphalt asbestos saturated type, conforming to ASTM D-226 latest edition, weighing not less than 15 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. a single thickness after saturation. (d) Asphalt Building Felt: (Shingle Roof) Unperforated asphalt saturated type, conforming to ASTM D-226, latest edition, weighing not less than 15 lb. per 100 sq. ft. a single thickness after saturation. (e) Asphalt Shingles: Similar and equal to three-tab "Suburban" as manufactured by Ruberoid Company, 36" long by 12" wide, 5" exposure, 2" head • lap, self-sealing tab "Fire Guard" type, weighing not less than 325 lb. per square, of colors selected by the Architect from the approved manufacturer's standard range of colors. Shingles shall bear a Class "A" Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. label. (f) Nails shall be #12 Stubbs gauge, large flat head, galvanized, of sufficient length to penetrate rosin paper, building felt and asphalt shingles into Plywood sheathing not less than 3/4" through galvanized or similarly coated tin discs. Discs shall not be less than 1" in diameter. Nails for base sheet (built-up roofing) shall be 1/2" annular threaded shank nail or as recommended by the manufacturer. - - - -(g)- Asphalt: Conforming to ASTM D-312 latest edition, containers shall be factory sealed and bear label of the manufacturer and grade designation. (h) Roofing Ballast: Crushed, screened and washed; dry roofing slag con- forming to ASTM D-1863, free from dirt, sand, clay and other foreign matter. Ballast shall be uniformly graded from 1/4" to 5/8" in size and shall be approved by the Architect and be acceptable to the approved roofing material manufacturer. (i) All other materials hereinafter specified. • WA 7601 Section 07300 DIVISION 7 Roof Shingles & Membrane Roofing Page 5 6. INSTALLATION (a) Over plywood sheathing lay one (1) ply Rosin Sheathing Paper, lap each sheet not less than 2" and nail sufficiently to hold in place. (b) Shingle Roof building felts shall be one (1) ply over Rosin Sheathing Paper, lapped 2" on sides and 6" on ends, nailed along lap 9" on centers and stagger nailed through center of sheet 18" o. c. all nailed through tin discs. (1) Asphalt shingles shall be laid in strict accordance with the approved manufacturer's specifications and printed directions, approximately 80 shingles per square. (c) Install built-up roofing in accordance with Celotex Corp. Spec. No. 441-W. or approved equal. Base Flashing shall be in accordance with specification No. AB-20 of Celotex Corp. or approved equal. 7. MISCELLANEOUS WORK (a) Do all necessary cutting, patching, fitting in connection with the roofing work required to coordinate this work with work of other trades and contracts. 8. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH (a) Keep the premises clear of accumulated debris and do not permit any unusable roof materials to be left on the site. During the course of the work, remove any accumulation that, in the opinion of the Architect, is unsightly or which may be a hazard to the general area, 9. GUARANTEE (a) The contractor shall guarantee, in writing, all work done under this Section to be and to remain free from defects of any kind as to material and workmanship. (b) The Contractor shall guarantee all work done and materials installed under this Section to be and to remain free from defects of any kind for a period of seven (7) years. He shall stipulate in writing that he will rep=ir and replace all defects in material and work- manship which may develop, except such as can be proved by the Contractor to have been caused by the abuse of the Owner; that he will do all repairing which is required, promptly upon receipt of written notice from the Owner, and without cost to the Owner. WA 7601 Section 07400 Division 7 Aluminum Siding & Trim • Page 1 SECTION 07400 ALUMINUM SIDING AND TRIM Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Insulated aluminum siding over building felt and ply- wood sheathing on exterior walls. • (2) Aluminum soffits, fascia, window and all other trim indicated on the Drawings, including starter strips, corner posts, channels, mouldings, etc. , to provide a complete installation. (3) Cleaning and removal of rubbish and debris. (4) Guarantee (b) Work to be performed under other Sections: (1) Waterproofing (building felt) Section 07100. (2) Flashing and sheet metal Section 07600. (3) Sealants - Section 07900. • WA 7601 Section 07400 Division 7 Aluminum Siding & Trim Page 2 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Deliver siding materials in manufacturer's original, sealed packages and containers, clearly marked with the approved manufacturer's name and trademark for every item specified herein. Store materials in a dry place maintained under protective coverings at all times. (b) Examination of Surfaces: The Contractor shall examine all surfaces and installation done by other trades and/or Contracts. Any defects in installations and preparatory work of any surface designated to receive work covered under this Section, which are found to be unsatisfactory for reception of this work shall be reported in writing to the Architect. (1) Starting of work will be considered as an indication that all surfaces and/or installations are in satis- factory condition for the reception of the work of this Section, and any claims, thereafter, to the contrary will be disregarded. (2) The Contractor shall not start any portion of the work unless he is able to pursue all phases of this work, continuously to completion, in accordance with the contractural requirements, or provide ade- quate waterproof covering between work periods and until final completion of the work. (c) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with contiguous work of other trades and/or Contracts. (d) Weather Conditions: Perform no work when the ambient tem- perature is 40oF. and falling, or during rainy weather or on damp surfaces, all subject to the manufacturer's recommenda- tions and approval of the Architect. (e) All siding work shall be under the direct supervision of a field trained representative of the approved manufacturer who shall be required to supervise, observe and report periodically to the Architect that the materials are and were correctly applied. WA 7601 Section 07400 Division 7 Aluminum Siding & Trim • Page 3 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit, for Architect's approval, in compliance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. (1) Drawings shall include typical and special details of all work. (2) Contractor shall submit copies of the manufacturer's specifications which will be used for the particular application. 4. SAMPLES (a) Submit samples for Architect's approval, in compliance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. (b) Samples shall include three (3) specimens of each of the following: • (1) Aluminum Siding----12" long. (2) Soffit & Fascia T rim---- 12" long of each. (3) All other samples deemed necessary by the Architect including: nails and other fastening devices. 5. MATERIALS (a) Aluminum siding shall be similar and equal to United States Steel baked enamel aluminum siding conforming to AAMA Specification 1402. 2 latest edition and the following: Siding shall be 8" horizontal with smooth face, . 019 thick furnished with factory laminated 3/8" thick fibrous insula- tion board securely cemented to the aluminum. (b) Soffit and fascia shall be similar and equal to United States Steel - Alside Soffit System and shall be used on all exterior soffits, overhanging eaves, and fascia boards. • Soffit panels shall be perforated or un-perforat ed as indi- cated on the Drawings . 019 thick installed with 'V-Groove' perpendicular to the wall. Fascia panels shall be of size WA 7601 Section 07400 Division 7 Aluminum Siding & Trim Page 4 as indicated on Drawings . 024 thick with smooth finish. Aluminum moulding and deluxe mouldings all . 024 ga. of profiles as indicated on Drawings trim sheet of widths required to cover window casings and trim where indicated. (c) All nailing shall be aluminum (with finish to match siding where exposed) of size recommended by the manufacturer to penetrate at least 1/2" into plywood sheathing. 6. FINISH (a) The finish on all aluminum shall be in accordance with Alside Inc. manufacturing specifications or approved equal to include: (1) Alkaline cleaning and chemical surface treatment to meet or exceed the equivalent of the requirements of military specification MK-C- 5541. (2) A baking-type primer and clear formula P. C. pro- tective coating shall be applied to the face and re- verse side of the panel, respectively. (3) The siding shall be finished with baking-type archi- tectural enamel of color as selected by the Architect. 7. INSTALLATION (a) All siding, trim, etc. , shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions using manufacturer approved accessories and fasteners. All nailing shall be con- cealed. All aluminum siding shall be grounded in compliance with U. S. requirements and furnished with a grounding identi- fication plate. 8. MISCELLANEOUS WORK (a) Do all necessary cutting, patching, fitting in connection with the installation of the siding required to coordinate this work with the work of other trades and contracts. WA 7601 Section 07400 Division 7 Aluminum Siding • & Trim Page 5 9. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH (a) Keep the premises clear of accumulated debris and do not permit any unusable materials to be left on the site. During the course of the work, remove any accumulation that, in the opinion of the Architect, is unsightly or which may be a hazard to the general area. 10. GUARANTEE (a) All work under this Section shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship for a period of not less than two (2) years from date of acceptance. Any defects during this period shall be remedied at no additional cost to the Owner. • • WA 7601 Section 07600 DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Mutul Page 1 SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perfon all operations required to complete the installation of all wort. as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, includin_, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Metal flashing where indicated on Drawings. (2) Rain Carrying System. (3) Precast Splash Blocks. (4) All other wort: materials, including installation of same, which may be reasonably inferred as work to be performed under this Section, including the installation of curbs provided under another Section. (5) Cleaning and removal of rubbish and debris. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Deliver materials in manufacturers' original, sealed packages and containers, clearly ri.arked with the approved manufactur:r' a name and trademark for every item specified herein. SLore materials in a dry place maintained under protective coverinbs at all times. WA 7601 Section 07600 DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal • Page 2 (b) Examination of Surfaces: The Contractor shall examine all surfaces and installation done by other trades and/or Contracts. Any defects in installations and preparatory work of any surface designated to receive work covered under this Section, which are found to be unsatisfactory for reception of this work shall be reported in writing to the Architect. (1) Starting of work will be considered as an indication that all surfaces and/or installations are in satisfactory condition for the reception of the work, of this Section, and any claims, thereafter, to the contrary will be disregarded. (2) The Contractor shall not start any portion of the work unless he is able to pursue all phases of this work; continuously to completion, in accordance with the contractual requirements, or provide adequate waterproof covering between work periods and until final completion of the work. (c) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with continuous • work of other trades and/or Contracts. (d) Weather Conditions: Perform no roofing work when the ambient temperature is 400 F. and falling, or during rainy weather or on damp surfaces, all subject to the flashing material manufacturer' s recommendations and approval of the Architect. (e) Electrolytic Insulation: Insulate all dissimilar metals from each other by a heavy coating of bituminous compound and a layer of 15 pound felt. (f) All flashing work shall be under the direct supervision of a field trained representative of the approved manufacturer who shall be required to supervise, observe and report periodically to the Architect that the materials are and were correctly applied. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit for Architect's approval, in compliance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. • WA 7601 Section 07600 DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal Page 3 (1) Drawings shall include typical and special details of all sheet metal work. (2) Contractor shall submit copies of the manufacturer' s specification which will be used for the particular application. 4. SAMPLES (a) Submit for Architect' s approval, in compliance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. (b) Samples shall include 3 specimens of the following: (1) Flashings . . . . . . . . . . 3" square, each kind. (2) All other roofing and sheet metal samples deemed necessary by the Architect. 5. MATERIALS (a) Asphalt saturated felt: inorganic asbestos, conforming to ASTM D-250, latest edition. (b) Asphalt: conform to ASTM D-312, latest edition. Containers shall be factor;; sealed and bear labeiof Cho manufacturer and the grade designation. (c) Aluminum flashings, copings, etc. shall be formed fro. Alcoa Alclad 3004-H14 aluminum sheets, having a minimum thiennass of .032" with white baked enamel finish. All fastenings shall be of aluminum. b. ALUMINUM FIASHING (a) Aluminum flashings, workmanship and installation shall be in accordance with recommended standards of the Aluminum Compan; of America. WA 76o1 Section 7600 • DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal Page 4 (b) Closed Valleys: Separate pieces of .032" thickness of Aluminum Flashing at least 18" wide and as long as the diagonal of the shingle at the center of the valley, shall be built in with each course of roofing material. The bottorr edge of each piece of flashing shall be 112" short of the butt line of the shingle in the succeeding course. Each piece of flashing shall be nailed along the upper edge. (c) Metal flashing at intersection of low roof areas and vertical building walls; at chimney and other locations indicated shall be installed in such manner to provide waterproof and weathertight conditions with all joints hemmed, locked and sealed with plastic roofing cement. 7. ALUMINUM RAIN CARRYING SYSTEM (a) Rain Carrying System and all related components shall be installed in accordance with Specifications outlined here. Unless otherwise specified by manufacturer, the finish shall • be white baked enamel on all weather surfaces. Gutter shall be of .032 gauge aluminum. Spouting shall be .024 gauge aluminum. Accessories shall be as specified by manufacturer. Precast concrete splash blocks shall be provided for all downspouts and shall be set into finished grade in direction of flow of water. (b) Installation: All gutter elements shall be pitched not less than 1/8" per foot toward nearest outlet. (c) Gutters, leaders, downspouts, outlet tubes, end caps, fascia aprons, hanger assembly shall be furnished and installed in strict accordance to the approved manufacturer's printed directions as though written out herein in full. (d) Provide aluminum wire strainers of approved quality for aluninum downspouts. • WA 7601 Section 07600 DIVISION 7 Flashing & Sheet Hetal Pa ge 8. MISCELLANEOUS WORK (a) Do all necessary cutting, patching, fitting in connection with the sheet metal work required to coordinate this work with the work of other trades and contracts. 9. CLEANING (a) On completion, all metal work shall be thoroughly cleaned of all flux, dirt, butumen, finger markings, mortar stains, and be left in perfect condition. The cleaning shall be done as each section of the work is completed; excess flux which may cause acid stains shall be neutralized by washing soda. After cleaning, the metal shall be washed off with clean water. 10. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH (a) Keep the premises clear of accumulated debris and do not permit any unusable roof materials to be left on the site. During the course of the work, remove any accumulation that, in the opinion of the Architect, is unsightly or which may be a hazard to the general area. 11, GUARANTEE (a) The manufacturer and the Contractor shall jointly guarantee the flashing against defective materials and/or workmanshi, for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance, and any defects during this period shall be remedied at no additional cost to the Owner. (b) Guarantees shall be in form approved by the Architect and Owner. Guarantee for sheet metal work shall be furnished by the roofing subcontractor and jointly signed by the Contractor for General Construction. All guarantees shall be delivered to the Architect, in the name of the Owner, before acceptance of the work. (c) Furnish all labor and materials required to iLmediately fulfill and make good the above guarantees, upon written verification b; the Architect or Owner if any defects appear or occur in the wore:. WA 7601 Section 07800 DIVISION 7 Roof Accessories • Page 1 SECTION 07800 ROOF ACCESSORIES Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Roof Scuttle • 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Deliver materials in manufacturers ' original, sealed packages and containers, clearly marked with the approved manufacturer's name and trademark for every item specified herein. Store materials in a. dry place maintained under protective coverings at all times. (b) Coordinate all work covered under this Section with contiguous work of other trades. (c) Work provided under this Section will be installed under Sections 07300 and 07600 of these Specification. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit shop drawings for the approval of the Architect, in strict accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. (1) Provide catalog cuts where required. • WA 76ol Section 07800 DMSION 7 Roof Accessories Page 2 4. sAMPLEs (a) Submit two (2) of each of the following for the approval of the Architect, in strict accordance with applicable provisions of the Contract Documents: (1) corner section of each component. 5• ALUMINUM RuoF SCUTTLES (a) Aluminum roof scuttles shall be complete with curbs, cover, hardware, anchors, insulation, £lashings, etc., where shown on the Drawings. (b) Roof scuttles shall be completely prefabricated cover and curb hatchway units, Model "B-D" No. 6-104 as manufactured by Babcock-Davis Associates, Inc., or approved equal. Roof opening shall be 2'-6" x 3'-01'', scuttle 13-1/4" high with flange secured onto roof construction. (c) The cover frame and curb shall be made of 1/8" thick aluminum and shall be of double metal construction with sheet aluminum lining on the side and no bolts through the top of the cover. (d) The scuttle shall be provided with aluminum cap flashinCs and completely assembled at the manufacturer's plant, and shall be complete with two (2) heavy duty automatic hold open reverse action lifting levers, position snap lock with turn handles on inside and outside and extruded neoprene rubber draft seal. Provisions shall be made for padlocking on the inside. (e) Spring counterbalance levers shall permit lifting and closing of cover with minimum effort and hold the cover securely in open position until manually closed. (f) Scuttles shall be fastened to roof construction in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed direction and details. (g) Built-up fleshing shall be carried up the roof scuttle curb to a point where same may be covered with counter flashing provided with the scuttle. x� WA 7601 Section 07900 DIVISION 7 Sealants • Page 1 SECTION 07900 SEALANTS Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern the work of this Section. 1. SCuPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Seal all four (4) sides of window and louver frames in exterior walls, both interior and exterior of frames. • (2) Seal on three (3) sides of all door openings and entrance asoemblies in exterior walls, both interior and exterior. (3) Seal c ntrol joints both on buildin.a interior. (4) Seal cross joints of window and louver sills. (5) Seal all joints between metal and exterior wall. (6) Caulk exterior and interior joints around sleeves, inserts, vents and other items passing through exterior walls. (7) Provide full bed of caulking compound for exterior door saddles and shoes. (8) Caulk all piping penetrating ceramic tile. (9) Seal and/or caulk all other interior and exterior locations noted on Drawings, required by field conditions or as directed. • wA 76o1 Section 07900 DIVISION 7 Sealants Page 2 2. MATERIALS (a) Sealant: based on liquid polysulfide polymer manufactured by Thiokol Chemical Corp. and bearing their "Tested and Approved" seal. Two-part polysulfide sealant shall conform to Thiokol's Building Trade Performance Specification, Class B, Type 1 for all vertical and all non-traffic bearing horizontal surfaces and Class A, Type II for all horizontal surfaces subject to foot and light vehicular traffic. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect. (b) Caulking Compound: gun grade, oleo-resinous type complying with Federal Specification TT-C-598b, Type 1, in colors selected by the Architect. (c) Primers and Bond Breakers: where required shall be as recommended in writing by the approved manufacturer of the material with which it will be used. (d) Joint filler or back-up material: preformed, non-staining, non- absorbent, non-exuding, closed cell compressible polyethylene or open cell polyurethane rod, square or rectangular shape best suited for locations in which they will be placed. Material shall. be manufactured by Dow Chemical Co. "Ethafoam SB", or approved equal.. 3. SAMPLES (a) Submit two (2) tubes of each type of sealant and caulking compound, two (2) 112 pints of each type of primer and two (2) 36" long pieces of each shape back-up material, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. DELIVERY (a) Deliver all materials to the job site in manufacturers ' original sealed containers with manufacturers' labels intact. WA 7601 Section 07900 DIVISION 7 Sealants • Page 3 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Work of this Section shall be applied by men skilled in this trade and conform to the requirements and/or Specifications of the manufacturer of the material being used. (b) Exercise care before, during and after installation so as not to damage any material by tearing, abraiding or puncturing. All finished work shall be approved before covering with any other material or construction. 6. APPLICATION OF CAULKING AND SEALANTS (a.) Priming: When conditions or manufacturer's recommendations so warrant, clean and prime joints before starting any caulking or sealing work. (b) Cleaning: Joints and spaces to receive sealant shall be thoroughly cleaned of mortar and other foreign materials. • Cleaning agent shall be Xylol or similar non-contaminating solvent to remove any film from metal surfaces. Masonry or concrete surfaces shall be brushed or air jet cleaned. (c) Joint Requirements: (1) All joints and spaces to be sealed in exterior work shall be not less than 1/2" deep and not less than 1/4" wide. If joints in masonry are less then that specified herein the mortar shall be cut out to the required width and depth. All joints and spaces to receive sealant shall be completely prepared and thoroughly dry before installation of sealant. (2) Unless otherwise specified, joints and spaces which are open to a depth of 112" or greater shall be solidly filled with back-up material to within 1/4" of the surface. Back-up material shall be packed tightly and make continuous throughout the length of the joints. Bond breaker shall be applied as required. If joints are less than 1/4" deep, the back-up material may be omitted, a bond breaker substituted and the joint completely filled with sealant. The back-up material shall not project beyond the 1/4" depth of the open space in any joint. The following width to-depth ratio table shall be adhered to whenever possible. • WA 7601 DIVISION 7 Section 07900 Sealants Page 4 JOINT WIDTH SEALANT DEPTH. MIN. MAX. 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" Over 1/4" to 1/2" VIO, equal to width Over 1/2" to 1" 1/2" equal to width Over 1" to 2" 1/2" 1/2 of width. (d) Application and Pointing: (1) Sealant compound shall be applied by an approved type of gun, except where the use of a. gun is not practicable, suitable hand tools shall be used. Care shall be taken to avoid applying the compound to any surface outside of the ,joints or spaces to be sealed. Mask areas where required to prevent overlapping of sealant. (2) All joints shall be waterproof and weathertight. (3) Sealed joints, after having been completely filled, shall be neatly pointed to make a slightly concave joint, the edges of which are flush with the surrounding surfaces. Exposed joints in the interior side of the window, door and other frames shall be neatly pointed flush or to match adjacent jointing work, as required. (4) Adjacent materials which have been soiled shall be cleaned immediately and the work left in neat and clean condition. 7. GUARANTEE (a) The Contractor shall guarantee all work under this Section for a period of two (2) years from date of final certificate of acceptance of the building. WA 7601 Section 07900 DIVISION 7 Sealants • Page 5 (b) In the event of failure of watertightness during the guarantee period, the Contractor and the manufacturers of the caulking materials ,jointly shall repair same, together with all damage to other parts or furnishings of the building resulting from such failure, at their own expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner. Should the Contractor deem the work or materials shown or described herein as inadequate for the purpose of and prejudicial to the intent of this guarantee, he shall exercise any and all additional precautions necessary to fulfill the requirements of the guarantee. • • WA 7601 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel. & Hollow Metal Page 1 SECTION 08150 PRESSED STEEL AND HOLLOW METAL Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1, SCOPE (a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required for the complete execution of all Pressed Steel and Hollow Metal work indicated on Drawings, specified herein and conditions encountered at the Site, including, but not limited to, the following: (1) Pressed steel frames for exterior and interior hollow metal doors of types, sizes and in locations indicated on Drawings. (2) Pressed steel frames for vision panels, pressed steel tri,n where indicated on drawings, (3) Pressed steel frames for trimmed openings, where indicated, (4) Hollow metal exterior and interior doors of types, including doors with raised panels of sizes and in locations indicated on Drawings. (5) Shop painting all work under this Section. (6) Erection of all work under this Section (unless specified otherwise). (7) Cutting, drilling and filling. (8) Protection (9) Cleaning WA 7601 Section 08150 • DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 2 (b) The following items will be furnished and/or furnished and installed under other Sections of the Specifications: (1) Finishing hardware including distribution, installation and adjustment (furnished under Section 08700 and installed under Section 06200). (2) Glass and glazing. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit shop drawings for approval, showing complete details of construction, profiles, hardware, reinforcement, etc. , also a schedule listing the quantities and location in the building. • 3. MATERIALS (a) Materials shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability, and appearance. Sections and shapes shall be rolled, formed, drawn and/or pressed as required for their respective function. Moulded work shall have sharply defined profiles and arrises, be clean and straight. Plane work shall be leveled, true and sharp. Work shall be of proper dimensions to receive work of others. The indicated and specified thickness of the metal are minimum. (b) Metal shall be best quality American Open Hearth sheet metal furniture stock, cold rolled, full pickled, annealed, stretched, leveled and free from scale, blisters, pits and other defects. • WA 7601 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 3 (c) Paint for prime coat shall be a zinc chromate iron oxide primer conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-57, Type III. Formulation shall be as follows: (1) Pigments shall be 46% of paint comprised of the following: Zinc Yellow. . . ... .. ... . .. . . 24% Zinc Oxide. . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . 24% Iron Oxide. . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . 24% Magnesium Silicate. .. . .. . . . 28% (2) Vehicle shall be 54% of paint comprised of the following: Non-Volatiles (100% Phenolic- Chinewood Linseed Oil). ... . ... . 54% Volatiles plus Driers. . . . . . .. . . 46% (d) Insulating materials shall be cork or asbestos millboard. (a) Material for exterior work shall be Toncan, Ga.lvaneal or equal rust resisting sheets. (f) Cauges for the various metals used in the wu. ;. < . . '' be as follows; w!iere applicahlp, U.S.GAIUE (1) Combination Metal Frames and Tri-s: _. w. . . Interior "ombination Frame:: ar,r 'Tri.w. . .... No . 16 Exterior Combination FraSies and ":'rim. . . . .. R,) .L4 Exterior Scribe Mnu1i S. ,,. . . . . - , . .,. , . . .. into. 14 Interior Sc.ri:c^ ttrnl•91*.. , . ... . . . . .•. No. 1S Exterior and In':•erir .P.nc le :rloor Knees, Ad.ustabl._ -ocars, S)_:.:e= and Adjustable Anctor•s . < . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . No . to F-x'erior am j:r::•,ri.,.: Ckannel ,Spreaders. . . . . No. 16 ' il*e :; . . . . . . . . . . As requirea WA 7601 Section 08150 • DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 4 U. S. GAUGE (2) Flush Type Interior Doors and Transom Panels: Door Plates, Glass Moulding.... ... ... ... No. 18 Z-bar Stiffeners, continuous at top and bottom muntins. . ... . .... . ..... . ... .. No. 16 Transom Panels...........+.. .:.....::........No. 16 (3) Exterior Doors: Door plates, stiles, rails. . . . .. ...... . No. 16 Z-bar stiffeners, continuous at top and bottom muntins. ... . ..... .. ... .... . . No. 16 Glazed moulding. ... ..... . ...... .. ..... . No. 18 See Per. 12 for Insulated Transom Panels. (4) Hardware reinforcement: • Butts, checks, overhead door holders, bracing pulls. .. . .... .. . . . . ...... . . . .. . 3/16" thick Lock latches. .. .. . . ... . .. ... . .... . ... .. No. 12 (5) Pressed Steel Expansion Joint Covers... No. 16 (6) Pressed Steel Frames for Trimmed Openings.No. 16 (7) Pressed Steel Drapery Grounds.. ... .. . ....No. 16 (8) Hollow Metal Trim....... ..... .. . .. .. . . ...No. 16 (9) Metal and Glass Partitions, Pressed Steel Vision Panel Frames and Pressed Steel Window Stools Frames & Stools.............. .... ...... No. 16 Mouldings.... .. ........ ... ............. No. 18 (10) Insulated Transom Panels with Asbestos Board Core. ... ........ . ... .. ....... .... No. 16 WA 760-1 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 5 4. SAMPLES (1) Corner section of combination frame and trim. (2) Corner section of hollow metal doors. (3) Insulating material. (4) Filler and prime coating for painting. 5. WORKMANSHIP (a) All metal work shall be accurately fabricated and neatly assembled so as to be free from dents, tool marks, warpage, buckle or open joints. All lines shall be straight and true to curvatures as required, arrises and angles as sharp as practical, mouldings true to profile, mitres formed in true alignment and abutting profiles shall intersect accurately. (b) Moulded members and mouldings shall be as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved. Stock mouldings shall be as shown on the Drawings unless otherwise approved. Stock mouldings which closely approximate the contours shown on the Drawings will be accepted. (c) All items of template hardware, drilling and tapping shall be located by templates so that accurate alignment will be secured. Templates should be located before manufacturing is connected. (d) All members shall be accurately fastened together so as to provide rigid construction i❑ the assembled work. Removable members shall be secured with countersunk tamperproof head machine screws not more than two (2) inches from each end of member and at intermediate intervals not more than twelve (12) inches apart. All connections, except those of removable members, shall be welded or interlocked. WA 7601 Section 08150 • Division 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 6 (a) All exposed face joints between plane members shall be continuously welded and pressed smooth and flush so as to be practically invisible. (f) Work damaged in transit shall not be set, but shall be replaced with perfect work at the Contractor's expense. (g) All pressed steel and hollow metal work specified herein shall be neatly installed in designated positions, fixed units securely fastened in place and operative units adjusted to work properly. (h) Combination frame and trim shall be securely anchored in place. Jambs filled solidly with mortar. (i) Installation of all pressed steel and hollow metal work • specified herein shall be by the manufacturer or by a Contractor approved by manufacturer and the Architect. 6. SIWGFS, CUMUTS AND REINFURCMIENT (a) Sinkages, cutouts and concealed reinforcement shall be provided as required for the proper installation and attachment of all hardware. (b) Sinkages shall be provided for butts, lock fronts and strikes so that the exposed surfaces of hardware will finish flush with adjacent surfaces. 7. PRESSED STFEL CUMBINATIUN FRAMES AND TRIM (a) Pressed steel combination frame and trim shall be placed at door openings, as shown on the Drawings. (b) Pressed steel combination frames and trim shall be of size and approximate design shown on the Drawings formed with rebates of width to meet requirements of each particular wall thickness; Have integrally moulded trim and loose moulds according to contours of details, reinforced, drilled, tapped for hardware. The type • WA 7601 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 7 as detailed covers the general run of frames for the work, but the forming shall be varied from that shown where indicated by special details or necessitated by other conditions. (c) Mitre corners accurately, oxyacetylene weld, and dress exposed joints to render same inconspicuous. Transom bars shall be securely fastened to jambs by interlocking, welding or concealed angle clips and bolts as approved. Spreaders shall be of an approved type, removable where floor hinges are used. (d) Frames shall extend to rough concrete s]sb, bottoms provided with suitable angle slips for securing to jambs. Heads of frames for openings wider than 3'-6" shall be reinforced with angles or channels formed of No. 10 gauge steel spot welded. Where waterproofing occurs, frames shall extend 1" below finished floor. Where required to receive labeled ratings, frames shall be fabricated of gauges required and shall be provided with the necessary labels. (a) Frames shall be secured to partitions and walls with not less then three (3) attached sliding anchors for standard size openings and four (4) anchors where transoms occur. Anchors for pressed steel frames to receive labeled doors shall have anchors of size and quantity and design to receive the same rating as door. (f) Slots shall be provided at upper section of vertical members for securing temporary wood blocking to which shall be nailed the braces for holding jambs in place while building walls. All pressed steel door frames shall be provided with rubber door silencers, not less than two (2) per jamb. (g) Heads shall be adequately reinforced as required to act as lintels. (h) Provide holes as approved for fastening wood blocking and trim where such are required by the Drawings. (1) Pressed steel frames for vision panels shall be of similar construction, four (4) sides of size and design indicated, provided with four sliding anchors, removable stops, etc. • WA 7601 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 8 8. HOLLOW METAL DOORS (a) Door shall be of the types and in locations as required by Drawings. (b) All jointing shall be invisible, reinforced and dressed smooth. Doors shall be free of wind, reinforced at corners and elsewhere sufficiently to prevent sagging or twisting. (c) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all doors shall be 1-3/4" thick. (d) Insulate doors to efficiently reduce metallic ring as follows: Doors shall be reinforced with channels, spaced not over 6" o.c. and have spaces between channels and between outer sheets completely filled with asbestos. • (a) Flush type doors shall be constructed of two (2) plates of sheet steel assembled and reinforced with channels or Z sections, extending full height of door, spot welded to door plates, 3" O.C. Top and bottoms of door shall have continuous channels, welded to outer sheets at 2" intervals. (f) Where pairs of doors occur, the meeting stiles shall be so designed that either door can be opened first . (g) The outer edges of sheets shell be returned at edges to a close and accurate fit, and seem shall be tack welded at not over 3" o.c. and shall be ground smooth and even. (h) Reinforcement for escutcheons and locks shall be boxed with No. 16 gauge steel, with spring leaf contact for lock cases. (i) where doors have glass panels, they shall be provided with metal glazing beads and muntins, and have 16 gauge steel channels as reinforcing around perimeter of sash opening, spot welded at 3" intervals. Muntins, where indicated, shall be mitred and brazed at all intersections. Provide removable cold drawn metal glazing stops formed into a four sided frame, secured with • oval head countersunk tamperproof screws. (J) All doors shall be cut and reinforced to receive all finished hardware, all necessary drilling and tapping for screws for hardware shell be done in the shop. WA 7601 Section 08150 DMSION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 9 (k) Lock stiles of hinged doors shall be beveled. (1) Provide and install steel louvers in doors where required by the Architectural and Mechanical Drawings. (m) All exterior hollow metal doors shall be provided with weather- stripping at jambs and heads of single and double doors and at meeting stiles of double doors. Weather stripping shall be as manufactured by Zero Weatherstripping Co., Inc., or approved equal. Weatherstripping at head and lockside of jamb at single doors shall be similar and equal to Zero's Series 42-Z Aluminum, consisting of Units 25W and 26. Weatherstripping at meeting stiles of double doors shall be similar to Zero Series 54m, & atdoor- sills#39A extruded aluminum. All watherstripping shall be installed in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed directions (n) Contractor will be required to coordinate construction of hollow metal doors under this Section with the fabrication of aluminum entrance frames under Section 05900. Exchange of shop drawings for all work will be required. 9. LABELED WORK (a) Door openings marked "C" labeled on the Drawings shall have frames, doors, transoms and equipment of material and gauges meeting the requirements for the rating noted of the Board of Fire Underwriters. Frames and doors shall bear the necessary label and shall be labeled separately. Each labeled door and frame shall be cut and reinforced to receive the type hardware required. WA 7601 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & • Hollow Metal Page 10 10. HOLLOW METAL AND GLASS VISION PANELS (a) Vision panels shall be of profiles of members and of dimensions as indicated on the Drawings. Sizes of various members shall be as shown on details or approved. The construction including reinforcement, stiffeners, mouldings, etc, shall be as heretofore specified for frames and trim. (b) Panels shall be erected in a rigid manner, true to line, plumb and level, securely anchored in place. Provide reinforcement and bracings for attachment at the ceiling and overhead construction. (c) Glass will be provided under Section, "GLAZING". • 11. GUTTING, DRILLING AND FITTING (a) Do all necessary cutting, drilling and fitting for securing work in position including all necessary cutting, drilling and tapping of the work to accommodate the work of other trades. (b) Drilling and tapping for non-templated hardware shall be performed at the Site. • WA 7601 Section 08150 DIVISION 8 Pressed Steel & Hollow Metal Page 11 PAINTING (a) Back paint all concealed surfaces and prime all other metal surfaces included herein, both inside and outside surfaces. (b) Before the different parts are assembled, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned; rust and scale shall be removed by the sand blast or other approved method, and washed with benzine until all oil, grease and other foreign matter are removed. (c) Before assembling all inaccessible surfaces, except surfaces to be welded, shall be coated with a rust inhibiting paint. (d) After assembling all exposed surfaces shall be given a filler coat which shall be rubbed down smooth and then a light gray color priming coat baked on, leaving surfaces in proper condition for finished coats of paint as specified under, "PAINTING" . WA 7601 Section 08200 DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior Wood Doors Page 1 t' • SECTION 08200 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR WOOD DOORS Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: • (1) Wood exterior doors, and frames. (2) Solid staved lumber core flush wood doors of types, sizes, with vision panels, louvers, etc. , as indicated on Drawings. (3) Bi-folding doors where required in locations as indicated on Drawings. 2. MEASUREMENTS (a) Take and verify all measurements required for the proper execution and fit of the doors at the building. All dimensioned Drawings pre- pared by the Architect must be checked and verified with field con- ditions. All discrepancies and conflicts (if any) including those between different installations, involving changes, shall be reported to the Architect for corrections and adjustment before materials are fabricated. • WA 7601 Section 08200 DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior Wood Doors Palle 2 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit shop drawings based on the Contract Drawings, showing complete details of construction, sizes of members, kinds of material, assembly of work and connections to adjacent cork, and set forth the necessary provisions for the proper execution of the work of other trades. (b) Shop drawings shall show at large scale the construction of the various parts of the work, the method of joinery, the thickness. width and length of materials, the profiles of all mouldings and ornamentation and all provisions for assembly and installation. They shall show methods of reinforcement, anchorage, and support. 4. EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES (a) Exterior wood doors shall be similar and equal to Typ, "M- i984'' - 3'-0" x 7'-0" water repellant preservative treated ponderosa pine. Frames shall be similar and equal to Type "Marblehead #M- +7A. all as manufactured by Morgan Company, Oshkosh, Wisconsin, and distributed by Hussey-Williams Co. , Inc. (b) All exterior doors shall be provided with weatherstripping at jambs and heads of single and double doors and at meeting stiles of double doors. Weather stripping shall be as manufactured by Zero Weather stripping Co. , Inc. , or approved equal. Weather stripping at head a",: lockside of jamb at single doors shall be similar and equal to Zero': Series 42-Z Aluminum, consisting of Units 25W and 26. W'eather - stripping at meeting stiles of double doors shall be similar to Z. r,, Series 54M, and at doorsills #39A extruded aluminum. All weatheL - stripping shall be installed in accordance with the approved nianu- facturer's printed directions. (c) Doors shall be 1-3/4" thick with raised lower panel and ,glazed upp, panel door, hardwood spiral grooved dowels to secure rails and stiles. Exterior and interior finished and ready to receive paint •,r varnish finish. Wire glass in sash door shall be 1/4'' thick clear wire glass. Doors shall be rabetted for 1-1/2 pairof 4" x 4'' hinges, but not prehung or bored for locksets. All finishing hardware, including butt hinges, locksets, etc. , will be furnished under :'. , lit i FINISHING HARDWARE, and installed under Section 0u200, I7L'�i5i{ CARPENTRY. WA 7601 Section 08200 DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior Wood Doors Page 3 • (d) All doors and components specified under this heading shall be fabricated in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed specifications as though written out herein in full. 5. INTERIOR WOOD DOORS (a) All interior flush wood doors shall be solid staved core of flush, vision panelled and/or louvered construction with wood veneer facing and edging; not less than 1-3/4" thick. (Bi-folding doors shall be 1-3/8" thick). (1) Doors shall conform to the National Woodwork Manufacturers Association Specifications for solid core doors. Doors shall be manufactured with vertical staved cores 1/16" thick horizontal cross banding, hardwood face veneer not less than 1/28" thick and solid hardwood edge banding 3/4" thick match- ing face veneer. Doors shall be similar and equal to Anson and Gilken Company's "ELITE CUSTOM" solid core door. • Doors as manufactured by Weyerhaeuser, Roddis, U. S. Plywood, Hardwood Products Corp. , or Eggers Hardwood Co. will be accepted with the provision they meet the specifi_ cations for solid core doors as specified. (2) Wood face veneers shall be flat sliced veneers and shall match woodwork in each room of species, grain, color and texture and where no woodwork occurs, shall be plain sliced Red Oak for stain and varnish finish. Pairs of doors shall be factory matched as to graining and color. (3) Unless otherwise shown, louvers in wood doors shall be solid wood of wood species to match face veneer on doors, all housed, framed and glued. Louvers shall be of sizes indicated on Drawings. 6. PACKAGING AND DELIVERY (a) All doors under this Section shall be individually wrapped and cartoned at the factory for protection during transit and storage periods. All shall be marked as per tag opening indicated on the • approved shop drawings. WA 7601 Section 08200 DIVISION 8 Exterior & Interior Wood Doors Page 4 (b) All doors shall be delivered to the site and turned over to the Subcontractor for carpentry and millwork for installation. 7. GUARANTEE (a) All doors specified herein shall be guaranteed for a period of twu (2) years. (b) Each guarantee shall be in writing, to the Owner and shall cover any defects in materials or workmanship. All cost of refinishing, replacing, rehanging, etc. , which occurs within the guarantee period will be borne by the manufacturer with no additional cost to the Owner. WA 7601 Section 08600 DIVISION 8 Wood Windows • Page 1 SECTION 08600 WOOD WINDOWS Applicable provisionf of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required to furnish and deliver to the site all wood double hung windows and related items indicated on Drawings and specified herein. (1) Double Hung Windows (2) Basement Windows • 2. WINDOWS (a) All double hung windows shall be similar and equal to "Carkote C-10011, Basement windows shall be similar and equal to "Caradco C-200", both as manufactured by Caradco, Window and Door Division, Hainesport, New Jersey. Windows shall reveive "Caradco Carkote" Paint System in White, on all exposed surfaces except the inside stops. All windows shall be provided with rigid vinyl grilles, welded edge insulating glass, sash locks, lifts balances and all other items necessary to make a complete installation. (b) All wood members shall be of kiln dried lumber, toxic and water repellent treated. (c) All sash shall be completely weather stripped at bottom and top rails with foam type weather strioping. All sash shall receive welded edge double insulating glass not less than 3/8" thick. Bottom and top sash shall receive rigid vinyl grilles over glass areas to achieve design indicated. • (1) All insulating glass in windows shall be clear. WA 7601 Section v' W. DIVISION 8 Wood Winduwr lage 2 3. ALUMINUM SCREENS (a) All windows shall be provided with alur. Ln m. seli' storing scfw�n units, with i'actory applied baked on white acrylic finish. (b) Screen unit frames shall be heavy gauge extruded aluminum, rewirable type. Aluminum, screen shall be 18 x lb mesh, Eun metal finish. 4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE (a) All windows and screen units shall be delivered to the site .in solid waterproof and weathertight packages iron the manuiact,aer' ., plant and handed to the Contractor for installation under S_cuto.. 4200. (b) All windows and screen units shall be stored at the site in room and spaces protected against the elements and danage fron won being Derformed within the building. (c) Manufacturer will be required to submit installation instrucuic:._ to the Contractor to assure accurate and ccijaete installation. WA 7601 Section 08700 Division 8 Hardware & Specialties • Page 1 SECTION 08700 HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required for the delivery to the building or elsewhere as may be directed of all Finishing Hardware of every description required for this project. (b) Finishing Hardware shall include butts, locks, knobs, rosettes, escutcheons, pulls, push plates, kick plates, door checks, door holders, flush bolts, panic bolts, door stops, coat hooks, pilaster strips, shelf brackets, key cabinets and all other items not specifically mentioned but necessary to make a complete job in every respect. • (c) A detailed schedule listing all hardware items will be prepared by the Architect. 2. WORK NOT INCLUDED (a) Finishing Hardware specifically noted on Drawings and/or called for in other Sections of the Specifications, shall be furnished and installed as part of the work of those Sections and are not to be included in the Finishing Hardware allowance in this Section. 3. GENERAL REQUIRMAET]TS (a) All exterior exits and exits fron, assembly areas shall be equipped with approved anti-panic devices. • 4Ji, 7601 Section 08700 DIVISION 8 Hardware & Special^ ier Page 2 (b) All interior doors shall be provided with door hardware of such a nature that doors shall be operable from, inside of rooms at all times by turn of knob. (c) All hardware shall be of type which can be operated by the handicapped. 4. ALLOWANCE (a) The contractor for General Construction work shall include in his Base Bid the sum of: TWELVE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($12,000.00) for all Finishing Hardware which will be selected by the Owner or Architect, exclusive of installation. (b) Should the cost of the hardware selected exceed the allowance, the Owner will pay the difference; should the allowance exceed the cost, the Owner shall receive full credit for the differcn�c. * tit WA 7601 Section 08800 DIVISION 8 Glazing • Page 1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: • (1) Wire glass. (2) Mirrors (3 ) Glazing clips, tapes, gaskets and compound. (4) Setting all glass and glazing. 2. MATERIALS (a) All glass shall conform to Federal Specifications DD-G-451c and shall be as manufactured by Libby-Owens-Ford Co., American Saint Gobain, Mississippi Glass Co., or equal approved by the Architect. (b) Each light of glass and mirror shall bear the manufacturer's label showing kind, thickness and quality which shall not be removed until the work has been inspected and approved by the Architect. • WA 7601 Section 08800 DIVISION 8 Glazing Page Z (c) All glass shall be the best quality of the respective kind, free from integral or surface defects, clouded, cracked, broken or otherwise defective areas. (d) Clear polished plate wire glass shall be 1/4" thick diamond welded wire mesh "Polished Misco" as manufactured by Mississippi Glass Co, or approved equal and shall be used for: (1) Vision panels and doors where indicated on Door Schedules and elsewhere indicated on Drawings. (e) Mirrors shall be polished plate 1/4" thick, No. 1 silvering quality complying with the latest edition of the Commercial Standard Specifications GS 27, "Plate Glass Mirrors" issued by the United States Department of Commerce. The manufacturer' s label shall be on each mirror, guarantectne quality and compliance with the above Specifications, The back shall be thoroughly silvered and heavy electro-plated with copper and given two (2) coats of best quality varnish. Mirrors shall be 2'0" x 1'6" installed above each la-, ator , , as indicated on Drawings. NOTE: Stainless steel shelving in conjunction with mirrors are specified under Section 10800. WA 7601 Section 08800 DIVISION 8 Glazing Page 3 (f ) Glazing compound for glazing metal sash, doors, etc. shall meet the requirements of Federal Specifications TT-S-00230 and TT-S-227b respectively for physical qualities and shall be as manufactured by H. B. Fred Kuhls, Tremco Manufacturing Co., Pecora Paint Co., Gibbs and Hohman or other approved equal. Glazing compound shall match color of metal as selected by the Architect. Preformed vision strips and tape shall be used in conjunction with setting all glass in exterior windows and doors and shall be similar and equal to Tremco Vision Strips and "Tremco 440" Tape as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Co. Tapes and vision strips shall be of color selected by the Architect from the manufacturer' s standards. 3. SAMPLES (a) Samples shall be submitted to the Architect for approval as follows: (1) Glass: Each type, 8" x 12", bearing manufacturer's label. • (2) Glazing Compound and Tape: One pound can of each type. Tapes and vision strips: 1'O" lengths. (3) Mirrors and Frames: Assemblies, corner section of finished frames and mirrors, chromium plated brass frame, glazing cushion and screws for fastening mirrors. 4. WORKMANSHIP AND SETTING (a) Glass shall be cut and set with waves running horizontally. (b) All measurements and size for the work shall be obtained and verified by the Contractor who shall be responsible for the correct and accurate fitting of all his work. (c) All glass shall be set in such manner as to avoid liability of breakage. (d) Rebates shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall have been prime coated before glass is set. • DIVISION 8 Glazin>, (e) Glass shall be well bedded and back glazed .uad all c:.. , � compound and markings shall be carefully r ... ved frc... sash, and adjoining work, while still fre::u. Ell i t finished in true, even lines, neatly and �. !,ii f, : d. r,ll glass shall be set in strict accordance with Lhc m.i:.ufac-uurer' : printed directions and approved by the Architect. (f) Except where glazing beads are provided, , '.. . shall b, r : r_c:. to metal windows with spring wire gla:;I n T.._ Cc,nt.r• :,, shall follow the instruction of the :*,,oi r .;:: r rcicti ^ to the bedding for the installation and r.c:, Li.ii of j-lasb. (g) All glass when set and glazed shall be free from rattle glad all exterior glazing shall be executed in such manner that tho work will be watertight. (h) Glazing moulds shall be removed and replac-,:i in their co: c ' locations in such a manner as not to mi.,r mot::dint; ox ..i.: . _ ... securing same. (i) All glazing shall be done at the building after the, wr; , i„t, which glass is to be set has been insLall_cd. All of cri :, . . be properly marked after being installed, to sh-w : t,;.i i..,- , have been glazed. 5. MIRRORS (a) Frames for all framed mirrors shall be br.:..s, aickcl c.n: chi plated. (b) Mirrors shall be set with concealed hana-t . at ;.rid ,t a.' di: _ by the Architect, on approved type concea , i ;.,. Mirrors shall be in one piece full height. (c) mirrors in all Toilet Rooms shall be f L L i riCa ur" and shall be installed under the PLUMBI11,1 (:C)Ui' G,A•;. _ WA 76n1 Section 08800 DIVISION 8 Glazing Page 5 • 6. REPLACEMENT AND CLEANING Upon completion of the work, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned, removing all labels, markings and paint spots or other defacement. All cracked, broken, imperfect or improperly set glass shall be replaced with perfect glass without extra cost to the Owner. At the time of acceptance of the work, all glass shall be clean, whole and in perfect condition, including glazing or other setting materials. Glazing compound and setting materials applied after the completion of general painting shall receive not less than two coats of paint. 7. DELIVERY AND STORAGE (a) . Delivered materials shall match the approved samples in every respect. Deliver materials in the manufacturers' original unopened labeled containers, clearly marked with their name and brand. (b) Store glass in a dry, well ventilated location at a constant temperature, maintained above dew point. Handling shall be kept to a minimum and all glass shall be protected from • soiling, condensation or moisture of any kind. (c) Glass delivered to the job site with manufacturer' s markings, or when markings are applied at the job use either neutral or slightly acidic adhesive. In no case shall marking materials or adhesives be alkaline. Any staining of glass by alkaline material will be cause for rejection. 8. DOMESTIC GLASS AFFIDAVIT The glazing contractor shall furnish an affidavit from his supplier to the effect that the materials supplied to him are of domestic manufacture. The glazing contractor shall also furnish affidavit that the materials supplied to him and installed by him is of domestic manufacture. �ttt • WA 7601 Section 092jC DIVISION 9 Gypsum Wallboard Page 1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD (PLASTER BOARD) Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall gov,_rn all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and ,erforr,. all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessaril, limited to, the following: (1) Gypsum wallboard for interior work:. (2) All trim, battens, corners and s&Llar items. (3) A11 required fastenings, fraL nC and attannents. (4) All adhesive, tapes and joint compound systems as required. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Verification: Examine all Drawings covering tho work of tniJ Section, and refer to all other Drawings which Lay affect this work; or require coordination by this trad_. Execution of won-- of this trade, constitutes acceptance of adjoining work and other conditions as being satisfactory in ever,; respect. Later clan , of defects in such cases will not constitute relief in and wa ; frci the requirements of these Specifications. WA 7601 Section 09250 DIVISION 9 Gypsum Well board Page 2 • (b) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials- Deliver all materials in unopened original containers bearing manufacturers' labels. Store materials in a clean,dry, protected place and do not leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper care to prevent damages. (c) Cooperation-Cooperate with all other trades supplying materials or performing work in connection with the work under this Section to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to be build into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the normal progress of such other work. (d) Cutting and Fitting: Do all cutting and fitting of the work of this Section as required for the installation of the work of other trades. Do all cutting and fitting in a neat manner, and leave all work in a first-class and presentable condition. (e) Cleaning: At all times during the progress of the work keep all parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work • of this Section. Upon completion remove any and all protective coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this Section and leave the entire installation in presentable and orderly condition. (f) Defective Work - All defective, damaged, defaced or other work of sub-standard quality will be rejected by Architect, and replaced with new work in accordance with specifications, without extra cost to the Owner. 3. MATERIALS (a) Fire retardant gypsum board; 5/8" thick ag shown on drawings conforming to ASTM C-79 and manufactured by National Gypsum, U.S.Gypsum, Georgia Pacific, or approved equal. (b) Water resistant gypsum board: in thickness as shorn on Drawings with long edges tapered on the face side, conforming to ASTM C 630 and manufactured by National Gypsum "MR Board", U.S.Gypsum "Sheet- rock W/R" or Georgia Pacific "G.P.Tile Backer Board." • WA 7601 Section 02N DIVISION 9 Gypsum Wallboarc. Page 3 (c) Metal Trim: all 26 gauge, manufactured by United States Gy,-,s:Ij. under the following numbers or approved equal: (1) Ceiling trim.: No. 200-B (2) Casings: No. 200-A (3) Outside Corner Trig: No. 103 (4) Control Joints: No. 093 (d) Tape and Joint Compound; manufactured by the apDrovea wanufa.ctLr_r of the gypsum board. ( e) Screws and other fastenings: of a type recokmanded b,, th-_ manufacturer for the particular yurpose intended. 4. SAMPLES (a) Submit samples for the Architect' s approval, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract DocuLenta. (b) Submit 3 samples of each of the followin, : (1) Gypsum Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12" x 12" each type and finAn. (2) Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 lengths. (3) 'Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o' lengths of each ty ,1 ana fii.i.;". (4) Cor.pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 int cans. Q Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12" lengths. (6) Screws and fastenings . . . . . . . . . . each size and ;yp,. WA 7601 Section 09250 • DIVISIuN 9 Gypsum Wallboard Page 4 5. INSTALLATIUN REQUIREMENTS (a) Unless otherwise specified, methods of installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Gypsum Association and the approved manufacturer. (b) Stockpile wall board, flat on floor in piles. Leave in original wrappings or containers until ready for use. Protect wallboard from moisture from any source. (c) Butt all wall board joints loosely together. Butt ends shall not be placed against tapered edges. Gap at end joints shall be 1/4 of an inch minimum. (d) Install in maximum practical lengths to span walls without butt joints. If butt joints do occur, stager joints and locate as far as possible from center of walls. (a) Support end joints on framing members. Apply end joint compound to back of board along end joints. • (f) No end joints shall align with edges of openings. Install expansion and/or control joints where shown, or required. (g) Install metal trim at doors, corners, edges and elsewhere as shown in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. (h) openings cut in wallboard to fit mechanical and electrical items shall fit snugly and be small enough to be covered by escutcheons and plates. Both face and back paper shall be cut when cutouts are not made with a saw. (i) Adhesive and joint finishing compounds shall be mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Mix only enough at one time to be used during the recommended pot life of the compound. (j) Fasteners shall be installed as follows: (1) Install no closer than 3/8 inch to end or edge.. (2) Begin from center of wall board and proceed to outer edge. (3) Pressure shall be applied on wallboard adjacent to fasteners being driven to ensure a tight fit of wallboard • to the paper without puncturing the paper. 14A 7601 Section v)250 DIVISION 9 Gyi-sun. Iallboard Fa Ge (k) Drive screws with a power screw driver as racoc:mended by the manufacturer. Surface of head shall finish below the surfac of the paper without puncturing the paper. (1) Minimum temperature in areas where Upsuni board is to be installed shall be 65 degrees F. for 24 hours before, during and after installation. Provide adequate heat and ventilation to remove any moisture. (m) Install continuous sound absorbing blanket in partitions indicated on Drawings. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer' s directions. 6. JOINT TREATME11T (a) Execute joint treatment in accordance with the manufacturer' s printed instructions, and these Specificationz. (b) Reinforce wall corners and angles with tape folded to confon.. to the contour and embed in compound. (c) Flanges of corner beads and trip, shall be concealed by two (2) coats of compound. Feather out compound r inches froi., beans. (d) Sand compound when thoroughly dry; avoid roughin., surfaces of finish wallboard. (e) Leave all surfaces smooth and uniform, read;; to receive paint . WA 7601 Section 09250 • DIVISION 9 Gypsum Wallboard Page 6 7. PATCHING AND REPAIRING (a) After trim is applied, correct all surface damage and defects as required, to the Architect's satisfaction, so that blemishes will not show through the decoration. (b) If, in the opinion of the Architect, the wallboard is unrepairable, the Contractor shall remove same and replace it with new material at no extra cost to the Owner. t5. INSPECTION (a) Wall surfaces, when prepared for painting, shall be inspected and approved by the Architect before proceeding further. • • WA 7601 Section 09300 DIVISION 9 Tile Page 1 SECTIuN 09300 TILE Applicable provisions of the "CUNDITIUNS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Ceramic mosaic tile floors. (2) Glazed ceramic tile walls and base. (3) Marble Saddles. (4) water resistant organic adhesive for settin all cerai.i-, uaii file and base. 2. GENERAL PRUVISIUNS (a) Contractor's Responsibility: (1) Examine the Contract Drawings and Specifications with regard to the work shown and required under this Section include incidental items necessary to complete the work, though not shown or specified. (2) Examine all surfaces to which his work is to be applied, and notify the Architect in writing, if any condition exists which he considers detrimental to the proper installation of his work. Starting of work will be construed as acceptance of existing surfaces and conditions, and any claim thereafter will be disregarded. • 4IA 7601 Sectio❑ 09300 DIVISION 9 Tile Page 2 (b) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials - deliver all materials in unopened original containers bearing manufacturer's labels. Store materials in a clean, dry, protected place and do not leave exposed to the weather. Take all precautions to prevent intrusion of foreign matter. Handle all materials with proper care to prevent damage of any kind. (c) cooperation - cooperate with all other trades supplying materials or performing work in connection with the work under this Section or with those other trades whose work is affected by work of this Section. (d) Protection- all tile flooring shall be adequately protected and cured with laminated one hundred percent reinforced, non-staining kraft paper or other approved means. No traffic shall be allowed on the floors for at least 3 days after floor tile has been installed. Post signs in conspicuous places indicating that no traffic will be permitted. (a) Cutting and Fitting - do all cutting and fitting of the work of this Section as required for the installation of the work of • other trades. Do all cutting and fitting in a neat manner, and leave all work in a- first-class and presentable condition. (f) Cleaning- at all times during the progress of the work keep all parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work of this Section. Upon completion, remove any and all protective coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this Section and leave the entire installation in a presentable and orderly condition. (g) Defective Work - all defective, damaged, defaced or other work of sub-standard quality will be rejected by the Architect and replaced with new work in accordance with these Specifications, at no additional cost to the owner. (h) All necessary corners, coves, angles or other special trim shapes shall be furnished and installed, using specified methods. Tile shall fit neatly around pipes and openings. Cutting, as far as practicable shall be done by power saws, with cut edges smooth, straight and free from chips. Hand cut tiles shall be filed or ground smooth on the cut edges. (i) Prior to setting tile, clean all surfaces of any dirt, oil, grease or any substances which may impair the bonding qualities of the concrete. • WA 7601 Section Oy3GO DIVISION 9 Tile Page 3 (j) All work shall be performed by skilled wnrrmen and installed in accordance with the accepted standard practices of the inductry. (k) Temperature conditions - do not perform any tile work unless ambient temperature of 60 degrees F., is maintained in the respective work areas, for 48 hours prior to, during and for 48 hours after installation of tile. (1) N)ctra. Tiles - furnish to the Uwner, at the end of the job, one (1) full box of each type and color of tiles installed. (m) The Architect reserves the right to chanl,e color, type, sizes and finish of tile from that indicated on the drawings or specified, provide that the final selections shall be no more expensive than that originally designated. Therefore- do not order any materials unless it has been ascertained in writinC, that such changes are not contemplated. 3. SAMPLES (a) Submit the following samples to the Architect for his approval, in strict accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract. Documents. (1) Ceramic mosaic floor and glazed wall tiles. .12" x 12" panels, (2) Bases and special shapes.......... .... . ... . .each type and shape. (3) Marble.............. ....... .... . . . ...... . ...6" lengths. (4) Grout.. ..... ....... ...... ..... . ........ .... .1/4 lb.container, each type. 4. MATERIALS (a) All Tile; of domestic manufacture, quality certified by the Tile Council of America, Inc., to meet or exceed the "Standard Grade" requirements of the ANSI A137.1. The certification mark of the Tile Council of America shall appear on each label or carton of tile. Furnish to Architect a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer and tile installer. WA 7601 Section 09300 • DIVISIuN 9 Tile Page 4 (1) Ceramic Mosaic Floor Tile: 1" x 1" x 1/4", square edge, unglazed, impervious porcelain type as manufactured by American Ulean Tile Co., Florida Tile, U.S.Ceramic Tile Co., or approved equal, in colors, patterns and textures selected by the Architect. (2) Cove Base: 4" x 6" x 1/4" matte glazed, as manufactured by the approved manufacturer of the floor tile and in colors, patterns, and textures selected by the Architect. (3) Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile: 4" x 4" x 1/4", cushion edge, matte glazed, as manufactured by American ulean Tile Co., Florida Tile, U.S.Ceramic Tile Co., or approved equal, in colors, patterns and textures selected by the Architect. (b) Setting Mortar Materials: (1) Cement: conform to ASTM C-150, Type I. (2) Sand: clean, sharp and durable, conforming to ASTM C-144. • (3) Water: clean, fresh, potable and free from injurious amounts of oil, acids and alkalies. (4) Hydrated Lime: conform to ASTM C-207, Type "S". (c) Grout: Latex-sand-portland cement type, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 1 part sand with a latex additive mixed in proportion recommended by the manufacturer. (d) Marble Saddles: Group "A" domestic white marble, cut to profiles Indicated on Drawings and shall have a. sand rubbed finish. (e) Water resistant organic adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer and shall conform to the requirements of USA Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 5, SETTING TILE (a) Floor tile shall be set by the cement mortar bonded method, in accordance with the current detail No. F112-76 for slab on grade and detail No. F141-76 for wood floors of the "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" published by the Tile Council of America and ANSI A1O8, 2 and the following subparagraphs (1) through (3), • (b) Wall tile and bases shall be installed with water resistant organic adhesive Type 1, in accordance with the current Detail No. W242-75 of the aforementioned handbook and ANSI A108, 4 and the following: VIA 7601 Section 0y3u DIVISION 9 Tile Page 5 (1) Set tiles on clean, dry surfaces. Prior to setting, M, all holes, cracks and uneven spots level surfaces strai,t., and even. (2) Lay out tile in a manner to avoid cutting as much as practical, Align all joints. (3) Scribe and cut tiles neatly at abuttic,E installations. Fit bases and tile neatly at corners, door frames, etc. 6. EXPANSION JuINTS (a) Expansion joints: (1) For ceramic mosaic tile: lay out in accordance vita Detail No. E14n-75 of the "Handbook for Ceramic Tim Installation", using sealant as sp. c•ified under DIVI.1IuN 7 of this Specification. 7. GRuUTING (a) Grouting for all tile - prior to grouting, sponge and clean all tile surfaces, remove mortar spots and any objectionable ms; ta , Brush-out and clean all joints of dirt, duct ai,d locee nmort,.. particles. Fill joints using methods of handling grout and finishing in strict accordance with the approved ma;,ufactur. t '_; specifications and application instructions. (1) Grout for walls: dry-set type or latex Portland cement type. (2) Grout for floors: latex Portland cement type. 8. CLEANING (a) Remove all protective coatings, dirt, spots and excess grout -a tile faces as required. Leave finishea work clean and without dust or white film, as approved by the Arctitect. (1) If a chemical type cleaner is used, it shall be type recommended in writing by the manufacturer of the tile and be approved by the Architect. WA 7601 Section 09500 Division 9 Acoustical Treatment Page 1 • SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, in- cluding, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Acoustic ceilings as indicated on Drawings and Finish Schedule and as specified herein. (2) Plasterboard ceilings where indicated. • (3) Complete suspension systems for types of ceilings specified under this Section, including hangers, carrying channels, clips, corner clips, mouldings, tees, splines, connectors, spacers, mailing channels and all accessories required to make a complete installation. (4) Furring for recessed lighting fixtures, anemostats, ceiling grilles, loud speakers and the like where running bars intersect electrical junction boxes in acoustic ceilings. (b) The following items of related work and material will be performed and provided under other Sections or Contracts: (1) Lighting fixtures and speakers, etc. . . . . Electrical Contract. (2) Anemostats, diffusers, grilles, etc. . . . . Heating and Ventilating Contract. (3) Plastering, including metal furring and lathing • thereto. . . . . Section 09100 of these Specifications. WA 7601 Section 09500 Division 9 Acoustical Treatment Page 2 (4) Plasterboard on vertical surfaces, including furring thereto. . . . . Section 09250 of these Specifications. 2. SAMPLES (a) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his approval, samples of all materials in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Complete and accurate shop drawings of work specified herein shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. Shop drawings shall indicate layout and extent of work, details of suspension system, methods of attachment, relation with adjacent work, and all other pertinent information, including reflected ceiling plan of all areas. (b) Submit shop drawings in accordance with applicable pro- visions of the Contract Documents. 4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) Before starting any work ascertain that the surface and conditions are proper to receive the work specified herein. Notify the Architect (in writing) of all improper conditions and do not proceed with the work until such conditions have been rectified. Starting of work in any room or space will be interpreted as acceptance of all previous conditions and work. (b) No work is to be started until all glazing has been cone pleted, all openings closed, and the buildings are sufti ciently weathertight to prevent damage to the work. � 11 plastering, cement, terrazzo, and work of a similar nature conductive to high humidity conditions shall have been completed and shall be thoroughly dry before acmia - tical work is started. A uniform temperature of n•,t Lrss than 600F. shall be maintained in rooms and spaces required to receive acoustical treatment before, during and aft.-i in- stallation of acoustical tile. WA 7601 Section 09500 Division 9 Acoustical Treatment Page 3 • (c) Installation of the work shall be made by an individual, firm or corporation specializing in this type of work, using men skilled in their trades, and approved by manufacturer of the materials and the Architect. (d) "Manufacturer's Standard" shall be the minimum acceptable method, material, accessory and/or pro- cedure, where said standards are lesser in any way, shape or form, than anything contained herein, the provisions of this Specification, shall govern. (e) Following installation, all soiled, abraded or dis- colored surfaces of acoustical work shall be cleaned and left free from blemishes or defects. All work that is improperly applied shall be removed, replaced and the installation left in complete and satisfactory condi- tion. (f) Lay ceiling units out in square pattern symmetrical about center lines of each room, or space, unless otherwise • indicated. During erection, units shall be fitted neatly around electric outlets, ducts, pipes, other work eaitend- ing through acoustical treatment. 5. SUSPENSION FURRING (a) Hangers shall be 8 gauge, galvanized, pre-straightened mild steel wire, spaced not more than 4'-0" o. c. Hangers shall be of such length that lower ends of hangers may be saddle-tied or wrapped around the channels so as to pre- vent turning or twisting and to develop the full strength of the hangers or attached hangers to channels utilizing Cat. 2B1. 5. L clips manufactured by Erico Products Co. (b) Carrying channels shall be 1- 1/2" cold rolled, black asphaltum painted channels (475 lbs. per 1, 000 L. F. ) for spans up to and including 5'-0". For spans greater than 5'-0" up to and including 7'-0" channels shall be 2" cold rolled, black asphaltum painted channels (590 lbs. per 1, 000 L. F. ). Channels shall be installed not more than 4'-0" o. c. leveled to within 1/8" in 12'-011. (c) Attached accessories to overhead members shall be as • approved by the Architect. WA 7601 Section 09500 Division 9 Ac.,u�tual Treatment Pa ,c 4 (d) Suspension furring and all ceiling tile support members for all types of acoustical ceiling- shall be of sufficient strength to support electrical junction boxes, recessed lighting fixtures, surface mounted fixtures or pendant mounted fixtures. 6. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION (a) Exposed Plasterboard Ceilings. Plastc rboard shall be 48" x 96" x 5/8" with tapered edges having a On,: Hour Fire Rating in accordance with applicable Undervriterb Inc. tests, or 2 layers of 5/8" thick where Two Flour Fire Rating is required. Plasterboard shall be nailed to each joist with not less than 10 annular nails across the width of the plasterboard sheet with double nailing channels at end joints. Metal angle mouldings shall be installed wherever ceil- ing abuts walls or other vertical surfaces. Mouldings shall be 24 gauge steel, white baked enamel finished, factory applied. (b) Acoustic Tile Ceiling. Ceiling shall be fissured mineral tile applied to plasterboard ceilings. Tile shall be rated Class 25 Non-Combustible as per Federal Specifications SS-A- 118(a) or Classl, Flame Spread Rating in accordance- with ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test Method. Tile shall be 12" 12" x 3/4" square edged and shall be: U. S. Gypsum Company - "Glacier" Armstrong Cork Company _ "Sanserra" Simpson Acoustic Company - "Travertine R,)ld Celotex Corporation - "Celotone Texture Tone" The Contractor shall use an approved adlt ive, each ttl( shall be set in not less than four (4) daubs of adhesive i,ot less than 1- 1/2" in diameter, not less than, 1/4" thick, it accordance with the manufacturer's print, d directinu ; s though written out herein in full. All loose paint shall be removed before application of same. WA 7601 Section 09500 Division 9 Acoustical Treatment Page 5 • Acoustic tile shall be applied to underside in a straight line pattern symetrically about the center lines of the room or space. All tile joints shall be straight in alignment and exposed surfaces shall be flush and level. Wherever acoustic materials abuts walls or other vertical surfaces it shall be neatly fitted without mouldings. • • WA 760I Section Oy'50 DIVISION 9 Resilient Floorirg Page 1 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOURING Applicable provisions of the "CUDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) All vinyl asbestos tile flooring. (2) Premoulded vinyl base. (3) Resilient edge strips 3t exposed edges of resilient flooring. (4) Underlayment, adhesives, leveling compound and the like. 2. MATERIALS (a) Vinyl Asbestos Tile: 12" x 12" x 1j8" thick in size, factory waxed, conforming to the requirements of Federal Specifications SS-T-312, Type IV; in colors and patterns selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard range of color and patterns. V. A. Tile shall be manufactured by Kentile, Ic.c., Armstrong Cork Co., Ruberoid Co., Johns-Manville or approved equal. (b) Bases: produced by the manufacturer of the vinyl asbestos tile. (1) Top-set vinyl cove type; extruded, 1/8" thick. with rounded top, six inches in height , with pre-moulded internal and external corners and end pieces, all in colors selected by the Architect. • WA 7601 Section 099650 DIVISION 9 Resilient Flooring Page 2 (2) Toeless vinyl base: Extruded, 1/8" thick with rounded top, six inches in height, with premoulded internal ana external corners and end pieces, all in colors selected by the Architect. (c) Edge Strips: Extruded vinyl, 'l" wide x 1/8" thick with one edge beveled and rounded. (d) Underlayment, Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof type, compatible with materials with which used and as manufactured or recommended by the approved flooring manufacturer. (e) Soap: Neutral, as recommended by the approved flooring manufacturer. (f) Wax: Recommended by the flooring manufacturer, self-polishing types are not acceptable. • 3• SAI-TLES (a) Submit four (4) samples of the following, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: Flooring.... . .. ........ . ..... ..each color and pattern. Base..... . .. ......... .. .. .. . . . .each type and color, 12" lengths. Edge Strips.. .... .......... .. ..each type and color, 12" lengths. Underlayment, Adhesives, etc....1/2 pint cans. 4. STORAGE (a) Store flooring material in a room having a minimum temperature of 65 degrees F. for at least 48 hours before using, and the room or space in which it is laid shall be maintained at 70 degrees.. for 24 hours before laying, during and for 24 hours after laying of tile and/or base. • WA -601 Section 09650 DIVISION 9 Resilient Flooring Page 3 5. PREPARATORY WORK (a) Prior to commencing any work, test the substrate for moisture to ascertain its acceptability to receive the finish flooring. Remove all dirt, grease, oil and other foreign matter which might impair the proper bond of materials. Do all straightec_..F, levelling and smoothing as required for a level floor. Inspec.. dividing and edging strips for position and elevation. (b) Commencement of any work of this Section will he construed to mean that all surfaces and conditions were found to be acceptable and subsequently will be construed as a waiver to an, claim to the contrary. 6. INSTALLATIuN (a) General (1) All work shall be installed by an authorized Contractor, approved by the manufacturer, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and instructions governing each type of flooring. (2) Work of this Section shall not be installed until surrounding work has been installed to such an extent as to avoid damage to the finished flooring. (3) Lay all flooring flush with adjacent surfaces, whether or not surfaces are similar or dissimilar. Where the substrate required filling or building-up to produce flush surfaces with adjacent material, such work shall be done by Contractor in an approved manner, without additional cos:. to the Owner. (4) Promptly after installation of flooring and base, remove all cement and stains from the surfaces . WA 7601 Section 09650 DIVISION 9 Resilient Flooring • Page 4 (b) Cutting - Cutting of flooring shall be neatly done and closely fit, with all contours neatly scribed and cut. (c) Jointing - joints shall be as tight and inconspicuous as possible with all surfaces smooth, straight and free from buckles , waves or projecting edges. (1) Lay joints parallel and at right angles to surrounding walls, symmetrical about the center line of the room. 7. CLEANING, WAXING AND POLISHING (a) After the flooring has been laid, thoroughly clean off any surface dirt or dust then wax and buff dry by machine, bringing the surface to a sheen. The Contractor shall inspect his work and make immediate necessary adjustments, after the • final buffing. All the showing broken edges, corners, or fracture lines partially or entirely across their surface, shall be carefully removed and new flooring of same color and thickness installed. 8. PRUTECTIUN (a) All rooms or spaces in which the flooring is being laid shall be closed to traffic and kept closed until floors are completed and firmly set. After floors are completed and cured for at least one week, and after broken units have been replaced, they shall be wiped clean and then protected by a layer of tough, reinforced building paper (Sisalkraft or equal), firmly held in place by pressure sensitive tape. Protection shall be removed when directed. (b) The Contractor will be held responsible for correcting any damage done to adjoining surfaces as a result of his operations. 9. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL (a) Provide two (2) additional boxes of each type, color and pattern of resilient flooring and base used on the project and store them where directed by the Owner. WA 7601 Section 09680 DIVISION 9 Carpeting Page 1 SECTION 09680 CARPETING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) All carpets and padding in areas designated on Schedule. 2. GENERAL (a) All carpeting and padding shall be delivered to the job in the original mill wrappings with each roll having its register number properly marked thereon. (b) Adhesives, solvents and the like shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's original unopened containers, clearly marked. (c) All materials shall be stored under cover in clean, dry, well ventilated spaces immediately after delivery to the job. Any material which becomes damaged or soiled and in the opinion of the Owner cannot be repaired, will be replaced with new, specified material at no additional cost to the Owner. WA 7601 Section 09680 Division 9 Carpeting Page 2 • 3. SAMPLES (a) Submit two (2) samples of each of the following for approval: Carpet. . . . . . . . . . 12" x 12" each type, pattern and color. Padding. . . . . . . . . 12" x 12" each type. (b) Submit manufacturer's specifications and/or descriptive literature on the above samples and also for adhesives and solvents. 4. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Carpeted areas shall include the entire area of the room or space, recesses, closets and similar areas. (b) Shop drawings shall indicate a working layout for each area showing, seam locations, pattern of carpet, colors, trim or edge strips and other pertinent details. • (c) No carpet shall be installed before approvals have been received. 5. MATERIALS (a) All materials shall be new and of domestic manufacture. Carpet is to be of first quality and from the same dye lot. Materials, construction, texture, and color are based on the following specifications: Quality name: ----- OAKPOINT Quality number: ----- 733 Yarn Type: ----- 68% Zefkrome Acrylic 29% Mod Acrylic Yarn 3% Zefstat Metallic Yarn Primary Back: ----- 4 oz. Polyproplene Secondary Back: ----- 8 oz. Jute Pile Height: ----- 3/16" Stitch Rate: ----- 8 per inch • (continued on next page) WA 7601 Section 09680 Division 9 Carpeting Page 3 Tufts per Square Inch: ----- 80 per sq. inch Machine Gauge: --- - - 1/ 10 per inch Face Weight: --- - - 32 oz. per sq. yd. Latex Weight - --- - 26 oz. per sq. yd. Total Wt. of Fabric ---- 70 oz. per sq. yd. Flame Spread Tests ----- DOC- FF-1-70 ASTM-E-84-68 Carpet construction shall be based upon "OAKPOINT" as manufactured by EXCLUSIVE CARPET CO. , INC „ or approved equal, conforming to the above. (b) Padding: The carpet cushion shall be STARFIBRE, manufactured by Dayco Carpet Cushion Co. (Allen Industries), Dayton, Ohio. It shall be: Material: Blend of India fiber and Jute rubberized top and bottom. Thickness: . 375'' Width: 12 feet Wgt. or Density: 56 oz. per sq. yd. Reinforcement: Nylon Mesh Grid Color: Rust Test Compliances: F H A (meets or exceeds Fed. Spec. DDDCOO- 1023 requirements) ASTME84-68 (Steiner tunnel test) The contractor shall furnish all material and labor necessar,- to complete installation of carpet cushioning under all carpets , as shown on drawings or as hereinafter specified. WA 7601 Section 09680 Division 9 Carpeting Page 4 • 6. INSTALLATION OF CARPET (a) All surfaces to receive carpet shall be level, smooth, clean and dry, in a finished condition suitable to receive carpet. The carpet contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, of any and all conditions to the contrary or other- wise unsatisfactory. The installation of carpet shall be an indication of his acceptance of the existing conditions and he will automatically assume the responsibility for all unacceptable work. (b) Padding installation shall normally be completed with as few seams as possible. Where joints are necessary, edges shall be firmly butted together. Prior to installa- tion, all job debris and soiling is to be cleaned off from surface to be covered with vacuum cleaner and damp mop. (c) Install carpet by power stretching to prevent looseness, bulges or wrinkles and secure to the floor at all vertical surfaces using tackless stripping such as Roberts "Smooth- edge" or approved equal, all seams shall be made with Roberts "Heat Bond Method" or an approved thermo-plastic system. (1) If the heat bond system is not compatible with the specified carpet backing, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and another method of seaming will be specified. Completed seams shall be able to with- stand a shear strength of not less than 100 lbs. per linear inch at a temperature of 1200F. (d) On completion of the installation, all dirt, carpet scraps, etc. , must be removed from the surface of the carpet. The carpet must be cleaned with a broom or beater-type vacuum cleaner. All loose pieces of face yarn must be removed with sharp scissors. (e) All large pieces of unused carpet shall be stored where directed for the Owner's use. The entire installation shall be left clean and in a perfect condition. (f) All carpeting, cushioning, and labor shall be guarnateed to be free of defects and the Contractor shall repair or • replace at no cost to the Owner any which is defective, within one year of date of installation. WA 7601 .Section 09680 Division 9 C:arpeting Page 5 (g) Contractor shall restretch carpeting when directed during guaranty period at no cost ro Owner Stains, discoloration, defects, burns, 1, . 1Ses, dirt, marl s or damage will not be acceptable in the finished wort< 7. MAINTENANCE (a) The carpet manufacturer shall cnnduct a ❑laintec,ii,ce seminar for Owner's personnel. (b) Include a maintenance schedule and a list of ne( cs:,..i equipment required to maintain cary),.(.. wA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 1 • SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) The work includes all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required for the complete execution of all Painting and Finishing work as shown on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by conditions at the site. (b) Examine the Specifications for the various other trades and thoroughly familiarize yourself with all their provisions regarding their painting; all surfaces that are left unfinished by the requirements of the other Specifications, shall be painted or finished as a part of this Section. • (c) Copper, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, aluminum and monel metal shall not be painted or finished except as othen-7ise specified. (d) If woodwork, metal, or any other surface to be finished cannot be put in proper condition for finishing by customary cleaning, sanding and puttying operations, provide any additional work and materials required to obtain a perfect finish. (e) Paint and finish surfaces in the existing building where required by the schedules, notes and drawings and patch, repaint and refinish all other surfaces in the existing building as required due to the addition and alteration work. 2. MATERIAIS (a) Painting and finishing products for use in the work shall be the standard best or top brands produced for each particular kind of material required herein, by one or more of the following manufacturers: WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 2 Pratt & Lambert, Inc. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company DuPont de Nemours, Inc. Devoe and Raynolds The Debevoise Company National Gypsum Company SCM/Glidden Coatings & Resins Polymer Plastics Company or Preco Chemical Corp. (b) All materials shall be used only as specified by the manufacturer' s direction .label on the container. (c) All painting materials, such as linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, etc., shall be pure and of the highest quality and shall bear an identifying label on the container. Oil paint shall be thinned with turps or odorless thinners. No mineral spirits of any type shall be used. (d) Bids shall be based on the use of materials of the specific brands specified. If the Contractor desires to use materials other than those specified, he shall make such request in writing to the Architect for approval, giving the name of the manufacturer and the specific name of each product he offers as a substitute. (e) All colors shall be selected or approved by the Architect. If requested, three panels for each finish and color shall be prepared in advance. 3. SAMPLES (a) Submit samples of materials for approval to the Architect. (b) All materials shall be subject to the approval of the Architect, and the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before materials are delivered, name of the manufacturer and brand and quality of the several materials, which he proposes to use. Do not deliver to the building painting materials other than those which have been approved by the Architect as to the manufacture, brand and quality. WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 3 (c) All brands of materials submitted by the Contractor for the Architect's approval shall be in accord with the specification requirements given herein and all materials which shall at any time be found not to be in accord with the specification requirements given herein will be rejected whether or not previously approved. 4. STORAGE (a) Paint and paint materials shall be stored and [nixed only in ouch rooms or spaces within the building as are assigned to the Contractor for such purpose by the Architect. (b) Such storage place shall be kept clean and neat and all damage thereto or to its surroundings shall be made good. The floors of storage spaces shall be covered with heavy building paper and then with tarpaulins. (c) All original packages shall be destroyed after the contents have been removed. In no case shall they be refilled. • (d) Burning or disposal of refuse on the premises will not be permitted. (e) All combustible or inflammable materials within the building shall be stored in receptacles provided with tight covers each night or after each work period. All such receptacles shall be tightly closed. All oily or paint saturated cloths, rags, or waste, shall be removed from the building after each day' s work period. (f) Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage by fire. Keep three fire extinguishers, 5 lb. dry chemical type, Underwriters' approved, in paint storage room at all times, prominently located; one near entrance to room, another near windows and the third as approved. Upon completion of painting and finishing work, fire extinguishers provided under this heading may be installed in permanent locations as part of the fire extinguisher requirements of these specifications, if approved by the Architect. Keep not less than three (3) round bottom buckets of dry sand hung near materials at all times. Buckets shall be prominently located and painted bright red, and shall have the word "FIRE" stenciled in large, white letters. • WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & F;.nishin Page 4 (g) Rooms or spaces assigned for the storage and mixing of paint shall be kept locked and at least one key of each room or space shall be deposited with the authority in the field in charge of watchman services to provide access during non-working hours. 5. ACCEPTANCE OR SURFACES AIM WORK CONDITIONS (a) Before commencing work, make certain that the work to be covered is in perfect condition to receive the paint and that the surfaces are clean, dry, smooth and at the proper temperature. Should the conditions be improper he shall report at once such conditions in writing to the Architect and cease operation on the portion of the work affected until such surfaces and/or conditions are corrected. The application of paint shall be held to be an acceptance of the surface and working conditions, and the Contractor shall be held responsible for the results reasonably to be expected from the materials and processes specified. 6. COLORS AND SAMPLES (a) The color of each coat for the various portions of the work shall be as selected by the Architect. (b) Before proceeding with any finished painting or finishing, verify with the Architect information as to colors, staining and textures and apply samples of the various finishes and colors to woodwork, plaster, etc., which are to receive them. No finished painting shall be applied until a sample of each color, finish, etc., has been approved by the Architect. Such approved samples shall be maintained until all the work under this Section has been completed and the various finishes comply in all respects with approved sample. (c) In cases where the selection of colors is such as to require modification of the formula, the modification shall be a part of the Contract without additional cost to the Owner. 7. PREPARATION OF SURFACES (a) Temperature of space in the building where painting is being done or where it is curing shall maintain above 600 F., and in the mill at least 650 F. WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 5 • (b) Before painting or finishing, all dust, plaster, grease, and other extraneous matter which would affect the finished work shall be removed. (c) Nail holes, imperfections and defacements in wood finishes shall be putty stopped after priming coat of paint, filler of shellac has been applied. Stopping shall be brought flush with the finished surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Corresponding ,Joints, broken surfaces, unused holes, screws, bolts and the like, shall be closed and smoothed, producing a finished piece of work. Putty shall be of color to match that of the finish. (d) All knots, pitch streaks and sappy spots shall first be touched up with shellac where the finish calls for interior paint or enamel. (e) All metal surfaces shall be first washed with mineral spirits to remove any dirt or grease before applying materials. Where rust or scale is present, it shall be wire brushed or sandpapered clean before painting. Shop coat of paint that becomes marred shall be cleaned up and touched up with the primer specified. (f) Galvanized metal surfaces shall be chemically treated with a • compound designed for this purpose in accordance with manufacturer's directions for use, before applying the first coat of paint. Primer shall be especially compounded for use on galvanized surfaces. (g) All scratches, cracks and abrasions in masonry or plaster surfaces and openings adjoining trim, shall be cut out, then filled with Spackle or other approved patching plaster, flush with adjoining plaster surfaces, and when dry shall be sanded and sealed before application of priming coat. (h) All woodwork to be finished with enamel or varnish shall be sanded smooth and the surface cleaned before proceeding with the application of the first coat. Enamel and varnish finish applied to wood or metal shall be sanded between coats with fine sandpaper to produce an even, smooth finish. 8. WORKMANSHIP (a) Floor and adjacent surfaces, as well as all surfaces to be painted, shall be cleaned free of all loose dirt and dust before painting. • «A 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishin; Page 6 (b) Exterior painting shall not be done while surface is damp, or during rainy or frosty weather, or when the temperature is likel; to drop to freezing. Do not paint surfaces while they are exposeu to hot sun. (c) Plaster surfaces shall be tested with a moisture meter, and shall be acceptable for painting before painting is started. (d) All materials shall be evenly applied so as to be free from drops, sags, runs, crawls, discolorations or other defects. All coats shall be of the proper consistency and well brushed out so as to show the minimum of brush or roller marks, except varnish and enamel which shall be uniformly flowed on. All brushes to be . kept clean and in good condition. (e) Open grain woods shall be thoroughly filled with paste filler. Reducing the filling to a thin liquid is forbidden. Only enough turpentine shall be added to the paste to produce a consistency as can be applied with a short stiff bristle brush and well rubbed into the grain of the wood. After the fillip' has properly set, the rubbing shall continue across and with thy° grain; first with excelsior and then with felt, cleaning the surface. The filler surfaces to be finished shall be without absorbent srotc and be hard and glossy. (f) Surfaces specified to be stained shall be covered with a uniform application of stain, equalized where necessary and wiped off as required. (g) Finish surfaces shall be a solid and even color. No work shall be done under conditions that are unsuitable for the production of good results. No painting of woodwork shall be done while plastering is in progress or is drying. Each coat shall be spread evenly and in full covering capacity. (h) The priming coat and undercoats shall be tinted to the approximate shade of the final coat. All suction spots or "hot spots" in plaster, masonry or cement, after the application of the first coat, snsll be touched up before applying the second coat to produce an even result in the finish coat. Secure color schedule for room before priming walls. WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 7 (i) All work where a coat of materials has been applied, must be inspected and approved by the Architect before the application of the succeeding specified coat; otherwise, no credit for the coat applied will be given and the Contractor will be required to re-coat the work in question. The Contractor shall advise the Architect when each coat applied is ready for inspection and approval. (j) Apply all paint by brush, roller or spray. (k) Surfaces which cannot be satisfactorily finished in the number of coats specified, shall have additional coat or such preparatory coats and subsequent coats as may be required to produce satisfactory finish work. (1) All coats shall be thoroughly dry and hard before the succeeding coat is applied. (m) All finishes shall be uniform as to sheen, color and texture. (a) Properly repaint or refinish any painted or otherwise finished • surfaces of doors, sash, etc., which are cut in fitting or for any other reason. (o) After fitting, give priming and body coats to sides and top and bottom edges of all wood doors. (p) All interior trim shall be back primed before installation, with Interior Trim Primer. (q) All exterior trim shall be back primed before installation with House Paint Exterior Primer. (r) The interior of all closets shall be finished the same as adjoining rooms, unless otherwise specifed. All other surfaces shall be finished the same as nearest or adjoining surfaces unless otherwise shown. (a) The inside of all drawers shall be given one coat of pure white shellac and coat of Pratt and Lambert #38 Pale Trim Varnish Gloss. (t) Where interior or exterior wood and metal are primed in the mill or shop, the materials shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's directions for the first or priming coat. • wA 7601 Section J9y6h DIVISION 9 Painting; & Finijhin Pa ge (u) A prime coat of lead and oil paint shall be applied to all surfaces (inside and out ) of all hollow metal door frames after erection but before con.truction of the wall in wnich they occ,.L (v) Panel box doors and access doors shall be painted while in the open position and allowed to dry before closing. (w) Exposed surfaces of steel lintels over exterior openings shall ne painted to match the color of the adjoining brickwork of color as selected. (x) All undercoats shall be t.-nted to the approximate shade oi tn_ final coat. (y) Touch up knots, pitch streaks, sappy spots, putty stol, holes, cracks, etc. 9. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PAINTING EXISTING BUILDING ' ='her,• tndicdt, d 1. drawings or required by alte etion work) (a) The Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize nit:.,ulf with the nature and extei - of all painting to be donor cr the exterior and within the : .lsting building. (b) Fixtures and hardware she .l be removed before paintii::; � f necessary, to do first-c - iss work. All nails, screws, 2tc. , t,c,L t part of the standard eqLt d-iment for walls and woowork, 6hall be removed and the surface rattied smooth before redecorat,ng. (c) Surfaces shall be thorctehly cleaned. Where a washing soLetion or a proprietary cleane• is used to clean the surface or co null the gloss of the old fi sh before painting, the material ,sed shall be of medium stre , th (6 heaping tall-,spoons of try .- un. phosphate to 1 gallon o water or its equivalent). Aji , rc,ces •i the cleaning solution m . t be removed with clear water. '.li ,. .la that have been washed s,tll be allowed to dr, befor, _,:_-i n .r. (d) Only clean drop cloths si 11 be used and care !hall b.' La[., see that all floors and ' rniture are carefLil.ly covert a a,. r i n painting and finishing wo c. All paint, varnish ana ena,..�l spots on plumbing fixture: , light fixturej, nara ac•-,. t, . tile or surfaces adjacen . to painting work wneti,er carsed �n tni.: painting work or on prev . as work, shall be -moved. All tIi,n.b,.. equipment shall be washea :lean and ever, . , t. .:.. : r. . .. Leave the job neat and t f. WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing • Page 9 (e) Existing plaster and masonry surfaces: (1) All noticeable imperfections in the old paint finish, including loose paint, shall be removed with a putty knife before repainting, to assure an even, smooth or stipled finish, as selected. (2) All plaster cracks shall be cut out as required, wetted down with water and then shall be smoothly filled with Spackle or other approved patching plaster, flush with adjoining plaster surface, and when dry, shall be sanded smooth and sealed with Primer before painting. (3) Openings or cracks, where enameled trim, baseboard, or moulding adjoins painted plaster walls, shall be filled with lead putty. (4) Plaster patches and repairs and any suction spots shall be sealed with Primer to avoid flashes in second coat. (5) Painted walls that are exceptionally flat and pourous, indicating need for sealing, shall be sealed with a coat • of Primer before repainting. (£) Existing Woodwork: (1) All evidence of improper woodwork finishing in previous work shall be corrected before refinishing. Improper puttying shall be puttied smooth. Dirt and nibs in the old finish shall be sanded out. Fatty edges around cabinets and elsewhere shall be cut down smooth and every precaution taken to produce an even, clean job. All openings in trim at joints, backboards, etc., that cannot be entirely corrected by nailing tight shall be filled with lead putty before refinishing. (2) All sanded work shall be dusted before finishing and care shall be taken to prevent brushes or material from picking up dust and dirt in process of finishing. (3) Tops, bottoms and edges of doors exposed to weather or moisture shall be finished the same as the rest of the door. • WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 10 (g) Existing metal surfaces: (1) All metal surfaces shall first be washed with turpentine or mineral spirits to remove any dirt or grease before painting. Rust or scale shall be removed by wirebrushing or sanding before painting. Rough places and old paint shall be sanded smooth. (h) Existing concrete: (1) All traces of wax, polish or grease shall be removed by washing thoroughly with turpentine or mineral spirits. (i) Existing exterior surfaces: (1) All loose paint, scale, blisters, etc., shall be removed down to the existing wood and sanded smooth before painting. (2) All surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned free of loose dirt with a cloth or stiff brush before painting. (3) All exterior metal work shall have rust removed by wire brushing or sanding, and shall be touched up with red lead paint. 10. PAINTING AND FINISHING (a) The following shall be construed as a general guide for the painting and finishing of the building(s); shall include closet spaces, returns, reveals, soffits, haunches, and the like, which form a part of the particular surface schedule, and shall be supplei.,ented by the requirements of the Drawings and these Specifications. (b) The number of coats herein specified are in addition to shop coats, prime coats or painting specified in other trade sections. (c) The paints specified herein are taken from the catalog of Pratt & Lambert. Products of equal quality, as manufactured by other approved manufacturers, may be used provided that the Contractor submits to the Architect, for approval, the trade names, brand and type of paint he proposes to use on each type of surface. Submission of such tabulation shall be made sufficiently in advance of the time painting work is to start, so as not to delay the progress of the work. wA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 11 • (d) Exterior (1) Exterior Woodwork: 1st Coat - P&L House Paint Exterior Primer 2nd Coat - P&L House Paint 3rd Coat - P&L House Paint (2) Exterior Ferrous Metal: 1st Coat - P&L Noxide Red Lead Primer 2nd Coat - P&L Noxide Metal Paint (e) Interi.or • (1) Interior Ferrous Metal: Includes pressed steel door frames, hollow metal doors, and all ferrous metal exposed to view: 1st Coat - P&L Interior Trim Primer 2nd Coat - P&L Vitrolite Enamel (2) Interior Woodwork for stain and varnish finish - includes wood doors, wood trim, etc. lst Coat - P&L Paste Filler 2nd Coat - P&L Tonetic Wood Stain 3rd Coat - P&L "38" Varnish, Gloss or Satin Finish as selected by the Architect. • WA 7601 Section 09000 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finimi Page 12 (3) Wood Storage Room Shelving: 2 Coats - P&L Fire Retardant Paint (4) Exposed Masonry & Gypsum Wallboard 1st Coat - P&L Vapex Wall Primer 2nd Coat - P&L Lyt-all Double Duty Frikei Ad Coat - P&L Iy -all Flowing Flat (5) Gypsum Wallboard: Tape and spackle as specified (sec Sonion j925 ) urior Eo receiving paint finishes. (6) Piping, Grilles, Anemostats, Convectors, Conduit, Access Doors, Panel Boxes, etc. Paint in with walls and ceilings in which they occur. (7) Canvas Pipe Covering: lat Coat - P&L Double Duty Primer One Additional Coat - Same as walls in room or space whicl. covering occurs. (8) Uncovered Pipes (Not Containing Heat) & Interior Concrete FloorF 1st Coat - P&L "61" Floor and Porch Enamel (Gloss) 2nd Coat - P&L "61" Floor and Porch Enamel (Gloss) (£) Existing Building (1) Exterior Ferrous Metal: 1st Coat - P&L Noxide Red Lead Primer 2nd Coat - P&L House Paint (2) Exterior Cement Plaster, Stucco and Masonry Block: 1st Coat - P&L Vapex Masonry Paint. 2nd Coat - P&L Vapex Masonry Paint WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 13 (3) Interior Ferrous Metal Work and Woodwork (Painted): 1st Coat - P&L Vitrolite Enamel Undercoater 2nd Coat - P&L Vitrolite Enamel (4) Woodwork - Stain & Varnish: 1st Coat - P&L "38" Gloss Varnish 2nd Coat - P&L "38" Satin or Dull Varnish (g) Painting and finishing of any surface required to be painted or finished by the Drawings, the Schedule of Interior Finishes, or the Specifications, shall be included, though not specifically .mentioned in the schedule hereinabove. The type of painting or finishing and the number of coats shall be as specified for similar surfaces, rooms or spaces. • • WA 7601 Section 09900 DIVISION 9 Painting & Finishing Page 14 11. ACCEPTANCE (a) It shall be distinctly understood that merely applying the specified nur.iber of coats of the specified materials will not assure acceptance of the :cork. The complete work shall have the appearance and durability as can be obtained only by thorough preparation of the surfaces and first- class workmanship throughout. (b) Acceptance at final inspection will be governed by body finish exhibited and the Contractor shall apply additional coats as required to produce proper finish and coverage in accordance with approved samples. At acceptance, the paint and varnish finished work shall be in a neat, sound, undamaged condition. (c) All painted surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned at completion and before acceptance of the work will be granted. 12. CLEANING (a) When so directed by the Architect, go over all portions of th- building, retouch where necessary, restore where damaged or defaced, and clean off all paint spots from floors, walls, finished hardware, glass and other unpainted surfaces and leave all painted surfaces clean and in a satisfactory condition. (b) Upon completion of all work, all surplus materials, empty packages and/or containers and all debris shall be removed from the site. 13. GUARANTEE All work under this Section of the Specifications shall be guaranteed against checking, cracking, peeling, discoloration or other defects due to improper materials or workmanship, due to improper preparation of the surfaces, or due to the painting, varnishing, etc. of surfaces which were not in proper condition to receive paint, varnish or other painter's materials, and such unsatisfactory work shall be refinished in accord with the requirements of "GUARANTEE" of the General Conditions. WA 7601 Section 09950 Division 9 Wall Covering Page 1 • SECTION 09950 VINYL WALL COVERING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and applicances required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Vinyl wall covering in rooms and spaces indicated "VINYL" on Finish Schedules on Drawings. (2) Size and adhesive. (3) Installation of all material. • (4) Cleaning. 2. SAMPLES (a) Contractor shall submit two (2) 12" x 12" samples of each type and pattern required for the approval of the Architect. 3. MATERIALS (a) Vinyl wall covering shall consist of compound of vinyl resin, pigment and plasticizer formed into embossed sheet vinyl, laminated to a woven fabric backing. Material shall be a Type II and shall conform to the ASTM-E 84 fire ratings for a medium weight fabric. Color, pattern and manufacturer shall be as selected by the Architect from wall covering costing not more than $. 55 a square foot wholesale for a 30 yard roll. (b) Adhesives shall be a heavy-bodied, water-soluble paste manufactured expressly for use with vinyl-wall fabric. (c) Sealer shall be made by thinning the adhesive down with • two parts water to one part of adhesive. WA 7601 Section 09950 Division 9 Wall Covering Page 2 4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE (a) Deliver all materials with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. (b) Store all materials flat, in a clean, dry storage area where temperatures shall be maintained above 400F. Do not store material in an upright position. 5. INSPECTION OF SURFACES (a) Wall surfaces shall be dry and sound, free from surface chalk. (b) Surfaces to receive wall covering shall be examined and work shall not be started until defects have been corrected. 6. TOLERANCES (a) Wall surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in any 10'-0" dimension; neither shall they vary at a rate greater than 1/8" per running foot. 7. INSTALLATION (a) Manufacturer's directions shall be followed for mixing and applying adhesive. (b) Use fabric panels in exact order as they are cut from rolls; use rolls in consecutive order. Apply paste to the fabric back using a roller or paste brush. (c) Hang smooth, non-match patterns by overlapping the edges and "double cutting" through both thicknesses. (d) Use stiff-bristled brush of flexible broad knife to eliminate air pockets and to secure the covering to the wall surface. (e) Fill in spaces above and below windows, above doors and similar areas in sequence from the roll, not after all full- length pieces have been installed. (f) Remove excess adhesive from each seam as it is made and be- fore proceeding to the next seam. WA 7601 Section 09950 Division 9 Wall Covering Page 3 • (g) Remove hardware, accessories, plates and similar items to allow fabric to be installed. Upon completion of each space, replace the above mentioned items. (h) The installed fabric shall be secure, smooth, clean, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. 8. CLEANING (a) At the completion of installation of Vinyl Wall Covering, go over all portions of the building and repair damaged areas and clean all surfaces of smudges, dirt and excess adhesive. Finished areas shall be completely satisfactory to the Architect. • • Section 09995 WA 7601 Special Floor DIVISION 9 & Wall Finishes Page 1 SECTION 09995 SPECIAL FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Work includes all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and services required to perform all operations for Special Floor Finishes and related work indicated on Drawings, specified herein and conditions encountered at the site including but riot limited to the following: (1) Two part epoxy thermosetting hard flexible floor finish in rooms and spaces designated: 'IS, F. F. " on Finish Schedules on Drawings. (2) Two part epoxy thermosetting hard flexible wall fic;isti in rooms and spaces designated: "S. W. F. " on Finish Schedules on Drawings. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Materials shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturer 's unopened containers clearly marked and labeled. (b) Store materials in dry, well ventilated areas designated by the Architect. (c) Walls and Floors shall be cured for at least 21 days prior to installation of finish and the surface shall be dry to the touch. (d) Remove all grease, droppings, paint spots, flaking or loose particles which might prevent the bonding of the topping. Section 09955 IlA 7601 Special Floor & DIVISION 9 Wall Finishes • Page 2 (a) Contractor shall inspect the surface on which finishes are to be applied. Notify the Architect in writing, of any imperfections or adverse conditions that would affect the bond or installation of the finishes. Installation shall be as indication of his acceptance of the existing conditions and he shall automatically assume the responsibility for all unacceptable work and shall remove same and replace with new specified material at no additional cost to the Owner. (f) Epoxy floor and wall finish shall be a two part epoxy formulation similar and equal to "Dynaflor" as manufactured by P'.lymer Plastics Mfg. Corp. Building; Products Division of Berco Industries, Inc., Westbury, New York or approved equal, in colors and texture selected by the Architect. from the approved manufacturer's standards. Epoxy floor finish shall be "non-slip" type. 3.' PREPARATORY WORK • (a) Concrete shall be etched with a 10% solution of muriatic acid, applied over the entire concrete floor with a plastic watering can, covering all parts of the floor. Agitate with broom or mechanical brush. Used solution shall not be broomed from area to area. Allow solution to remain on slab for 15 minutes, or until foaming discontinues. Surface shall then be throughly washed down with clean water and allowed to air dry to the touch. Preparatory work on walls shall be in strict accordance with the approved manufacturers' printed directions. 4. INSTALLATION (a) Mix and apply two part components in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Mix thoroughly for at least two (2) minutes and allow to set 30 minutes prior to application. Temperature of surface to receive special finish shall be above 500F. • Section 09755 WA 7601 Special Floor DIVISION 9 & Wall Finishes. Page 3 (b) Epoxy finish shall be applied with brush, roller or spray. Non- slip special floor finish shall be applied to concrete surfaces over primer coat in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed directions using primer and thinner as per their printed directions. (c) After finishes has been installed and cured,the Contractor shall protect all surfaces by covering with resin sized Kraft paper, and pressure sensitive tape. WA 7601 Section 10150 DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles Page 1 • SECTION 10150 COMPARTMENTS AND CUBICLES Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Metal toilet compartment enclosures and doors. (2) Metal screen partitions in toilets and elsewhere required by the Drawings. • (3) Stainless steel urinal screens. 2. DRAWINGS (a) Before executing any of the work, prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Shop drawings shall include all plans and details required to complete the construction. 3• SAMPLES Submit color, stainless steel and chromium plate samples. Samples shall show the entire range of stock colors, and specified finish on stainless steel. • WA 7601 Section 10150 DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles Page 2 4. MANUFACTURE (a) All work under this Section, including equipment and hardware, shall be the product of the Flush Metal Partition Corp., Long Island City, N. Y., or equal as approves: by the Architect. 5. TOILET COMPARTMENTS, SCREENS AND DOORS (a) All compartment and screen partitions shall be floor mounted, flush type without headrail, with adjustable shoes. Tops of partitions and screens shall finish 5'8" above finished floors unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Screens shall extend to floor and shall be complete with stainless steel shoes. (b) Materials: (1) All sheet steel shall be cold rolled, full pickled, double annealed, stretcher leveled furniture steel, boriderized and galvanized with a tight, smooth finish, and of gauges specified. (2) Partition panels and doors shall be No. 20 gauge, pilaster stiles No. 18 gauge. All edges of partition enels, doors and pilaster stiles shall be locked and reinforced with No. 16 gauge drawn interlock channel moulding welded o" on center around the entire perimeter of each unit. Cores for doors, pilasters and partition panels shall be laminated corrugated fibre boards, 1" thick for partition panels and doors, and 1-1/4" thick for pilasters. (3) Shoe shall be 3" high, 14 gauge 302 stainless steel and shall be an integral part of the construction. (4) All hardware fastenings shall be made through and reinforced by the internal edge reinforcing channel with "Permagrip" or approved equal fastenings. (c) Construction: (1) Arrangement of panels and screens may be modified as may be necessary to meet requirements and conditions encountered at the building. Panels, pilaster stiles and doors shall be perfectly flush type, using no posts or headrails and shall have sound deadening cores to eliminate metallic ring. Panels wA 7601 Section 10150 DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles Page 3 shall be reinforced internally with 3/4", 18 gauge steel channel around edges, and at least one intermediate channel. Doors and pilasters shall be reinforced with continuous perimeter channels for hardware. Reinforcing channels for doors shall be 3/4" 18 gauge steel and for pilasters shall be 1-3/8" deep, 16 gauge steel. Arrangement of enclosures and sizes shall be as indicated on Drawings, and work shall be laid out from actual dimensions at building. (2) Doors in pupils' toilets shall have a 2" diameter, 16 gauge steel tube welded along the hinge side of the door. (3) Partition panels, pilaster stiles ,and doors shall have fibre board cores cemented to both inner metal surfaces under pressure. Dividing partitions shall be anchored to pilaster stiles, which shall be adequately reinforced to receive dividing partition panels and hardware. (4) Installation shall be complete with top, center and bottom fittings, connecting panels and pilaster stiles and walls. Stile shoe fittings shall be securely expansion bolted to structural slab with fastenings a maximum of 4" o.c. • (5) Panel ends at walls shall clear wall finish 3/4" . Panels shall be fastened to wall with not less than three 14 gauge 302 stainless steel stirrup brackets using six #14 x 1-1/4" special hex oval washer head type "A" screws of hardened steel, chromium plated over nickel and lead alloy expansion shields. (6) Installation shall be free from all defects. Do all drilling required. (d) Hardware: (1) Toilet compartment doors shall be equipped with approved combination keeper and bumper, a heavy. slide latch and a combination coat and hat hook with rubber tip bumper, attached to door. Compartment doors shall have adjustable gravity hinges of case hardened steel arranged to hold door open when compartment is not in use, and substantially made to pivot. • WA 7601 Section 10150 DIVISION 10 Compartments & Cubicles Page 4 (2) Hardware shall be plain pattern chromium plated over nickel plated forged brass applied with "Permagrip" or approved equal fastenings. Keeper and latch slide shall be of No. 302 stainless steel. (e) Finish: (1) All exposed surfaces, except hardware, shall be treated with a benzine bath, prime coated with a baked on rust inhibitive paint and then given two (2) coats of high temperature baking synthetic enamel, baked on, of color as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard range of colors. A selection of two (2) colors per room may be requested. 6. STAINLESS STEEL URINAL SCREENS (a) Body of screen shall consist of one piece 18 gauge, type 302 stainless steel. Top and bottom covers shall be 20 gauge, type 302 stainless steel, welded to body to form a single unit. Inner surfaces of screens shall be treated with a sound deadening, vermin-proof material. (b) Screens shall be mounted on full height galvanized and bonderized steel brackets. Brackets shall have baked enamel finish and shall be fastened to the wall with five _(5) fastenings of not less than 1/2" diameter cadmium plated hex head hardened steel screws and alloy expansion shields. When completed, no fastenings shall be exposed. (c) All corners shall be mitered. (d) All stainless steel shall have a No. 4 satin finish. 7. PROTECTION (a) After erection and until final acceptance of building, protecr all work from damage of any nature. Any part or parts damaged shall be replaced by this Contractor without cost to Owner. Such replacements shall include adjacent work that may be incidentally damaged. (b) All work shall be turned over to the Owner clean, properly installed, true to line, and plumb. Operative items shall be adjusted to operate properly. WA 7601 Section 10200 DIVISION 10 Louvers & Vents Page 1 • SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Aluminum louvers in exterior walls. • (2) Eyebrow louvers on roof. (3) Full circle louver in gable walls. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Delivering, Storing and Handling Materials: Deliver all materials in unopened original containers bearing manufacturers' labels. Store materials in a clean, dry, protected place and do not leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper care to prevent damages. (b) Coordination: Coordinate with all other trades supplying materials or performing work in connection with the work under this Section to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to he built into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the normal progress of such other work. • WA 7601 Section 10200 DIVISION 10 Louvers & Vents Page 2 (c) Cutting and Fitting: Do all cutting and fitting of the work of this Section as required for the installation of the work of other trades. Do all cutting and fitting in a n,.at manner, and leave all work in a first class and presentahJe condition. (d) Gleaning: At all times during the progress of the work ker-p all parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work of this Section. Upon completion remoN,e any and all protective coatings, clean off all parts of the work of this Section and It avc the entire installation in presentable and orderly condition. (e) Defective Work: All defective, damaged, defaced or other work of sub-standard quality will be rejected by Architect, and replact-ci with new work in accordance with Specifications, -without extra cost to the Owner. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit shop drawings for the Architect's approval, in compliance with the Contract Documents. (b) These Drawings shall include large scale, and full size details where so required, methods of construction of the various parts of the work, the size of the various methods of construction of the various parts of the work, the size of the various tnembern , kinds and gauges of metal, including proposed methods of anchor- ing and securing in respective locations. 4. ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS (a) Louvers in exterior walls in locations indicated on Drawings ,ball be extruded aluminum type with frames and stormproof blades of sizes shown on Drawings. Louvers shall be not less than 4'' deep fabricated of 6063-T5 aluminum alloy and temper not less than . 081 " thick with ruui forc - ing bosses at frames and blades. Head Jambs and sill shall I,,: one piece extruded structural members with integral caulkin slut and retaining bead. Extruded aluminum mullions shall be prn, ided where louvers exceed the manufacturer's recommended one 1.<< , 1• units, mullions shall have provisions for expansion and contraction. All fastenings shall be stainless steel. WA 7601 Section 10200 DIVISION 10 Louvers & Vents Page 3 • (b) Provide all louvers with 1/2" mesh . 063 diameter wire aluminum bird screen, secured to removable aluminum frames. (c) Louvers in exterior walls shall be minimum 4" deep as manufactured by Construction Specialties, Inc. , Ventilouver Co. , Arrow Louver, or approved equal. (d) All aluminum louvers shall be finished with a two-coat flurocarbon polymeric finish similar to "Kynar 500 No. 21 Bone White" or approved equal. 5. EYEBROW LOUVERS (a) "Eyebrow" louver on roof shall be similar to design "P" as manu- factured by H. H. Bergmann Company, Airolite Louver Co. , or Arrow Louver and Damper Co. to sizes design and in locations indicated. Louvers shall be fixed weatherproof construction. (b) Louvers shall be fabricated from No. 16 gauge galvanized steel, • provided with flanges for incorporating louvers into building con- struction, flashing for same and 16 x 18 mesh copper insect screen. (c) Louvers shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed direction. Painting shall be in accordance with Section 09900, Painting & Finishing. 6. FULL CIRCLE LOUVER (a) Full circle wood louver in gable walls shall be similar and equal to Model #1005, 2'-5-1/2" x 2'-5-1/2" rough stud opening as manu- factured by AWSCO, 26 Mead Street, Dayton, Ohio. (b) Louvers shall be provided with 16 x 18 mesh copper insect screen. (c) Painting shall be as specified for exterior trim. See Section 09900, Painting & Finishing. 7. INSTALLATION • (a) All louvers shall be installed plumb and true to plane in a neat and weathertight condition in strict accordance with the approved manu- facturer's printed directions as though written out herein in full. WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 1 SECTION 10700 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: (1) Fire extinguisher cabinets. (2) Fire extinguishers . (3) Metal roll-up fire shutters. (4) Stainless steel stools at roll-up windows. (5) Access doors in ceiling and attic space. (6) Rubber mats. (7) Wall mounted telephone units & directory shelf. (8) Commemorative plaque. (9) Aluminum trench cover and plate. WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 2 • 2. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit complete and accurate shop drawings, details, or illustrated literature to the Architect for approval. No installation shall be made without the prior approval of the Architect. 3. MEASUREMENTS (a) Take and verify all measurements required for the proper execution and fit of the work at the building before starting fabrication or erection, and examine the nature of material to which work is to be attached. (b) The Contractor will be responsible for the proper attach- ment of work furnished under this Section and for the work of other trades related to it. 4. WORKMANSHIP - MATERIALS (a) Fabricated materials must be the product of a manufacturer • known as experienced and able in the specialty trade involved, and the manufacturer shall be approved by the Architect. (b) All work is to be executed by skilled mechanics and shall be of the finest quality, neat in appearance and free of defects. (c) Installation shall be made by the manufacturer or by his licensed or franchised representative who shall be approved by the Architect. • WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 3 5. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (a) Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be fully recessed type similar to "Allenco Construction" for single and double extinguishers as manufactured by W. D. Allen Manufac- turing Company, Seed Manufacturing Company, or other approved by the Architect. (b) Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be fabricated with doors as indicated on Drawings. WA 7601 Section 10700 DIVISION 10 Misc. Specialties • Page 4 6. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (a) Furnish and install Class "A B C" 5 lb. Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers similar and equal to 7140-5 as manufactured by W. D. Allen Manufacturing Co.; 6-TPS-1 "Tri-Class" as manufactured by Walter Kidde & Co., Inc.; "Cosmic E" 5 as manufactured by J. L. Industries, or MP 5 as manufactured by Larsen's Mfg. Co., at locations required by Fire Extinguisher Schedule indicated on Drawings. (b) Body of extinguishers shall be red enameled steel, approximately 15" high, 6" in diameter and weighing approximately 13 lbs. Each extinguisher shall be provided with chrome plated valves, color coded nozzles, pressure indicating gauges, charging adaptors, moisture traps and all other accessories required for a complete installation including metal wall brackets for units not encased in cabinets or recesses. (c) Dry chemicals for extinguisher shall be essentially ammonitmi phosphate prepared as a multi-purpose product developed for the use on Class A, B and C Fires. • (d) Fire extinguishers indicated on Drawings not in recesses or not provided with cabinets shall be wall hung on Red Oak backboards bolted to wall and metal brackets from which extinguishers shall be hung. Edges of wood backboards shall be champfered. (e) Fire e:,tinguisher units shall be of type approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters' Standard No. 299, the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and all other local codes and authorities having jurisdiction over same and they shall bear the necessary labels of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (f) Fire extinguishers shall have a dial to indicate air pressure. (g) All fire extinguishers shall be of manufacture approved by the Architect. (h) The required types, quantity and location of fire extinguishers shall be as shown on the Fire Extinguisher Schedule on Drawings. (i) All fire extinguishers shall be ful]ycharged and left ready for operation. • WA 7601 Section 10700 DIVISION 10 Misc. Specialties Page 5 (J) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his approval, a schedule listing all fire extinguishers and their specific locations. (k) Provide hooks in all fire extinguisher recesses to receive fire extinguishers. Hooks shall be chrome platedover bronze, dull finish. Plastic hooks will not be accepted. WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 6 • 7. ROLL-UP FIRE SHUTTERS (a) Provide and install Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , labeled manual operated steel rolling fire doors where indicated on Drawings. Doors shall be manufactured by J. G. Wilson Corp. , R. C. Mahon Co. , Cookson Co. , or Cornell Iron Works, Inc. , and furnished with auto- matic closing Class "C" label. (b) Curtains shall be fabricated of galvanized steel interlock- ing slats of gauges to suit the U. L. requirements for Class "C" label. Slat ends shall have endlocks. (c) Guides shall be standard angles, 3/16" thick minimum. (d) Spring counterbalance assembly shall be designed to ensure proper balancing action. Springs shall be enclosed in a standard steel pipe shaft. Rate of descent of door shall be regulated by a safety governor. All shutters shall be crank operated. • (e) Bracket plates shall be reinforced and of proper size to receive hood and adequately support the operating mechanism. (f) Hoods shall be #24 gauge galvanized steel, with reinforced top and bottom edges. (g) Provide all necessary supports and closures. 8. STAINLESS STEEL STOOLS AT ROLL-UP WINDOWS (a) Stainless steel sill shall be No. 16 ga. Type 302 stainless steel with #4 finish. All fastenings shall be concealed. Edges shall be bent down and back, forming a rolled edge. Corners shall be pieced out, welded and ground smooth. Shelves shall be reinforced as required to be rigid, free from buckles and securely fastened in place with stainless steel brackets. • WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 7 9. WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE UNITS AND DIRECTORY SHELF (a) Wall mounted telephone units and directory shelf as indicated on Drawings in telephone alcove shall be similar and equal tr Telette 1300 and with directory shelf 1700-4 as manufactured by Accessory Specialties, Inc. , 1335 East Bay Avenue, New York, New York 10474. (b) Telephone units shall be fabricated of extruded anodized bronze aluminum side panels with 1/4" tempered bronze tinted glass Back panel and shelf shall be stainless steel with #4 satin finish Mounting bracket shall be paint-lock steel with pre-drilled mounting holes. (c) Directory shelf shall be fabricated of stainless steel and desi.Qned so that binders can be changed independently. Binder covers shall be long lasting mylar with stainless steel hinges. Unit shall accommodate 4 binders. (d) Installation of units shall be in strict accordance with the approved) manufacturers printed directions and approved shop drawings 10. ACCESS DOORS (a) Access doors and frames shall be similar and equal to Model DSC-214M as manufactured by Karp Associates, 54-54 43rd Street, Maspeth, New York, 2'6" x 3'0" as indicated on Drawings. (b) Frame shall be 16 ga. steel with 13 ga. steel door. Dour to receive continuous concealed piano hinge. 11. RUBBER MATS (a) Floor mats at entrances indicated on Drawings shall he similar and equal to "Pyramid Heavy Duty" entrance mats as manufa, turrri by the U. S. Mat & Rubber Co. , Inc. , Box 421, Stoughton, or approved equal. (b) All edges of may shall be square for recess d installatiot,_ Plat to be 1 /2" thick. (c) Color to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard range. WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 8 • 12. COMMEMORATIVE PLAQUE (ALUMINUM) (a) Plaque shall be 3'0" x 410" in size, unless otherwise indi- cated, and contain the date of construction, names of officers, Architect and other customary lengends, totaling approxi- mately 600 letters, from 3/8" to 1- 1/2" in height. (b) Lettering shall be stock, round faced block letters. Background texture and color shall be selected by the Architect. Plaque shall be cast by Seaboard Sign & Display Co. , United States Bronze Sign Co. , or other approved by the Architect. (c) Plaque shall be cast as a unit with a moulded frame. It shall be rigidly and securely fastened to wall where indicated or directed, by means of approved toggle or expansion bolts with special ornamental caps. • • WA 7601 Section 10700 Division 10 Misc. Specialties Page 9 13. ALUMINUM TRENCH COVER AND FRAME (a) Furnish and install as indicated on Drawiu•; ,Aluminum Trench Cover and Plate, Model #P-12-25, as manufaccured by Construction Specialties, Inc. , Muncy, Pa. , or approved equal. (b) All cover plates to be pre-drilled and countersunk at t;ie factory. Frame shall be Aluminum 0063-T5 Alloy, complete with continuous tapped screw slot and continuous vinyl seal. Frame shall be neatly interred and secured with Clamprite adjustable corner locks. (c) Anchors to be 1" wide extruded aluminum secured 2'0" o.c. All fasteners to be stainless steel or aluminum. (d) All surfaces to receive one coat of zinc chromate primer where in contact with concrete. WA 7601 Section 10800 DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessories Page 1 • SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES Applicable provisions of the "COIIIIITIONS OF THE CoNmACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services and perform all operations required to complete the installation of all work of this Section and related wort: as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: (1) Grab Bars in Malls for Physically Handicapped. (2) Stainless Steel Shelves. (3) Toilet Accessories (as listed). • 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) Delivering, storing and handling materials: Deliver all materials in unopened original containers bearing manufacturers' labels. Store materials in a clean, dry, protected place and do not leave exposed to weather. Handle all materials with proper care to prevent damages. (b) Coordination: Coordinate with all other trades supplying materials or performing work in connection with the work under this Section to those other trades whose work is affected by the work of this Section. Provide to the job any and all items required to be built into the other work in ample time to avoid delaying the normal progress of such other work. • WA 7601 Section 10800 DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessories Pale 2 (c) Cleaning: At all times during the progress of the work, keep all parts clean and remove all rubbish and debris cauLod b, the work of this Sccti.on. Upon completion, remove any and all protective coatings, clean off all parts of the wort: of this Section and leave the entire installation in prescntEble and orderly conditions. (d) Defective Work: All defective, damaged, &faced or othc r work of sub-standard quality will be rejected by Architect, and replaced with new work in accordance with 01acifications, without extra cost to the Owner. 3. SIiOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit drawings shnK ng installaaLion details and mountin`, locations to the Architect for approval, strict accundnncc with al ,lieable provisions of the Contract DucunwLts. 4. WORI4•'UtNSIIIP - I.1ATrRL 01. (a) Pabri hated materials must be the product of a Paw0ocl afar known as experieuc-d and able in tho speclal.ty trnQ inviiveJ and the wanufactu<< r shall be approved by the Architect. (b) All work is to be executed by skilled mechanics and shall hu of the finest quality, neat in appearance and free of defects . 5. STEEL SHELVES (a) Shelves shall be No. 16 gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, formed to approved shape. All fastenings shall be concealed. Edges shall be bent down and back, forming a rolled edge. Corners shall be pieced out, welded and ground smooth. Shelves shall be reinforced as required to be rigid, free from buckles and securely fastened in place on stainless steel brackets. WA 7601 Section 10800 DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessories • Page 3 6. TOILET ACCESSORIES (a) Accessories for all Toilet Rooms shall be as manufactured by the Charles Parker Co. , Meridan, Connecticut, Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. , Accessories Specialties, Inc, or American Dispenser Co. Unless otherwise specified all items shall be 302 18/8 stainless steel, No. 4 polished finish. The schedule of accessories specified herein have been selected from the 1972 catalog of Charles Parker Co. All items of equal quality manufactured by the other aforementioned firme will be acceptable. All accessories shall be the products of one manufacturer unless the item is no longer produced or other- wise unavailable from the manufacturer. (b) Accessories shall include the following: (1) Stainless steel dispenser and waste receptacles in men' s and women's toilets. No. 600- 14" x 74" x 8" deep. - 24 ga. type 302 satin finish stainless steel. • (2) Stainless steel dispenser and waste receptacles in individual toilet rooms. No. 600 M - 14" x 18" x 4". 22 ga, type 302 satin finish stainless steel. (3) Toilet tissue dispensers: Surface mounted toilet tissue dispensers for double or single fold tissues shall be No. 0700. (4) Soap dispensers - at all lavatories No. 10-L lather forming liquid soap dispenser. (5) Grab bars - at all physically handicapped WIC'S. Series No. 523 - heavy duty type 48" long stainless steel W/Bright Finish. (6) Sanitary napkin dispensers and disposal units - all women toilet rooms No. 678 recessed type 15 5/8" x 45 3/4" x 4 1/411. (7) Medicine cabinets (2) Model No. 921 - 16" x 22" x 3 1/2" wall opening with fluorescent light above model No. 744 (24" long). • WA 7601 Section 10800 DIVISION 10 Toilet Accessorit , Page 4 (c) All Bathroom and Toilet Room Accessories shall be set in locations indicated on Drawings or in locations directed by the Architect in the field by means of concealed plates and screws standard with the approved manufacturer's printed directions and approved shop drawings. WA 7601 Section 14100 DIVISION 14 Dumbwaiter • Page 1 SECTION 14100 DUMBWAITER Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. SCOPE (a) The work includes all labor, materials , equipment and appliances required for the complete execution of all Dumbwaiter work as shown on the Drawings, specified herein and as required by conditions at the site. (b) Dumbwaiter shall be electric, fully automatic push button control type. • 2. SHOP DRAWINGS (a) Submit shop drawings for approval to the Architect before proceeding with the work. 3. DUMBWAITER AND STEEL TOWER (a) Dumbwaiter shall be key-operated electric "Roto-Waiter" with 24" H. x 30" D. x 30" H. car, shall have a capacity of 500 pounds, and travel at a speed of approximately 50 fpm. Distance of travel, number and location of door openings shall be as shown on the Drawings . Equipment shall be as manufactured by Sedgwick Machine Works , or approved equal. (b) Machine shall consist of single speed, high torque electric motor with worm gear drive reduction unit mounted on steel bedplate secured directly to steel angle guide rails. Electro- magnetic brake shall be spring set, with adjustable tension, magnetically released and energized only when motor is running. Steel roller chain shall be hardened and ground, and shall run over steel sprockets with phospher bronze bushings . Chain drive shall be Sedgwick or equal endless type to prevent car overtravel from any cause. • WA 7601 Section 14100 DIVISION 14 Dumbwaiter Page 2 (c) Control shall be fully automatic, permitting car to be called and dispatched from both landing levels by momentary pressure on push buttons . Landing switch and cams shall be provided to automatically stop car at both landing levels . (d) Overload Safety and Slack Cable Switch shall be provided in combination to prevent overloading of car beyond predetermined and adjustable point, and to shut off current if car is obstructed in its UP or DOWN movement. (e) Available electric power will be as specified. (208V-3 Phase-60 Hertz) (f) Car shall be of duco-finished steel, reinforced substantially for heavy duty, and fitted with one (1) shelf. Car shall be suspended by special extra-flexible steel hoisting cables running over machine sheaves revolving on ball bearings mounted on steel platform. Guide shoes shall be of standard construction. A suitable flush type light fixture shall be provided in car. (g) Counterweight shall be provided with adjustable guide shoes. (h) Guide rails shall be steel angles, rigidly braced and secured together by steel tie rods at 5 foot intervals . (i) Door interlocks shall be provided for each door to prevent operation of Roto-Waiter when door is open and to prevent opening of doors except the one at which car is at rest. (j) An open-door buzzer shall be furnished on car, to sound if and when an operating button is pressed while a hoistway door or car gate is open. (k) Hoistway Doors : Furnish and install vertical sliding doors at each opening served by the dumbwaiter. Doors shall be of double steel No. 16 gauge asbestos filled construction, complete with frames and stainless steel sills . Doors and frames shall have factory prime finish so that finish coat can be applied on job. Doors shall be bi-parting. Doors shall be provided with vision panels . Steel hinged access door and frames shall be provided at location convenient for access to machine. All doors shall bear the label of the Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (1) All Dumbwaiter equipment and Hoistway Entrance Doors to be supported by a steel angle tower properly cross-braced. WA 7601 Section 14100 DIVISION 14 Dumbwaiter • Page 3 4. INSTALLATION (a) All work of this Section shall be installed by the dumbwaiter manufacturer. 5. PAINTING All ferrous metal surfaces , including galvanized, but not stainless steel, shall be rust inhibitive painted with one coat Debevoise Company's #353 Red Lead Primer or approved equal, followed by two (2) coats of Pratt and Lambert Machinery Enamel, or approved equal, in color selected. Exterior exposed surfaces of doors and frames shall be rust inhibitive painted only; for finish painting, see Section on PAINTING AND FINISHING. 6. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS (a) The dumbwaiter contractor shall obtain and pay for necessary Municipal or State inspection and permit and make such tests • as are called for by the regulations of such authorities . These tests shall be made in the presence of the authorized representatives of such authorities, and by representative of Owner's Surety Company. 7. MAINTENANCE (a) The Contractor shall furnish maintenance on the entire dumbwaiter equipment described herein, for a period of three months after the acceptance of his work. This maintenance shall include systematic examination, adjustment and lubrication of all dumbwaiter equipment. The Contractor shall also repair or replace electrical and mechanical parts of the dumbwaiter equipment whenever this is required and shall use only genuine standard parts produced by the manufacturer of the equipment concerned. All wire cables shall be replaced as often as necessary to maintain an adequate factory of safety. • WA 7601 Section 14100 DIVISION 14 Dumbwaiter Page 4 8. SERVICE CONTRACT (a) The Contractor shall submit as a separate item an annual service contract between the Contractor and the Owner which may be accepted by the Owner at his option. The Contract shall cover full maintenance service pursuant to all requirements of applicable codes , based on a three-year contract becoming effective three months after regular acceptance of the installation with an annual escalation only on labor and materials . The Contract shall include cleaning of hatchways . (b) This maintenance service shall be performed by competent and trained employees of the Contractor, during the hours from 8:00 A. M. to 5:30 P. M. on Mondays through Fridays and during the hours from 8:00 A. M. to 12:00 P. M. on Saturdays. (c) Costs in connection with the above service contract shall not be included in the contract price. irt4ir WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION (Contract No. 1) - HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING (Contract No. 2) PLUMBING (Contract No. 3) ELECTRICAL (Contract No. 4) for the ADDITION to the SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL SOUTHOLD, SUFFOLK COUNTY NEW YORK May 14, 1976 `This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Drawings -and/or Specifications. Such changes shall be incorporated into the Contract :Documents, and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original Documents. Wherever this .--Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the Specifications, or any , portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the paragraph or Drawing affected -.shall remain in force. The conditions and terms of the Basic Specifications shall govern all work described in this Addendum. Wherever the conditions of work, and the _quality or quantity of materials or workmanship are not fully described in this Addendum, the conditions of work, etc., included in the Basic Specifications for similar items of work shall apply to the work described in this Addendum. • The "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" apply to all work described in this Addendum. WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 2 S P E C I F I C A T I O N S The following changes shall be and hereby are made in the Specifications: CHANGE NO. 1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Page 1 - First Paragraph Change location of receiving bids to: "The Main Meeting Room of the Supervisor's Office located at 16 South Street, Greenport, Long Island, New York." CHANGE N0. 2 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Page 1 Paragraph 1 Subparagraph (b) Change location of receiving of bids to: "The Main Meeting Room of the Supervisor's Office located at 16 South Street, Greenport, Long Island, New York." • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 3 S P E C I F I C A T I O N S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The following changes shall be and hereby are made in the Specifications: CHANGE NO. 3 INDEX Page 1 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 Delete "Not used on G. C. ." and substitute: "Alternatives" . . ... Pages 1-2 CHANGE NO. 4 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Page 2 Paragraph 2 - PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL Subparagraph (a) Prescribed "FORM OF PROPOSAL" to be provided by the Architect as stipulated, is accompanying this Addendum and shall be used by all Bidders in preparing their Proposal and as prescribed in the INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS. Paragraph 5 - BID SECURITY Subparagraph (a) - Line 4 Change "ten percentum (10%)" to read: "five percentum (5%) of the amount of the Base Bid". Paragraph 12 - COMPLIANCE WITH TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964 AND THE REGULATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION AND WELFARE ISSUED THEREUNDER Line 2, Line 8 and Line 9 Where reference to "Board of Education" and/or "School District" is used delete in its entirety and substitute: "Owner". • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 Page 4 • S P E C I F I C A T I O N S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CHANGE NO. 5 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 Paragraph 7.16 - TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE Subparagraph 7.16.1 Delete subparagraph 7.16.1 in its entirety and substitute new subparagraph 7.16.1 as follows: 7.16.1 Contractor for General Construction Work within an appropriate vicinity of construction shall provide and maintain a suitable office having not less than 200 square feet of space for the use of himself, the Architect and the Clerk of the Work for the Project." Page 23 Paragraph 10.2 - SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY - Delete Watchman Service Subparagraph 10.21.4 in its entirety. CHANGE NO. 6 Add Section 01100 - ALTERNATIVES (accompanying this Addendum) in its proper place of these Specifications. CHANGE NO. 7 Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 Paragraph 20 - PITS, TRENCHES, ETC. Subparagraph (a) Line 2 - Delete word "pads". CHANGE NO. 8 Section 04100 - MORTAR Page 2 Paragraph 5 - MIXING Subparagraph (a) Item (1), Line 1, should read: "Proportions by Volume: 1 part Portland cement to 1/4 - 1/2 parts Hydrated Lime." • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 5 DRAWINGS The following changes shall be and hereby are made to the Drawings: ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING NO. 2 - BASEMENT PLAN, FINISH SCHEDULE, GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND DETAILS Add the following General Notes: 19. Where plasterboard ceilings are indicated in the Finish Schedule for the Basement, it shall also mean that steel or wood beam drops shall also be encased with plasterboard with ratings as required for the ceiling. 20. Furnish and install at height as required by the Telephone Co. a 4'0" x 8'0" x 3/4" thick fire retardant plywood sheet on the rear wall of - Tel. R'm B-15. DRAWING NO. 3 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN, FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAILS Corridor No. 10 - Add Fire Extinguisher and Cabinet to back up into Closet 15A from corridor. Furr out wall inside closet to enclose cabinet and exhaust duct from Kitchenette Unit in basement. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 6 S P E C I F I C A T I O N S The following changes shall be and hereby are made in the Specifications: (HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING) CHANGE NO. 1 (CONTRACT NO. 2) Page 15A903-1 Paragraph 15A903 - CONTROL PANEL Subparagraph A. Control Panel shall be furnished by Control System vender. Subparagraph B. Omit this paragraph and substitute: Include in this panel remote switches to start and stop AC1, and AC2, Pump 1 and 2, general exhaust fan and toilet exhaust fan with pilot lights for running indicators. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 Page 7 • DRAWINGS The following changes shall be and hereby are made to the Drawings: HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING On Drawing HVAC-1 1. See attached sketch drawing HVAC-1B for fan coil piping sizes. Z. Add the reference to 2 In-line pumps as Bell & Gossett Series 80, 87 gpm at 50 ft. , 2 HP each - 2 X 2 X 7. 3. Add for Air-Handling Units following remarks: Unit 1 - include flat filter box with throw away filters. Unit 2 - include medium capacity filter box with throw away filters. 4. Add to fan schedule - "include curbs". 5. See attached new schematic piping diagram HVAC-1A. in lieu of plan. 6. Add following note: Grille and outlet selections shall be based upon a decibel rating not over 40 DB. 7. Indicate control thermostat on North wall of Lounge B3-10 feet from entry doorway. 8. Indicate temperature control panel in mech. room near entry. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 Page 8 D R A W I N G S On Drawing HVAC - 2 1. Indicate control thermostat on South wall of Assembly Hall near location of return register. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 9 S P E C I F I C A T I O N S The following changes shall be and hereby are made in the Specifications: (PLUMBING - CONTRACT NO. 3) CHANGE NO. 1 Page 15B412-1 Paragraph 15B412 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Subparagraph A - KITCHEN UNIT Change Kitchen Model No. to E-72SC with overall width of 72-1/2" and include Porcelain End Splasher Plates. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 10 D R A W I N G S The following changes shall be and hereby are made to the Drawings: PLUMBING On P-1 Drawing 1. 6" sewer line shall be cast iron full to septic tank rather than 10.' min. as indicated. 2. Delete reference to common service trench for elect. , oil, water, etc. Each Contractor shall be responsible for his own services complete. 3. Install a back water valve in make-up line to boiler. On P -2 Drawing 1. This Contractor shall provide 2 ft. above grade cast iron leader boots at base of each leader indicated. ___2._. __.Indicate wall hydrant 3/4" connections to nearest cold water in basement. Note HB outside designation should be changed to WH (wall hydrants). 3. In lieu of water service meter and pit detail as related to water supplies shall be in accordance with Article 3420 of NFPA #13. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 11 S P E C I F I C A T I O N S The following changes shall be and hereby are made in the Specifications: (ELECTRICAL - CONTRACT NO. 4) CHANGE NO. 1 Add SECTION 01100 - ALTERNATIVES (ELECTRICAL) in its proper place of these Specifications. (SECTION 01100 - ALTERNATIVES accompanying this Addendum) CHANGE NO. 2 Page 16014-1 Paragraph 16014 - WORK NOT INCLUDED Subparagraph B, Item 3 The exclusion only refers to self-contained units such as the boiler and the reciprocating cold generator which will have its own starter, etc. WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 12 D R A W I N G S The following changes shall be and hereby are made to the Drawings: ELECTRICAL On Drawing.E-1 1. At Dumbwaiter indicate a fused disconnect switch in place of starter. This switch shall be by Electrical Contractor and installed where directed by Elevator Contractor. 2. In Women's Rest Room B6 separate North 4"'T" fixture from the 8' section, allowing f or ceiling beam drop. 3. In Men's Rest Room B8 separate 2 type "T" fixtures, allowing for ceiling beam drop. 4. In vault B-12 change the 6 center "R" fixtures to North South direction to avoid ceiling beam drops. 5. On site plan indicate a 133-6 pull box with steel frame and cover;at property line. Contractor shall install 4" gal. iron conduit under the sidewalk and a 90` elbow up 18" on pole #359. 6. Provide a 2" empty cond. with drag wire from tel. clo. to vestibule #26 ceiling at East end. 7. Delete 4 #2 future cables from Distribution Schedule item #5. Provide conduit with pull wire only. 8. Note Control thermostat on North wall of Lounge connection by Elect. Contractor AHU 2 motorized valve. 9. Indicate a temperature control panel furnished by HVAC Contractor in Mech, room and connected with control cable to ACl, AC2, Pump 1, Pump 2 general exhaust fan and toilet exhaust fan starters. 10. Indicate starters and connections in boiler room for 2 in-line pumps. • WA 7601 Addendum No. 1 • Page 13 On Drawing E-2 1. Omit 2 micr. receptacles from Stage Apron and instead set 3 floor receptacles on Stage centered and at third points. Z. Relocate the P. A. amplifier from elect. clos. to stage storage room 2. Provide connection junction box on circuit 40. 3. Indicate exterior A. C. Condenser connection outside Tax Receiver's Office and home run to MDP-7. 4. Note control thermostat on South wall of Assembly Hall connection by Elect. Contractor to AMU 1 motorized valve. 1 - 'roAIRHANnLInyUNIT NO.1 =: ?o 259'r OF &wiL OINrA • - TO Al2 1-FANr�UNG UNIT WO.2 �'cl -- nulnlnGR-wIN?ER - - LS II vnwE ti Irar + - P f I i ��P• ,' pad �IrG �k^oti v i o�� +(E WA" IAOUNTE= IN-LINE PUIWCI HELL Q G0195Ei T OCZZio 60 Zr<PKT &7 q.P/A Q 50 PT. 2 HP, ANCHOJZ 6CGL ZZ:j.Y TO\VALE AT (ZEA4DWAf�" HEIGHT POOR MVICINrm- °�GHE//�ATIG PIPING t�lAG2Alti (51J`pF..1�GEr�ES t"LA►�J} No ycAL6 HILLIPt; Afp OGIATES ADUCNou/A NO.l TO. -rG GD`I�jJLTINGI rm7-4c,INEEt2Cj 50LJrHOL.0 TOWN HALL 101 17A214 A%/ENLJE WLJTNOL.= , 'yuFFOLIG COuw" N UW..—� A N F-W YO f•2 K, N.Y. 10017 N Faw �(oR lc . - /&AY 107 1976 6 r Al + w � • �. wM I lAeV/H- Q/A • Ip� I hO1LER Mh, I NGaV 7 .� t7 ZI I v/4 i I ) 114 E/4" 2„ Gu T- ale � a/4y L-011r+G& CVO/A ENS ! /hGN '7 -----;-+N-- �� -- TOILf:T i TOIL�aT I 3�4" Z• ( j � 1 Z�� P t ON 114 I ADA E/AF,NT FiR7? FLOOr! ONLY 1 04' FAN COIL 'PIPING 11ZE nilA(aiEA/A � • �O SG AL! —i PHI"(P4'7 A7' 0OCATE°7 Ar-)r-')Er +0LJ/N NO• I TO 7roO.1 COt,JSLJL'rlPQQ ENgINEEI?'7 70L,fTHOL 0 OWN HALL IOi DARKu AVENLIN; °)OTHO"v 7UFFOLK coa1NTY VH NE�V YORK, N.Y. !DOI T r1Ew YOFCK, /nAY 10 1!7 i i WA - 7601 Index - HVAC j Page - 1 INDEX FOR SPECIFICATIONS i DIVISION 15A HEATING, VENTILATING and AIR- CONDITIONING (CONTRACT NO. 2) ADDITIONS and ALTERATIONS TO SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL SOUTHOLD, N. Y. CONDITIONS of CONTRACT Pages SECTION 15A010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15A0ll General 1 15A012 Work Included 1 15A014 Codes and Standards 1 15A015 Maintenance Instructions 1 15A016 Approval of Sub-Contractors 1 15AO18 Motors & Electrical Work 1-2-3 15A019 Fuel Service Equipment 1 15A017 Vibration and Noise Control 1 SECTION 15A050 PIPING 15A051 General 1-2 15A052 Basic Materials & Methods 1 15A053 Pipe Fittings 1 15A054 Pipe Joints 1-Z 15A055 Pipe Specialties 1-2-3 15A056 Pipe Hangers & Supports 1-2-3-4 15A057 Valves 1-2 15A058 Pipe Identification System 1 15A059 Pipe Fittings and Valves 1 SECTION 15A180 INSULATION 15A181 General 1-2 15A182 Insulation 1-2-3-4-5-6 Index - Page 2 P age s SECTION 15A600 HEAT GENERATION 15A601 General 1-2-3 15A602 Hot Water Boiler 1 15A603 Expansion Tank, Air Extractor & Air Vents 1 SECTION 15A650 REFRIGERATION 15A651 Reciprocating Cold Generator 1 15A652 Air Cooled Refrigerant Condenser 1 SECTION 15A700 HEAT TRANSFER 15A701 General 1 15A703 Fan Coil Units 1-2 15A704 Circulating Pumps 1 SECTION 15A800 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15A801 General 1 15A802 Inspection, Testing and Balancing 1 15A803 Duct Work General 1-2 15A804 Boiler Breeching 1 15A805 Fire Dampers 1 SECTION 15A900 CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION 15A903 Control Panel 1 15A905 Control Valves 1 15A906 Gauges & Thermometers 1 15A907 HVAC Controls 1 • WA - 7601 15A0ll - 1 DIVISION 15A HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SECTION 15A0IO GENERAL PROVISIONS Applicable provisions of Division 1 - General Requirements shall govern the work under Division 15A and its related Sections. 15A011 GENERAL A. The following Specifications are intended to supplement the applicable drawings. The drawings and specifications do not provide for a complete detailed installation. The Contractor shall prepare final drawings for ductwork, • piping, controls, e tc. These drawings must be submitted for approval and then be included as a supplement to the Instruction Manuals. The work, as defined, is generally in compliance with all Codes and requirements. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate the final installation with the local codes governing the installation. WA - 7601 15A 012 - 1 15A012 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials and performance of all operations required to install and test all the equipments and systems furnished under this Contract. The said work under this section shall be complete in accordance with applicable drawings, specifications, governing codes and authorities. The work shown here is intended to provide a complete and ready installation. The Contractor shall prepare final drawings for this purpose. The following list of items is to be used as guide to the Contractor and shall not be considered as limiting the scope of work. 1. Install complete in all aspects all Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems, hot water heating systems including all equipments and accessories furnished under this Contract. 2. Provide all hangers, supports, insulation, vibration isolators, excavation, backfilling, water proofing, etc. as required for a complete and operating system. 3. Secure all permits and inspections. 4. Provide tests on all systems for full compliance with the schedules on the drawings. 5. Provide all shop drawings, as-built drawings, and sketches, as required to properly document the job. 6. Provide all concrete pads for equipment as shown on the Drawings. Concrete work shall be as described in Division Section 3A "Concrete and Cement Work". 7. Provide all mechanical work in connection with the electric generator. 8. Provide and install, fuel oil tank, oil piping and accessories required for the Hot Water Boiler and Electric Generator ready to run. 9. Provide and install all controls (Power wiring shall be under Division 16. 10. For cutting and patching. WA - 7601 15A 014 - 1 15A014 CODES AND STANDARDS • A. Certain standard and staple materials are described by reference to standard specifications. These standards are as follows: AGA American Gas Association ASA-139 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing Materials AWWA American Water Works Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CS Commercial Standard FS Federal Specification NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation PDI Plumbing L Drainage Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association • USASI United States of America Standards Institute UL Underwriters' Laboratories • WA - 15A015 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. In addition to the requirements outlined in the Requirements" the following information shall be incorporated; 1. Manufacturer's mechanical equipment parts list t all functional components including control diaL'r-r., and wiring diagrams of controllers. 2. Step by step instructions for each system inchidit preparation for starting, operation and shnidoo i,. 3. Twelve month maintenance schedule for each tip, equipment including lubricant type. 4. Possible breakdowns and repairs for each type equipment. 5. List of nearest local suppliers for all equipment. WA- 7601 • 15A 016 - 1 15A016 APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTORS A. Submit the names of all Subcontractors for approval. The list shall include: 1. Air conditioning work Z. Sheet metal work 3. Insulation work 4. Coordination work 5. Electrical work (if required) 6. Rigging work 7. Temperature control work • B. Contractor shall not start any work or order any equipment until Subcontractors are approved. C. No Sub-contractors shall be allowed on this project unless specifically approved in writing by the Architects. • WA - 76ol 15AO17 - 1 15A017 VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL A. All work and equipment installed by this Contractor shall operate without objectionable noise or vibration. Isolators shall be selected for the highest efficiencies obtainable and provide a minimum of 97% efficiency. Isolators and bases shall be selected for large deflections. Unit manufacturer to advise the loading and the points of load distribution. B. Should operation of the different system produce noise, vibration or transmission of these effects through the structure any of which is in the decision of the A-E, objectionable, the Contractor shall make such changes in the piping or equipment as may be necessary to reduce these effects to an acceptable level. This shall be done at the Contractor's expense. C. Flexible connections shall be used between all rotating_ equipments and the rest of the systems. D. Eliminate all vibration from the operation of fans, water chiller, condenser, pumps and similar equipment so that their operation will not be distracting. Support apparatus on engineered, factory made vibration isolation bases or hangers utilizing combination springs and rubber. Submissions for approval shall show points and method of support, E. Floor mounted air handlers and fans shall be isolated from the Building structure by means of four (minimum) spring isolators. The spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable and complete with 1/4'' neoprene acoustical friction pads between the base plate and the support. All mountings shall have levelling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. WA - 7601 15A018 - 1 15A018 MOTORS AND ELECTRICAL WORK A. Motors 1. Contractor shall provide all motors sized as indicated on Drawings or as specified herein for all motor driven equipment furnished under this Division. 2. Except as otherwise noted on Drawings all AC motors shall be as follows: a) Motors 1/2 H.P. and larger shall be rated for three phase. See Drawings for voltages. b) Motors 1/ 3 H.P. or smaller shall be rated for 120 volts, 1 phase. See Drawings for voltages. 3. Unless noted otherwise, three phase motors shall be open drip-proof type. Single phase motors shall be either totally enclosed non-ventilated or open drip-proof type. 4. Selection of "direct-drive" motor's shall be based on the Brake Horsepower, and shall not exceed the motor name- plate rating. • a) selection of motors for V-belt drive and adjustable pitch fans shall be based on the Brake Horsepower and shall not exceed 70% of motor nameplate rating. Motors shall be equipped with sliding rails for adjustment of belt tension. b) All motors shall be standard, NEMA frame. Motors shall be as manufactured by one of the following: General Electric Reliance Electric Westinghouse Louis Allis U. S. Electric Motors Allis-Chalmers B. Electrical Work - General 1. It is the general intent of this Specification to have all wiring, conduit, starters, etc. furnished and installed under Division 16. Exceptions to this intent are in integral package equipment internal electrical control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc, for HVAC equipment • shall be furnished under Division 15 and installed and wired under Division 16. 15AO18 B. Electrical Work - General - (continued) 1, Such devices shall include, Hitt shall not uecess„_ be limited to devices connected to pipes and duct- , PE switches, float switches, flow switches, ,.-let 1 . thermostats, safety devices , limit switches, r •I. - pushbutton controller, selector stitches, pit, i Li I extra interlock contacts, etc. In addition, , installed in or connected to pipes and ducts ur1 , that have electric and pneumatic connec ti,,,. usually installed by an HV.\C Cur.iraci„r 0- .I other jurisdictional rules shall b: installed ii ,d,- Division. 2. Integral equipment starters -.1„il1 be pr.,N idod Ir, Contractor completely m,,untrd -,nd ire,l to . l :,;-,1 controls and shall be ready for vicmidne line .;i�el alto control connections for avnrk wider the \aortc or Di,-i,i Should integral equipment starters or control panel:. shipped separately, this Contractor shall be resp„I, the proper installation and ,:unnectiuns froi, equip;; same. 3. The installation of the temperature control 1,\ �Ie: and controls shall be a coordinated effort under h and 16. This Contractor shall be fully resportsibl. I it satisfactory installation and operation „t ,1-,e te:n;p, —i;, - • control system as specified -r indicated, He temperature control syste, , vendor furnish installation wiring and schematic diaerams of the ,-;.Iir, temperature control system includinL ,airing, ,Ji p ., I A- connected thereto. Such dia runs shall be of ,,an, detail to enable the worl. under Electrical W:o-1 I, 1 .r and install all control and interlock Leiria❑ in =ic :•rc::,,, with the specified or indicated operation of ihi :n nuis systems. In addition, this Contractor shall temperature control systr r:; vendor n alca r; inspection checks of the Electrical imerloci. ; ';n wiring during the course of it inst, lH;,tiwi. .ti; r, :r.; n - shall include the cost of lah, r .,nd n atari„1 I tests of the control wirine s, -rem or de firer sure its proper installation and/or .is cleon.e. . the Architect or Engineer- FYactly local,, =t1 F.1 thermostats, duct-stats, c,,nrn,llers, et. . r,.r . I under Division 16. WA - 7601 15A 018 - 3 • 15AO18 B. Electrical Work - General - (continued) 4. Where equipment, as submitted by this Contractor, requires additonal capacity, in excess of that scheduled, and provided for, this Contractor shall incur all costs and responsibilities in the revision required to provide additional capacity. 5. All control transformers,control devices, starters, and control wiring furnished shall be properly protected with fuse cutouts and fuses or circuit breakers to conform to the National Electric Code, latest edition. 6. Each piece of equipment shall be provided with permanent type laminated, black finish, white core, phenolic name- plates. Nameplates should indicate the name and number of the unit, voltage, and any interlock reference. Each starter furnished by this Contractor shall be provided for with a permanent type laminated, black finish, white core phenolic nameplate. Nameplate shall indicate the name of the unit controlled and the voltage rating. Nameplates shall be secured with adhesives. Plastic tape type labels • will not be accepted. 7. All wiring furnished and installed by this Contractor shall be in strict accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and all State and Municipal Agencies having jurisdiction. Except as specified otherwise, minimum suze wire shall be #14 AWG (control) and #12 AWG (power) and all wire shall run in rigid galvanized steel conduit except as noted hereinafter. All wire shall be Type THW or RHW except that within 3 feet of boilers, heaters, etc. which shall be Type AVA. All conduit connections to motors shall be made with short lengths of neoprene jacketed galvanized flexible metallic conduit (Liquiditite). 8. All disconnecting means shall be provided under Division 16. • WA-7601 15A019 - 1 15A019 FUEL SERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Provide a NBFU standard underground storage tank located and piped as shown on the Drawings. Tanks shall be con- structed of Class "A" open hearth or basic oxygen steel plate 3/16" thickness minimum with all seams and joints welded, Tank shall be tested and proved tight against leakage under a test pressure of not less than 5 psig prior to the application of protective coatings which will consist of one coat of red lead and one of black asphaltum paint after sand blasting the ex- terior surface. Holidays shall be repaint after making the required connections. Tank shall be provided with Fill Box Type "W" manufactured by Preferred Utilities Corp, or approved equal. Sounding lines, vent line, supply and return gauge line with sizes as shown on the Drawings. All excavation, backfilling, straps, saddles, and concrete work are included in this contract. Contractor shall do any pumping and sheeting necessary to dewater his excavation. Tanks shall be manu- factured by Adamson Co. , Buffalo Tank Div. , L. O. Koven cr approved equal. B. Tank Gauge: Furnish and install remote reading tank gauge with dial calibrated in gallons. Gauges shall employ balanced hydraulic system to gauge content automatically without the use of any manual operation, to be equal to Senior Model Liquidometer and mounted where shown on plans. Tubing where buried underground shall be protected in a suitable galvanized conduit. WA - 7601 15A051 - 1 • SECTION 15A050 PIPING 15A051 GENERAL A. Each system of piping shall be complete in all details and shall have valves, fittings, unions, expansion loops or bends, specialties and other minor items required for satisfactory operation. Make offsets connections and take offs in piping with fittings, screwed, flanged, welded or welding as specified. B. The plans indicate generally the size and run of main piping. Include piping and specialties of the characteristics determined by the manufacturer of the equipment served, which are required by the Specifications. Install equipment as indicated inhere detailed on the approved shop drawings. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for the proper installation. C. Where piping passes through any construction, install sleeves flush with each surface penetrated, except sleeves through • waterproof construction shall extend one inch above the finished surface. In placing pipes through sleeves near walls, partitions or in chases take care to provide sufficient space for pipe covering which shall be continuous through sleeves. Cover openings where piping of any nature passes through construction fill surrounding spaces with material equal in fire resisting qualities to the material penetrated. D. Include valves for every item of equipment, so as to permit complete isolation for servicing and removal. Locate valves at accessible point (near hand height whereverpracticable). Install valves which are located below head height so as not to encroach on aisles or clearance between items that are liable to require re- moval for servicing with adequate clearance so as not to require the removal or damaging of insulation on other items to permit their own removal. E. Install and connect piping with due regard to expansion and contraction. Defray the expense involved in repairing any damage caused by a failure to make adequate provision for such expansion and contraction. Make certain that no building construction • touches or exerts any restraint on piping except at anchors. WA - 7bOl 15AO51 - 15AO51 GENERAL -(continued) F. Do not support piping from equipment or any other pipe except pipe trapezes provided for the purpose. Do not support piping duct work or equipment from hung ceiling supports, furring, precast slabs or from poured concrete construction less than three inches thick. Use rolled steel angle or channel secondary supports as required to conform to above. Piping or insulation shall not touch structure, hung ceiling supports, bracket guys, stays and any other necessary items to make the installation secure and safe. Connect support to building construction with devices capable of sustaining five (5) times the actual load. G. Provide flanges or unions at all final connections to equipment and control valves to facilitate dismantling. Arrange connections so that the equipment being served may be removed without disturbing the piping. H. Install all supply piping to coils, pumps and other equipment, including gate valves and strainers at line size with the reduction in size being made only at inlet and increased in size at outle t of the control valve or pump. Install the outlet piping froth the control valve at the full size of the tapping in the equipment served, I. Install piping and dirt pockets or mud legs in return lines the full size of the tapping in the equipment served. Install piping, check valves and strainers in these return lines beyond the dirt pockets the size of the tapping in the trap. Do not operate any system until the piping is clean. J. All underground pipes and conduits, regardless of their purposes, shall be provided with sleeves, shall be protected against corrosion and shall each be sealed at the point of entry into the building with a device and materials, which will form a gas proof barrier. WA - 7601 • 15A052 - 1 SECTION 15A050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15A052 PIPE A. Galvanized Steel Pipe 1. Up to 4" butt weld, over 4" electric resistance weld, Schedule 40, galvanized in and out. ASTM A-120 Under 4" may be screw connections. B. Black Steel Pipe 1. Up to 4" butt weld, over 4" electric resistance weld, Schedule 40, ASTM A-53 Victaulic allowed. • • WA - 7601 15AO53 - 15AO53 PIPE FITTINGS A. Screwed 1. Cast iron, galvanized, recessed drainage pattern. USASI B16. 12 2. Cast iron, black, steam pattern USASI 1316. 4 B. Welded 1. Seamless steel. Same wall thickness as accompanying pipe welding ends, long radius elbows. USASI B16. 9 C. Soldered 1. Pressure type, wrought bronze, USASI B16. 22 D. Flanged 1. Forged steel, raised face welding neck. Working pressure 150 psi, bore to match accompanying pipe. USASI B16. 9 E. Brazed 1. Pressure type, wrought bronze, USASIB 16. 22 F• Victaulic 1. Victaulic Couplings with gasket Grade H. WA - 7601 15A054 - 1 • 15A054 PIPE JOINTS A. Screwed 1. Do not mar or damage pipe and fitting surfaces. Screw fittings up close to the shoulders of male threads. Ream all burrs formed in cutting pipe. Do not use lampwick, cord wool or other similar materials. Apply red lead and graphite in linseed oil to male threads only. B. Welded 1. Butt welded joints shall be open type by the oxyacetylene torch or electric arc process. Fuse welds thoroughly to the joint edges and extend completely to the bottom of V. Weld width to be a minimum of 2-1/2 times the pipe wall thickness and to be symmetrical with respect to the center line of joint. Build up welds to obtain a gradual increase in thickness from edge of center and the thickness from edge to center is not to exceed 1-1/4 times the pipe wall • thickness. Make all melds of sound metal, free from laps, gas pockets, slag inclusions, interior protusions or other imperfections. 2. Qualify welders to the code for Pressure Piping USASI B31. 1 with certification by the Welding Bureau of Heating, Piping and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. Welding shall not be started until submission of evidence of qualification. C. Soldered 1. The Contractor shall use extra care in making up all soldered joints to prevent leaks from developing when the heating system is up to full temperature. 2. Contractor shall clean the outside end of pipe and the in- side cap of the fitting with steel wool or sand cloth. Apply flux evenly. Sufficient solder shall be used to completely cover the joint. Remove all excess solder, leaving a fillet at the joint. 95-5 shall be used exclusively for all soldered joints, including cold lines. • WA 15A054 -- 15A054 PIPE JOINTS - (continued) D. Flanged 1, Use 1/16" thick compressed asbostos gaskets unless otherwise specified. Use open hearth steel bolts with square heads and hard-pressed steel hexagon nuts (threaded to the American Standard Coarse Thread Series #2 Fit. ). Spot face all bolt holes. Where a cast iron face flange connects to a steel flange, use a steel flange with a plain full face and full face type gasket. E. Brazed 1. Use handy and Hartman "Sil-Fos" brazing alloy. Pri„r brazing, outside surface and inside surface of the fittings must be burnished until all dirt and oxide is removed. F. Victaulic Victaulic Couplings and Grade H Gaskets. The pipe shall be free from identations, projections or roll marks from the end of the pipe to the groove to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket. Use Victaulic lubricant as recommended for assembly of couplings. WA - 7601 15A055 - 1 • 15A055 PIPE SPECIALTIES A. Unions 1. Unions shall be of materials, method of fabrication, temperature and pressure rating equal or superior to those specified for the other fittings in the system. In piping systems having screwed or welded joints, use threaded ring, ground joint type unions. In piping systems having flanged or welded joints, use flanged type unions with flanges and gaskets identical with those used through- out the system. Unions shall be Dart, exclusively. B. Strainer 1. Provide strainers before all automatic valves, pumps, condensing coils, and where shown on the drawings. 2. Strainers shall, in general, be of the Y pattern with ends suited for the type of pipe and joint it is to be connected with. Strainers shall be Mueller Steam Specialty Co. , Sarco, or approved equal. Solder ends shall be No. 352 -1/2, • screwed ends shall be No. 351-1/2, flanged ends shall be No. 751. Strainer shall not be smaller than pipe size before any reduction to accommodate pump or control valve condition. C. Isolators 1. Where dissimilar metals are connected, provide approved make and type of non-galvanic-isolator couplings, dielectric union or flanges. D. Pipe Expansion 1. Contractor shall provide for pipe expansion and movement. In general, expansion shall be compensated by offsets and swing joints. Other approved expansion joints are bellows and flexible metallic joints. Flexible joints shall be Fulton- Sylphon, Flexonics or Adsco. Anchors shall be Adsco or Flexonics. Provide expansion loops where shown on drawings. Where victrolic fittings are used for entire run of pipe expansion joints or loops are not required. • 15AO55 PIPE SPECIALTIES - (continued) E. Circulating Water Specialties 1. Pressure reducing valve for water makeup shall be Berl; Gossett brass type. 2. Relief valves shall be Bell & Gossett, ASME , BTLr r relief valves, sized to adequately relieve the systen,. i, : full size to floor drain. 3. Expansion tank shall be Bell & Gus sett ASME S. W , V pansion tank. Provide all supplementary steel and supp.,: Tank shall have valved sight glasses. The bottom shot _ ,i valve shall be provided with a 1/2'' N.P. T. Irain piped to floor with valve operable from 4. Air separator shall be Bell & Gusset Model 1FiF- 5. Expansion tank fittings shall be Bell & Gosset N!,-o, i 1 F. Gauges 1. Provide valved pressure gauges where shnun nn the Drawings, Gauges to have ranges equal to approxim.O,,L. twice the normal operating pressure. Accuracg mosi I„• 112 of 1% of scale range. 2. Gauges shall be Manning, Maxwell & Moore "Dora%a , " . Marsh Instrument Co. "Mastergauge", II. S. Gauge Division Series 1800 or 1900 or Tereice "500X G. Thermometer 1. Provide thermometers at boilers return and supply water chiller and where shown on the Drawings, 2. Direct reading thermometers shall be mercury colur i angle type 9" long with one piece . ase and sealed repi,,, , ,I; glass element in protective housing, complete with a si in less steel or bronze separable socket. 3. Column thermometers shall be Manning, Marcell r'. P i, Bulletin 103; Taylor Instrument "F.'' series ,c ll. F). Trerice "BX Series'' WA - 7601 15AO55 - 3 15A055 PIPE SPECIALTIES - (continued) • G. Thermometer - (continued) 4. Where a direct reading thermometer does not provide for either good sensing or good visibility, then a remote dial capilary type shall be used. Remote dial thermometers shall be Manning, Maxwell & Moore "Bulletin P 102", Moeller Instrument Co., Inc. "Fig. No. D-20", U. S. Gauge Div. "Supertherm Series 9100". H. Sleeves and Escutcheons 1. All pipes passing through walls, floors or partitions shall be fitted with steel pipe sleeves securely fastened to the concrete form or masonry. 2. All sleeves shall be large enough to accommodate the pipe and its insulation. 3. All exposed pipes passing through floors, walls or ceilings shall be fitted with approved escutcheons. 4. All underground pipes and conduits, regardless of their • purpose shall be provided with sleeves, shall be protected against corrosion and shall be sealed at the point of entry into the building with a material which will form a gas proof barrier. I. Refrigeration Specialties 1. All refrigerant work and equipment shall be in accordance with the Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration, ASA BC-1 and ASA B16. 22. 2. Refrigerant piping shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper made up with wrought or forged copper fittings and brazed joints using Handy and Hartman -Sil-Fos" brazing alloy. Prior brazing out- side surface of the pipe and inside surface of the fittings must be burnizhed until all dirt and oxide is removed, this work shall be governed by the Code ASA B16. 22. Pipe insulations and coverings shall not be installed nor the piping anchored until testing is completed and all leaks have been properly eliminated. Refrigerant valves shall be of the packless type, liquid indi- cators provided with moisture indicator. Valves, indicators, strainers, chemical dryers shall be manufactured by Henry • Valve Co. or Muller Brass Co. type brazed joint ends. WA - 7601 15A056 - 1 15A056 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General 1. Support, anchor and guide all piping to preclude failure or deformation. Construct and install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and accessories in conformance with the code for Pressure Piping USASI -31. as a minimum require- ment. Where specification requirements are more stringent than the code, the specification shall apply. Do not use wire, tape or metal bands. 2. Fasten piping securely to the structure without overstressing, any portion of the supports or the structure itself. Provide sufficient intermediate steel to transfer loads to areas where they can safely be accommodated. Secure pipe supports, anchors, and guides to steel by welded brackets, beam clamps, or by fastening rods over the beam top flange and to concrete by means of inserts or if greater load carrying capacity is required by means of steel, fishplates embedded in the concrete. 3. Support vertical risers by riser clamps installed below- pipe hubs, couplings or lugs welded to the pipe. Hang the riser by two rods connected to the clamp and fastened to the structure below the slab, except that where the clamp is hidden from view or is located in a pipe shaft or in an equipment area, the riser may be supported by resting the clamp on top of tt,e floor slab or pipe sleeve. 4. Use copper plated pipe hangers and supports for vertical anct horizontal runs of uninsulated copper or brass pipe and tubing. 5. Furnish pipe hangers and supports complete with rods, bolts. locknuts, swivels, couplings brackets and all other components and accessories. 6. For insulated cold lines and for insulated non-ferrous piping„ install hangers outside of insulation and provide 12 gauge semi-cylindrical protection shields a minimum of 12" tong, << prevent crushing the insulation. 7. Provide spring hangers where piping is subject to vibratio- movement or to prevent lifting due to expansion. WA - 7601 15A056 - 2 • 15A056 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - (continued) B. Spacing 1. Maximum spacing between supports for steel pipe shall be as follows: Up to P 7'-0" 1-1/4" to 2" 10'-0" 2-1/2" and 3" 12' -0" 4" and over 14' -0" 2. Maximum spacing between supports for hard copper tubing shall be as follows: Up to 1" 6'-0" 1-1/4" to 3" 8'-0" 4" and larger 10' -0" C. Rod Size 1. Hanger rods for both single and double rod hangers shall conform to the followitg schedule of diameters: • Pipe Size Hanger Diameter 3/4" - 2" 3/8" 2-1/2" - 3-1/2" 1/2" 4" - 5" 5/8" 6" 3/4" 8" - 7 D. Saddles 1. Provide pipe insulation saddles, sized to match specified insulation thickness, welded to the pipe and filled with insulating cement for all insulated hot ferrous piping. 2. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Figure 186 Fee & Mason Figures 171, 1710 & 1712 Grinnell Figure 1863 E. Clevis Hanger - Type PS-10 • 1. Wrought steel clevis type providing minimum 1-1/2" vertical adjustment of rod. WA - 7601 15A056 - 15A056 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - (continued) E. Clevis Hanger - Type PS-10 - (continued) Z. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 10 Fee & Mason Fig. 239 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 260 F. Pipe Roll Hanger - Type PS-20 1. Hanger up to 6" single rod, steel bar stock yoke with cast iron rollers. 2. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 272 Fee & Mason Fig. 272 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 181 3. Hanger 8" and larger: Double rod, cast iron roller and two threaded adjustable sockets. 4. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 171 Fee & Mason Fig. 170 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 171 5. Base Mounted Type: Cast iron roller, adjustable stand, locking set screws and cast iron base. 6. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 272 Fee & Mason Fig. 161 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 274 G. Ring Hanger - Type PS-30 1. Hanger Type: Malleable split ring with an adjustable threaded throat extension. Z. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 107 Fee & Mason Fig. 205 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 107 3. Base mounted type: Malleable split ring and matching base. 4. Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 304 and 328 Fee & Mason Fig. 302 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 139 H. Riser Clamp - Type PS-40 I. TWO flat wrought steel bar yokes formed to fit the pipe and bolted together. WA - 7601 15A056 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - (continued) 15A 056 - 4 • H. Riser Clamp - Type PS-40 - (continued) 2. Up to 3-1/2" Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 261 Fee 8r Mason Fig. 241 Grinnell Corp. Fig. 261 3. 4" and larger Central Iron Mfg. Co. Fig. 262 Fee & Mason Fig. 238 • • WA (4 1.L 15A057 I. 15A057 VALVES A. Gate - Screwed End - Type V-1 1. Bronze body, union bonnet, traveling stem, solid wedge disc, integral seat, 125 psi, Jenkins 47U. B. Gate - Screwed End - Type V-2 1. Bronze body, unkon bonnet, traveling stem, solid wedge disc, integral seat, 150 psi, Jenkins 49-U. C. Gate - Solder End - Type V-3 1. Bronze body, traveling stern, solid wedge, inside scrr,_ , screw-in bonnet, 200 psi, Jenkins 1242. D. Globe - Screwed End - Type V-4 1. Bronze body, screw over bonnet, renewable composition disc, slip-on disc holder, 150 psi, Jenkins 106A. E. Butterfly - Type V-5 1. Iron body, bronze disc, a 416 stainless steel equal to AWWA-C-504-70, rigid removable self-sealing seat-liner, (EPT) unless specified otherwise, bronze bushings, 150 psi bubble tight shut-off, Center Line Series AA, F. Outside, Screw and Yoke - Type V-6 1. Cast iron body, flanged ends, bronze trim, bronze scat, disc faces and stems, 125 psi, Jenkins 651-A. G. Check Valves - Screwed - Type V-7 1. Bronze body, horizontal swing check, 45 degree, renewable composition seat, screwed cap. H. Check Valves - Pump Discharge - Type V-8 1. Cast iron body, vertical lift, spring cushion type, globe parte rr:. flanged ends, renewable bronze seat and disc, corrosioc - resistant spring, 125 psi, Mueller Steam Specialty, 105-AP. I. Balancing Valves - Type V-9 1. Up to 1-1/4" pipe size, bronze body, brass cone and parts, Illinois 4000. 2. 1-1/2" to 4" pipe size, brass (1-1/2" & 2") Semi-steel (2-P -2 to 4") Illinois 5000. WA - 7601 15AO57 - 2 • 15AO57 VALVES - (continued) J. Hose End Drain - Type V-10 1. Provide at all low points, bronze body, renewable composition disc, screw-in bonnet, threaded inlet, hose outlet, cap and chain, 300 psi, Jenkins 112 or 113. K. Ball Valves - Type V-11 1. Up to 1" pipe size, bronze body solder ends, Teflon seats and Balancing stop plate, 300 psi. Jenkins Fib. 1100-TE. L. Air Relief Vent Valves - Type V-12 1. Provide at the highest points of the system, convectors, radiators, coils and where required to prevent air intrap- ment. 2. Valves shall be made by Sarco No. 15 Hygroscopic air vents. • • WA - 7601 159,n58 - i 15A058 PIPE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM A. Furnish and install W. H. Brady Co. Perma-Code pipe marker= or approved equal on all pipe under this Contract new and existing. B. All pipe markers shall be self-sticking on handy dispenser ,-ardq made from unimpregnated vinyl-cloth and protected with sil;c,rn plastic over coating and shall conform to the American Standards. Association Standard A. S. A. No. A-13. C. Markers for pipes up to 3 inch in size shall have 1" (one inch) high letters and markers for piping 4 inches in size and over shall have 2 inch high letters. D. Identifying legend for the various systems shall be as shown nn the Drawings. E. Use an arrow marker and pipe size marker with each identificahor, pipe marker. Arrow marker and pipe size marker shall have the same A. S.A. background color as its companion pipe marker. Arrows shall point away from pipe marker and indicate direction of flow. F. Pipe markers and arrows shall be installed as follows: 1. Apply every 50 feet on centers, minimum one per room. 2. In addition apply pipe markers on each runout and riser and at each junction or "Tee" connection. 3. All markers shall be applied on the lower quandrant of dw pipe and where view is unobstructed. 1. Entering and leaving side of all equipment. 5. Both sides of Boiler Room and Mechani cal Room walls. G. All equipment shall be permanently labelled for future reference. Contractor shall provi de maricers by the W , H. Brady Co. for large equipment. However, small units shall be labelled with engraved laminates, epoxy cemented to equipment. Labels shall be based on designations nn construction drawings. WA - 7601 15A059 - 1 15A059 PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES rService Sizes Pipe Fittings Valves Hot Water 2" & Copper Soldered V-1, V-3, V-7 smaller Tube V-9, V-10, V-11, V-12 B1ackIron Hot Water 2-1/2" B1ackIron Screwed V-1, V-2, V-4, V-5, and or V-6, V-8, V-9, V-12 larger Welded Oil All Black Iron Screwed V-2 Refrigerant All Copper Brazed "Re£Er to Refriger- Tube ation Specialties Section 15A055 Contractor has the option to provide all the hot water piping in copper. • • SECTION 15A180 15A181 INSULATION GENERAL A. Apply insulation after all tests have been completed. Cuwpletf t clean and dry all surfaces to be insulated, B. Fill all surface imperfections with insulation material ;nd v skin coat of insulating cement. Extend surface finisl, r entire insulation surface. Leave no raw edges or end= exposed. C. Flexible connections shall not be covered. D. Insulation shall be exclusively applied by qualified insulatin;; mechanics. Other tradesmen shall not install or reinstall insulation. E. Prior to purchase of the insulation he shall submit the differ(,, insulations for approval and shall include a sample of each type of insulation and jacket material to be supplied. It is the inteur here to provide a complete and long lasting insulation srstPoi. Provide with the shop drawings a description of materials and methods to be provided prior to the purchase of materials. T!,e terminolgy concealed is that not normally visible, and includr:; above ceiling, and built into construction. Exposed sha1L irirlu-tc all that is visible in all spaces including offices, service are and equipment areas. F. Cut, score or miter insulation to fit shape and contour -i ment. Where surfaces are flat, cylindrical, or reculaHl , it use premolded blocks or segments. Apply insulation in ir. 1r layers up to 3" thick, over I" thief: apply in n uttiple Stagger the insulation joints. G. Where required, provide permanently fastened ;riles • r plates to support insulation. H. Apply insulation on cover plates, heads and .ic,rs opo,- as separate sections, with insulation cut h:,,_k for ,;cr boltheads and other fasteners. I. Do not install any insulation until after the ducthsork is installed and fan is connected. Veriiv tightness of all ,u taping as required, with the Clerk of the Works, WA - 7601 15A181 - 2 • 15A181 INSULATION - (continued) I. The insulation work shall be performed by Contractors or workman regularly engaged in such work. J. All ducts, equipment, etc. shall be dry, clean, blown out, satisfactory tested and painted (where painting is required) prior to application of any insulation. All hangers, etc. shall be set in position before work of insulation is started. If necessary to remove or displace hangers, etc. , to properly install insulation, such accessories shall be restored to their original position and alignment at completion of work. K. All thicknesses of insulation materials, as specified herein, shall be nominal thickness and single layered. L. Contractor shall take every precaution that is required to insure that the insulation material is in satisfactory condition to receive painting. M. Should any insulation be damged while in storage or after • application by leaks, rain, floods, dampness, dew or construction operations, it shall be removed and replaced to the entire satisfaction of the Engineers without charge. • WA - `not. 15AW 15A18 2 INSULATION A. Pipe Insulation - Type P-1 1. Insulation: Sectional molded glass fiber. Minimum Density: 3. 5 pounds per cubic toot. Maximum k - factor: 0. 25 at 75F. mean. Temperature Range: 35F to 450 F. 2. Factory Applied Jacket: White, flame retardant vapor barrier jacket of minicnun. . 001" aluminum foil laminated to kraft paper with a flame retardant snuffer type adhesive reinforced witti glass fibers. Permeability: . 01 perm. Flame Spread Index - Z5. 2" longitudinal lap and 4" circumferential seating strips, 3. Application: Pipe - Fit Insulation to pipe, staggering longitudinal joints. Seal laps and sealing strips applied on circumferential joints with Fire Resistive Lap Adhesive. Fittings, Valves and Flanges - Apply fabricated segmenis of insulation or premolded fitting covers equal in thickness to adjoining pipe insulation. 4. Surface Finish: Piping: none. Fittings - concealed: none. Fittings - exposed: Apply a lull coat of Lagging Cemenc over entire surface, imbed a layer of open weave glass fabric (10 X 10). Lap minimum 1" on itself and 2" ot, adjoining pipe insulation; and when dry, appl} a full coat of Lagging Cement over the entire surface. 5. Approved Manufacturers: Insulation: Exposed and Concealed: P. P. G. Industries "Fiber Glass"Pipe [nsulatim, Gustin-Bacon Mfg. Co. "Snap-On" Johns-Manville "JM Flame-Safe" 25 H.P . Owens-Corning "Fiberglas" WA - 7601 15A182 - 2 15A182 INSULATION - (continued) • B. Pipe Insulation - Type P-2 1. Insulation: Flexible foamed plastic Minimum Density: 7 pounds per cubic foot. Maximum K-factor: 0. 28 at 75°F mean. Temperature Range: 0°F. to 220' F. 2. Application: Pipe: Slip the insulation over the pie or slit the insulation sections and apply around the pipe. Seal with adhesive. Fittings, Valves and Flanges; Fabricate covers of insula- tion miter joints. Seal all joints with adhesive. 3. Approved Manufacturers: Insulation - • Armstrong Cork Co. "Armaflex" Johns-Manville "Ae rotube" Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. "O-C Flexible Tubing" Adhesive - Ownes-Corning Fiberglas Corp. "O-C 500" C. Duct Insulation - Type D-1 1. Insulation: Rigid board type, fiber glass with a resin binder. Minimum Density: 44 pounds per cubic foot. Maximum K - Factor: 0. 24 at 75 F. mean. Temperature Range: 35F. to 250 F. Facing: Foil - Scrim - Kraft. 2. Application: Impale insulation panels on pin and clip fasteners spaced 12'' to 16" on centers on the metal surface. Apply top and bottom panels to lap side panels. • On curved surfaces, score insulation to a depth of half the thickness, scoring on side to be placed against duct. WA - .. ,i 15A182 s 15A182 INSULATION - (continued) C. Duct Insulation - Type D-1 - (continued) When required, use wire or bans in addition to fasteners. (Over all fastening suitable for exposed insulation. ) Point up joints and breaks with Hydraulic Setting Asbestos Cement. Tape all joints, and cover all pins with 4" X . 002511 foil tape, adhered with lap seal adhesive. 3. Approved Manufacturers: Insulation - Johns-Manville Spin glass 814 Owens-Corning Fiberglas Cmp. "Fiberglas" 704 Certain-Teed/Saint Gobain Ultralight "K" D. Duct Insulation Type D-2 1. Insulation: Flexible fibrous glass blanket. Minimum Density: 3/4 pounds per cubic foot. Maximum K - Factor: 0. 24 at 75 F. mean. Facing: Foil - scrim - Kraft Temperature Range: 35 F. to 250 F. 2. Application: Prepare metal surface to receive adhesive in accordance with the requirements of the adhesive manufacturer. Cement insulation to duct with Fire-Resistive Adhesive of brush consistency in 4" wide strips on 8" centers and secure with annealed copper wires spaced not more than 12" apart. Provide mechanical fasteners to ducts over 24'' wide, at 18" centers. Tape fasteners. Butt insulation joints with the reinforced foil face extendinL 2"beyond the insulation for lapping and seal flaps with Fire-Resistive Adhesive. WA - 7601 15A182 - 4 • 15A182 INSULATION - (continued) D. Duct Insulation Type D-2 - (continued) 3. Approved Manufacturers: Insulation: P.P. G. Industries "Superfine" Johns-Manville Microlite Owens-Corning Fiberglas Co. Faced Pink Duct Wrap Certain-Teed/Saint Gobain Ultralite "K" E. Duct Lining - Type D-3 Insulation Semi-rigid board of fine glass fibers bonded with thermo- setting resin, coated with fire resistance black coating on the airside thermal conductivity K-factor 0. 23 AT 7S°F. Temp. range 35°F. to 250 Velocity range up to 2000 F.P. M. • Friction correction factor not to exceed 1. 1 2. Application All portions of duct designated to receive duct liner shall be completely covered with duct liner board with transverse joints shall be neatly butted. Boards shall be cut to assure tight overlapped corner joints, top pieces shall be supported by the side pieces. Duct liner board shall be adhered to the sheet metal duct with 100% coverage of adhesive (ASC-A- 7001A-1971) and mechanical fasteners (MF-1-1971) starting within 3" of the up stream transverse edges of the board, and spaced no more than 15" on centers. Provide continu- ous clips covering lining where it starts. 3. Approved Manufacturer Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. Johns-Manville Co. F. Breeching - Insulation Type D-4 • 1. Insulation Non-combustible wool with long, resilient, inorganic glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin. WA - -oul 15AI82 15A182 INSULATION - (continued) F. Breeching - Insulation Type D-4 - (continued) 1. Temperature limit 1000°F. Thermal conductivity 0. 38 at 300°F. Z. Application Insulation shall be installed and attached with welded pins, spaced not more than 16" on-centers and within 4" from thr edge of the insulation. Insulation shall be installed in double layer with the specified thickness and secured with wire mesh and insulating cement and canvassed. 3. Approved Manufacturer Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. Johns-Manville Co. G. Insulation Requirements a) Piping Insulation Requirements 1. Hot Water Up to 1-1/2 "thick-Type P-1 (New and existing) 2 to 4" IPS-I" thick-Type P -1 over 4" IPS-1-1/2" thick - Type P-1 2. C. W. Make Up 1/2" thick - Type P -1 or P -2 3. Refrigerant Piping 1-1/2" thickness Type P -t common liquid and suction b) Ductwork Insulation Requirements 1. Ductwork in cellar spaces: a) Supply & Intake 1" thick - Type D-1 b) Return None c) Exhaust None 2. Ductwork in hung ceilings: a) Supply 1" thick - Type D-2 b) Return 1" thick - Type D-2 c) Exhaust None d) Fresh Air Supply 1" thick - Type D-2 3. Hot water boiler breeching 3" thick - Type D-4 WA - 7601 15A182 INSULATION - (continued) 15A182 - 6 • H. Insulating Cements Hydraulic Setting Asbestos Cement Johns-Manville - 352 Diatomaceous Silica Cement Johns-Manville -Super I. Coatings, Mastics, Cements & Adhesives - 1. Materials Application Benjamin Insul- Sq. Ft. /Gallon Foster Coustic Lagging Cement 60 30. 36 1C-102 Fire-Resistive Adhesive 200 81-99 1C-225 Fire-Resistive Lap " 85 82-07 1C-237 Fire-Resistive Mastic Tack: 30 60-60 1C-503 Finish: 15 Joint Sealer Mastic - 30-45 1C-405 Outdoor Lagging Cement 60 - 1C-551 2. When using Lagging Cement to apply canvas jackets in the field cover the entire insulation surface evenly with • the Lagging Cement at the specified application consistency ' and embed the canvas in it. 3. When a surface finish coating is specified, cover the entire surface to be finished with the specified coating. J. Glass Fabric Reinforcement - 1. Approved Manufacturers Benjamin Foster Co. Mast-A-Fab. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Cloth No. 10 Twinsburg Miller Glass Fab. K. Mechanical Pin & Clip Fasteners - 1. Approved Manufacturers KSM Products, Inc. "Welding Pins" Miracle Adhesive Corp. "Spindle or Pronged Anchors'' Omark Industries, Inc. "Insul-Pin" Stic-Klip Mfg. Co. , Inc. "S tic-Klips" • WA - 760i 15Aool SECTION 15A600 HEAT GENERATION 15A601 GENERAL A. This system shall include the hot water boilers, hot water pumps, all the necessary piping tanks, fitting and controls. Contractor shall furnish the equipment and all the labor which shall be performed by qualified personnel according to the directions and the instructions of the units manufacturers. B. All work shall comply with local regulations and governing codes and standards. C. All the equipment shall be installed readily available for operations, maintenance and repair. Minor deviations frorn the design drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of a magnitude shall not be made without the written approval o� the Engineer. D. Plug all open ends of piping, valves and equipment except when actual work is being pergormed to mimimize accumulation of dirt and debris. E. After installation is complete, place temporary screens ._t connections to all equipment and at automatic control valves where permanent strainers are not provided. F. Provide all necessary accessories such as vents, drains, gauge: , and thermometer connections. Install safety devices of proper sizes and capacity and in the proper manner and locations, G. Thoroughly clean all the systems before placing in operation, remove all temporary instruction labels, temporary wiring anrlio. connections. Remove dirt and debris collected at screens , strainers, and other points from the system. All strainer screens shall be removed, washed and reinstalled in strainers. H. Prior to the performance of tests, flush out all piping that is t,, receive a hydrostatic test with clean water. Piping that is to be tested pneumatically shall be blown out with compressed I. Contractor shall conduct the necessary tests in the presence c,i representative of the Owner and/or the architect, water piping shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 100 psig for iou1 (4) hours without a drop in pressure. Prevent pressures from being applied to equipments. WA - 7601 15A 601 - 2 • 15A601 HEAT GENERATION - (continued) GENERAL - (continued) J. System shall be balanced and any corrective measures required for the proper operation shall be undertaken. All costs related to corrective work shall be borne by the Contractor. K. Water Balancing shall include: 1. Installed pump data, including manufacturer, size, type drive, motor H.P. , volts, cycles, phase and full load amp S. 2. Design conditions for all pumps, including G.P. M. head, R.P. M. and B. H.P. 3. Field test conditions for all pumps, including discharge pressure (full flow and no flow), suction pressures (full flour and no flow), operating head, no load amps. (Where possible), full flow amps, no flow amps, and calculated B. H.P. L. 1. After the new piping system is installed, tested and flushed, completely clean the system to remove all organics, rust and • all other foreign matter and to provide protection of the metal surfaces. 2. Use a cleansing agent which will not in any way interact with any of the materials in the system to produce corrosion, form deposits, weaken, reduce the life or in any way have a detrimental effect on any system components. 3. Fill the system with clean water and add sufficient cleaning preparation to provide a concentration adequate to perform complete cleaning. Add the cleaning preparation at a point which will assure good mixing and complete dispersal throughout the system. 4. Provide temporary receivers or drums to accommodate the foarn that may form. 5. Circulate the mixture of cleanser and water for a sufficient length of time to complete the cleaning. 6. Drain the system, flush with clean water, clean all strainers and screens and refill the system. • WA inol 15Ao01 - 15A601 HEAT GENERATION - (continued) GENERAL - (continued) L. 7. The entire cleaning operation shall be performed 1,, a competent water treatment service in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Provide written certification after the cleaning operation is completed. M. All corrective measures required by the report shall f,e. undertaken by the Contractor and retested by the testing sub-contractor. All costs related to corrective work t,nd retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. WA - 7601 15A602 - 1 • 15A602 HOT WATER BOILER A. New Hot Water Boiler 1. The boiler shall be furnished complete with all necessary castings, fittings, cast iron base and accessories including cleaning tools. Boiler type shall be cast iron sectional manufactured by Weil McLain Model BL-686W. (with domestic water heater). 2. Boiler shall be furnished with insulated metal jacket, pre- cast combustion chamber with insulating blocks and boiler trim including an ASME relief valve. Combination high-low limit water control, low water cut-off and combination pressure temperature and altitude gauge. 3. Oil burner for No. 2 oil shall be complete with all necessary controls and shall comply and confirm with the applicable codes and the requirements of NBFU. Controls shall include but not be limited to the following: a. When failure or interruption of flame or igniter is occurs, the fuel supply shall be shift off. b. When a pre-determined temperature is exceeded the burner shall switch off. C. Burner shall be furnished with ignition transformer, oil pump, oil solenoid valves, oil pressure gauges, cadmium sulfide flame detector with primary control, non-recycling relay and balanced draft damper. Burner shall be operating on 120V, 1 Phase. 4. Boiler shall have guaranteed I. B. R. efficiency not less than 80% and shall be hydrostatically pressure tested in accordance with Section IV of the ASME boiler and pressure vessel code and stamped with the official ASME symbol. 5. Furnish with boiler one domestic tankless water heater No. 420 continuous draw 8. 0 gpm at 100' for connection by plumber to domestic hot water system. • WA - ;6C1 15A60 f 15A603 EXPANSION TANK, AIR EXTRACTOR AND AIR VENTS Expansion Tank - furnish and install as shown on the Drawings Ex-Trol Model AX 240V pressurized diaphragm expansion tani.. It shall be air precharged to 12 psig. the initial fill pressure of the system. It shall be suitable for a maximum corking pressure of 125 psig. and shall be furnished with AS ME stamp. It shall have a sealed-in elastomer diaphragm suitable for operating at 240°F. Tank shall be furnished with base mount. Air Vents - furnish and install on each boiler Ex-Trol Industrial Float Vent Model #706 with 3/4" inlet and 1/2" drain connection. Body to be suitable for 125 psig. and 240°F. with solid non - metallic float. Relief shall be piped to nearest floor drain. All high points and all coils shall be vented. Furnish and install as shown Air Purge Model 448 with air vent as specified above. SECTION 15A650 WA - 7601 L5A651 - 1 REFRIGERATION 15A651 GENERAL Reciprocating Cold Generator 1. Contractor shall furnish and install, where shown on the plans, a Trane Reciprocating Cold Generator, Model CCU 150 M. The unit shall have a capacity of 14. 3 tons of refrigeration, cooling 34. 3 gpm of water from 55F to 45F when connected to a CAUA 200 condenser (15A652). 2. The compressor shall be of the accessible hermetic re- ciprocating design (1750 rpm) with reversible oil pump. The compressor shall have an internal relief valve to relieve excessive discharge pressure into the suction chamber. The compressor shall include a thermostat located in the motor windings to provide protection against motor overheating. 3. The unit shall be complete with compressor, insulated • chiller and part winding (across-the-line) start, and shall include dual pressure switch, differential oil pressure switch, expansion valve, solenoid refrigerant valve, safety thermostat, temperature controller, pressure relief valve, charging valve, sight glass and liquid line strainer. The unit shall include a 208 volt control panel mounted and wired, and shall be shipped complete from the factory. 4. The unit shall include an automatic capacity control system operated electrically and shall be controlled by the return chilled water temperature to provide step unloading of the compressor and reduced motor input at partial loads. The controls shall be factory assembled in the control panel. 5. The automatic capacity control system shall operate on a 208 volt, 60 cycle, single phase power supply. The controls shall include safety thermostat, noncycling relay for pump down, terminal strip, temperature controller, and on-off hand switch. In :response to variations in return chilled water tem- perature, the controls will act to load and unload the compressor. 6. The unit control panel shall consist of separate compartments • for refrigeration and electrical controls. 7. Contractor shall set the Cold Generator on a suitably reinforced concrete pad provided by General Contractor. WA - lc�i!i 15A652 AIR COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSER Furnish and install an air cooled refrigerant condenser CAUA-200 condenser to match the cold generator CCIJA - 150M (see 15A651) at an ambient outside temperature of 95°F Casing - Unit frame one-piece welded assembly of 12 gauge, zinc coated steel formed channel members. Exterior surface-. phosphatized, epoxy primered and finished with baked-on, gr i green enamel. Condenser Fans and Motors - vertical discharge direct-drive fans, statically and dynamically balanced, with aluminum blades and zinc plated steel hubs. Three phase motors with perm_tnentl} lubricated ball bearings, built-in current and thermal overlo—i protection and weathertight slinger over shaft. Controls - factory wired and mounted control panel contairiiut2 fan motor contactors, fan cycling thermostats, compressor interlock and 115 V control power transformer. SECTION 15A700 WA- 7601 HEAT TRANSFER 15A701 - 1 • 15A701 GENERAL A. The work under this Section includes the providing of all liquid heat transfer systems, including air handlers, condensate systems, radiation, heaters, fan coil units, etc. B. Contractor shall provide the equipment with due respect to the construction and installation methods required. Provide wall flanges to cover all rough openings. Where equipment is specified or shown to be recessed or partially recessed, Contractor shall arrange for adequate space in the wall con- struction. C. Where equipment is to be hung, provide adequate vibration isolation both for the hangers and the piping systems. Vibra- tion transmission shall be such as to represent an undisturbing condition to the immediate area. D. Install all work so as to be readily available for operation maintenance and repair. Minor deviations from the Drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of a magnitude • shall not be made without the written approval of the Engineer. E. Thoroughly clean all apparatus before placing in operation, remove all temporary labels and instructions. F. Provide all necessary accessories such as vents, drains, gauge and thermometer connections. Install safety devices of proper size and capacity and in the proper manner and location. • 41 A 17A 70 3 FAN COIL UNITS a. Furnish and install, where shown on the plans and as describe,,l in the equipment schedule, cabinet type fan coil units, with maximum overall depth not to exceed 9-3/4". Internal rnet:-J components coming in contact with the moisture laden air -ire to be of galvanized steel construction and cabinets are to be factory insulated to prevent sweating. The casing tops and fronts are to be 16 gauge with 24 gauge end panels. The casinLls are to be given a five-stage phosphatizingo treatment prior �c application of a high gloss baked enamel finish. The accent panel is to be finished in a color to be selected by the Archite, r- The discharge grilles are to be fabricated of round edged steel bar stock. The drain pan shall he of all metal constri-11 , b. All recessed units are to have wall-guard flanges ,t c,tnahte depth (minimum flange width of 1-3/16''), to allow f.,r arvint1 clean-rs of unit recessed, and are to be shipped kith the flange n',ounting holes predrilled for the depths required, The n,anufn. rnF•r incorporate the depth details on his equipment schedule where suh- mitting for approval. C. Motor and fan assemblies are to be of the direct drive, three - speed type (belt drives are not acceptable), utilizing permanent split capacitor motors with automatic reset built-in motor rver- load protection. The fan wheels are to be of the forwardly cur,.ed type, all aluminum construction, arranged for blow-through operation, and mounted on the 14 gauge galvanized steel rr.ot,,r pan which shall be easily removable as an entire assembly. Motor leads are to be of the plug-in type to eliminate need for a separate disconnect switch at the unit. d. Coils are to be fabricated of seamless copper tubing, ::,echanicalt , expanded into aluminum fins, with all joints brazed with sil\er alloy, and are to have factory installed manual air vents. C:ril- are to be field reversible, as is the connection frorn the prirnar\ drain pan. e. Furnish a factory installed electric 2 position motorized % a.k - package with balancing and shut off valves, manual air •rent .a.: change over control. These controls shall be furnished «iu. a;:' auxillary contact on the fan speed selector switch %s hic h de-ett: gizes and open the valve when the fan switch is in the -.ff positi,,rr . Valve shall be 120 volt. WA - 7601 15A703 - 2 • 15A703 FAN COIL UNITS - (continued) e. Since the valve control package is to be factory installed by the unit manufacturer it will be the responsibility of the install- ing contractor to co-ordinate all field and labor conditions. f. Units are to be operated on 1001/o recirculated air. Provide tube to drip condensate thru wall to outside. g. Units both horizontal and vertical are to be as manufactured by Trane Company. • • WA � tlj 1 i?, ' , 15A704 CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Pumps shall be centrifugal in-line type with capacity as indicated on the design drawings. B. Pumps shall be cast iron bodied, vertical split case desitnj for 125 psig working pressure, with alloy steel shafts ,,:id bronze impellers. Units shall be designed and built for quiet operation and so designated on their nameplates. The,,, shall have flexible couplings with guards and mechanica: shafts, seals, bronze shafts sleeves, bronze casing wearing rings and be designed for continuous operation oath water at 150 deg. F. C. Pumps and motors shall have grease lubricated bronze bearings. D. Motors 1/2 horsepower in size and larger shall be drip -pru,:1, sleeve-bearing squirrel cage type for operation on 3 phase Smaller motors shall be split-phase or capacitor start tr.r single phase 120 volt operation; they too shall be dripprouf and provided with sleeve bearings. Maximum synchronous speed shall be 1800 rpm and motors shall be sized sr. .,a r, be non-overloading at any point on the pumps characloristi curve up to 100% increase in flow. E. Pumps shall be made by Bell & Gossett Series 60 or appruvru equal by Armstrong Pumps Inc. WA - 7601 • 15A801 - 1 SECTION 15A800 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15A801 GENERAL A. Construct all apparatus of materials suitable for the conditions encountered during operation. B. Where corrosion can occur, appropriate corrosion- resistant materials and assembly methods must be used including isolation of dissimilar metals against galvanic interaction. C. All factory applied accoustical and thermal insulation, including facing and adhesives, is to be fire-resistant and to conform to requirements of NBFU and local codes. D. Where in contact with the air stream, protect insulation against erosion of flaking by a factory applied plastic or mat facing. E. Locate and arrange motors, eliminators, filters, cooling and • heating coils and other components and accessories so that they are accessible for repair, maintenance and replacement. F. Mount grease fittings directly on bearings unless the latter are not readily accessible. Where equipment bearings are not visible or are inaccessible, provide easily accessible extensions to bearing lubrication fittings. G. Thoroughly clean the entire system before installing filters or operating the fans. H. On systems containing filters, install filters and permanently seal the filter frames airtight before operating the fans. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall replace all dirty filters before turning over the system to the Owner. Seal all outlets around the edges to prevent air leakage. I. Bracing and supports indicated are the minimum acceptable. Install additional bracing or supports to eliminate any distortion or vibration when the systems are operating or under tests. • J. Install ducts, casings and hangers plub and level, with joints square and devoid of sharp edges. K. Install diverting vanes, Tuttle & Bailey "Vectrol" or approved equal, at branches connected into the main duct without a neck. 15A8�/;� - 15A802 INSPECTION, TESTING AND BALANCING A. Tests 1. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of a represent L - tive of the Owner and/or the Architect. 2. The air distribution systems shall be >,djusted, balance 3r:.1 set so as to provide the temperature, and air volu<<ies regi'ln"f and as shown on the Drawings, 3. The Contractor shall demonstrate that all air distribute,•,. systems and apparatus fulfill the requirements of the Specifications and shall operate the equipment for s suffi - cient time to properly adjust the controls and conscientiously. instruct the Owner's representatives in the care and oper,tio! of the several systems. 4. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all the required inspections and permits required by Local and State ordinances and by the NBFU, B. Balancing Due to the relative simplicity of the air handling system the Contractor will not be required to employ an air balance tester However, the contractor shall be required ro test far, cr.il uri ts , H & V units and exhaust fans and certify to the Architect rhat all equipment is functioning properly and at specified capac,ty WA - 7601 15A803 - 1 • 15A803 DUCTWORK-GENERAL A. Ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with the minimum appropriate portions of the SMACNA Standards and as specified herein. The specifications herein shall supercede the minimum requirements of SMACNA. B. All ductwork, casings, plenums, doors, etc. , shall be fabricated of galvanized sheets, ASTM-A525, except as specified herein or shown on the Drawings. Zinc coating shall not be less than 1. 25 ounces per square foot. C4 Low Pressure Ductwork 1. All ductwork shall be fabricated in accordance with Table 1 and Plates 5 through 15 of the Low Velocity Duct Manual. 2. Hangers and Supporting Systems - Shall be in accordance with Plates 16 through 20 of the Low Velocity Duct Manual. 3. Elbows Radius - Shall be constructed in accordance with Plate • 21, Figures A, B, and C of the Low Velocity Duct Manual. Where space does not permit full radius, use vaned elbows. 4. Elbows Vaned - Shall be double vaned construction in accordance with Plate 22 of the Low Velocity Duct Manual. 5. Tee Connections - shall be constructed in accordance with Plate 26, Figures B and C-1 of the Low Velocity Duct Manual. 6. Access Doors - The Contractor shall furnish and install access doors in ducts of the hinged or removable type in accordance with Plate 30 and 31 of the Low Velocity Duct Manual and shall be located where shown on the Drawings. Doors shall be insulated type if ductwork is insulated. 7. Casings, Housings and Plenums for Built Up Units - Contractor shall furnish and install metal casings, housings and plenums for all fans, filters and other equipment, all where shown on the Drawings. They shall be fabricated from double sheet metal panels filled 1-1/2" minimum thermal and acoustical insulation. Gauges of metal reinforcing and construction shall be in accordance with Plate 54 and • appropriate detailing as shown on Plate 55 of the Low Gauges of metal reinforcing and construction shall be in accordance with Plate 54 and appropriate detailing as shown 15A803 DUCTWORK-GENERAL - (continued) C. 7, on Plate 55 of the Lour Velocity Duct Manual, later. of casing shall be perforated sheet metal, Contractor may, at his option, provide pre-fabricated panels, as manufactured by Buensod or approved equal. ,;;:1 &::i. thickness shall be 1-1/2". S. Casing, Access Doors - Contractor shall furnish ..ud ins, I. access doors in casings with latches, gaskets anci traLne:i ,. sizes shown on the Drawings and shall be constructor ir, accordance with Plate 56, Figure D of the Low Velocity !_% _. Manual. Doors in connection oath electric filter., - , th a disconnect switch to break the circuit as the ct(por ; ::. opened. 9. Dampers, Volume (manual) - Contactor shall pr„•ride cI c manually-operated volume control dampers ue,_e:.s_ry t,:. the proper balancing of the air handling systems. larnper'- shall be single blade for ducts less than 2 square feet ;•i area, and multi blade type cohere the: duct is larger. Dampers shall be as shown on Plates 25 and 29 of .he L:u.-. Velocity Duct Manual, They sliall have an indicatine device with lock to hold the damper in position for prn-pei setting. 10. Dampers, Volume (motor operated) - The Contractor shall furnish and install where shown on the Dra .vin s. all outside air, return air, exhaust air and bypass zone controlled motor-operated dampers in accordance with Plate 29 of the Low Velocity Duct Manual, excepr. that special dampers shall be purchased. 11. Prior to air balance, Contractor shall examine emir; duct system for leaks and openings. -AH openiut;s s1,_.: I be closed using existing duct components, tape of high velocity duct sealants. WA - 7601 15A804 - 1 • 15A804 BOILER BREECHING Boiler breeching shall be fabricated of black steel 14 gauge welded and aseembled in flanged sections. Weldings and flanges must be gas tight construction. • • W., wrl �S.asu 15AS05 FIRE DAMPERS A. Shall be furnished and installed where shown on the Drawings. Each fire damper shall be provided with access doors in the duct work and the enclosure enclosing the duct work. B. Fire dampers shall be fabricated in compliance with N. F. P. . and shall be UL labelled. Approved fire dampers shall be made by Air Balance Inc. Model 119 Type B or 319-P r equal by others. WA - 7601 15A903 - 1 15A903 CONTROLPANEL A. Control panel shall be fully enclosed cabinet; all steel con- struction and shall meet the requirements of NEMA one enclosures. Cabinet shall have right or left hinged door with a locking latch. All cabinet locks shall use common key. Provide means of storing control system instructions and drawings inside cabinet for future reference. Cabinet shall be finished with two coats of dark brown paint except door which shall be light gray. Panel shall be wall mounted or free standing as located on mechanical drawings. All indicating devices manually adjusted during routine operation of the system shall be located on the cabinet door. All other devices shall be located within the cabinet. B. Control panel shall contain the time clock and relays. Mounted on panel door an outdoor air thermometer, boilers supply and return hot water thermometer, the time clock override avitch and hot water down stream of the three way mixing valve. • • LJf IIU" 15A905 CON'rROL VALVES A. All valves shall be fully modulatinlg unless (•then k it se spe. )+i+ In additon, valves shall be quiet in operation. rail safd 1;. equipped with throttling plugs and renewable c omp+,situ.+r. and be capable of operating at varying rates of speed 1.. correspond with the exact dictates of the controller shall be made for valves operating in sequence %,pith uti: °. Ll damper motors to have adjustable operating ranges .-na r tl points. Valves shall be sized by the control contractor „ o guaranteed to meet the heating and cooling requirement s valves 2" and smaller shall have screwed connections, ;;r..': valves 2-1/2" and larger shall have flanged cosine- tionL B. Control valves shall be sized for 3 psi drop. WA - 7601 15A906 - 1 • 15A906 GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS A. Gauges 1. Air pressure indicating gauges of at least 2" in diameter shall be provided to indicate controller branch pressure, and final control signals leaving each receiver and at other points throughout the system where visual indication of air pressure is required for operating and adjustment purposes. At least one main air gauge shall be provided for each system. Provide gauges to indicate operation of controllers within cabinets. B. Thermometers 1. Each thermometer shall be a 3-1/2" dial type with a range such that the related controller set point falls approximately at the midpoint. Thermometers accuracy shall be + 1/4% of range. Thermometers sensing elements shall match the related controller; i. e. , averaging • elements for averaging controllers, etc. All thermometers shall be flush mounted on local panels and clearly labelled in an approved manner. 2. Thermometers shall be provided for: A. Outdoor air. B. Boilers hot water supply. C. Boilers hot water return. D. Leaving hot water at 3 way valve reset. WA- 7001 15A907 CONTROLS Controls shall be electric as manufactured by Honeywell. Summer-Winter control shall be manual by a switch on a control; panel to switch a 3 way valve from boiler water to chilled water an aquastatic shall prevent the change-over until the system is down to 70°F. or below. On the same panel a switch shall select the flow of chilled water the Auditorium or the main building as required. During the heatin? season a by-pass valve shall allow water to flow to both areas. The same shall apply to the Basement Lounge. Water Chiller and Boiler shall be controlled by their own controls, All Cabinet Fan Coil Units are controlled by their own controls. Central Station Units Nos. 1 and 2 shall be controlled as follows: Sequence of Control - Summer Operation: Under no circumstances shall both AC1 and AC2 operate at the same time during the summer. When AC1 is started DMl opens to 25% FA & DM3 opens to 75% RA, DM4 runs to the open position, DM2, 5 & 6 rernaiu in the closed position. When AC2 is started DM2, 5 & 6 operates as above and DMl, 3 & 4 remains closed. When both systems are down all dampers shall be in the closed position. Room thermcst is shall control VI & V2 to maintain their settings thru sabmaster stats. Then thermostats shall be reverse acting for Winter operation. Winter Operation: During the heating season both ACl & AC2 must run to maintain temperature in the spaces they serve. a by-pass valve shall override the 3 way selector valve for these units. WA - 7601 Index-Plumbiric Page - 1 INDEX FOR SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 15B P L U M B I N G WORK (CONTRACT NO. 3) ADDITIONS and ALTERATIONS to SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL ` SOUTHOLD, NEW YORK CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES 1-2 Pages SECTION 15B010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15B0ll Work Included 1 15B012 Maintenance Instructions 1 15B013 Codes and Standards 1 15B014 Schedules of Equivalency 1-2-3 SECTION 15B050 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15B051 Pipe 1 15B052 Pipe Fittings 1 15B053 Joints 1 15B054 Pipe Specialties 1 15B055 Valves 1 15B056 Control Valves 1-2 15B057 Valve Tags, Nameplates and Identification 1-2 15B058 Pipe Hangers, Bases & Supports 1-2 15B059 Excavation and Backfill 1 15B061 Motors, Starters & Controllers 1-2-3 15B062 Thermometers and Gauges 1 SECTION 1513180 INSULATION 15B181 General 1 15B182 Piping 1 • WA - 7601 Index-Plumbing Page - 2 SECTION 15B200 WATER SUPPLY AND TREATMENT Pages 15B201 General 1-2 15BZ02 Pipe, Fittings & Valves Schedule 1 SECTION 1513300 WASTE WATER DISPOSAL AND TREATMENT 1513301 General 1 1513302 Pipe, Fittings & Valves Schedule I 1513305 Drywells 1 SECTION 15B400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 1513401 General 1-2-3-4 1513402 Pipe, Fittings and Valves Schedule 1 1513403 Drainage and Vent Systems 1-2-3 15B404 Domestic Water Systems 1-2-3 1513409 Plumbing Fixtures 1-2 1513411 Toilet Accessories 1 1513412 Miscellaneous Specialties 1-2-3 • • WA - 7601 Section 01100 Alternatives P Work Page - 1 SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES P LUMBING Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern the work of this Section. A. GENERAL 1. The description of all workmanship and materials under Division 15B of these Specifications shall be understood as having the same meaning and force when applied to similar workmanship and materials under each Alternate: same shall be the best commercial grades of their respective • kinds and as approved by the Architect. 2. The conditions and terms of the Basic Specifications shall govern all work in connection with all Alternates. 3. All materials and labor required or incidental to the completion of the work intended under each Alternate specified shall be provided whether or not specifically described therein. Do all cutting, patching, finishing, adjusting, protecting and cleaning and provide all materials and perform all operations of work specified in the Alternates and related work towards the end that all work shall fit and come together properly to the satis- faction of the Architect and Owner. B. ALTERNATES ALTERNATE NO. P -1 Contractor shall state the amount he will add to his base bid for f �G furnishing and installing in accordance with Division 15B req 're- /Iv� ments the complete Sprinkler System as herein described. �(✓ WA - 7601 Section 01100 Alternatives P Work Pate - 01100 ALTERNATES - (continued) WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM Furnish and install a wet pipe sprinkler system complete from the meter pit to adequately cover the entire building. The system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 13 and all equipment is UL and FOC listed. Water supply shall be by Suffolk County Water Company. This Contractor shall run such tests as are required in the presence of the Inspector having authority and the size of the main in the street shall be 6" or longer. Piping and fittings shall conform to Federal Spec. QQ-1 cmd shall be not less than 175 psig. cold water rating. Valves and attachments shall be rated and suitable for the duty involved. An alarm unit with an approved mechanical alarm shall be installed in the Boiler Room. An approved identification shall be properly posted. • WA - 7601 15B0ll - 1 DIVISION 15B P LUMBING SECTION 15B010 GENERAL PROVISIONS Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern the work under Division 15B and its related Sections. 15B0ll WORK INCLUDED A. 1. Piping and construction shall be furnished and installed by this contractor to the requirements of Suffolk County Department of Health including leeching wells and septic tank. B. Building storm water drainage system including leeching • wells. C. Alteration and addition to domestic cold, hot and hot water return systems. D. Insulation. E. Exterior and interior excavation and backfilling. F. Cutting and Patching. G. Connecting equipment requiring plumbing which is furnished under other contracts or Divisions. H. Record drawings for all services on cloth or mylar transparencies. • WA - 1601 15B012 - 1 15B012 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. In addition to the requirements outlined in the "Conditions of the Contract" the following information shall be incorporated: 1. Manufacturer's mechanical equipment parts list of all functional components including control diagrams and wiring diagrams of controllers. 2. Step by step instructions for each system including preparation for starting, operation, shutdown and draining. 3. Twelve month maintenance schedule for each type of equipment. 4. Possible breakdowns and repairs for each type of equipment. 5. List of nearest local suppliers for all equipment. WA - 7601 • 15B013 - I 15B013 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Certain standard and staple materials are described by reference to standard specifications. These standards are as follows: AGA American Gas Association ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing Materials AWWA American Water Works Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CS Commercial Standard FS Federal Specification NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute • • WA - 7601 15B014 - I 15B014 SCHEDULE OF EQUIVALENCY A. Wherever a brand name or manufacturer is named in this Specification , it indicates the standard of quality or purpose desired. Where one certain kind, type, brand, or manufacturer of materials is named, it shall be regarded as the standard quality. Where two or more are named, these are presumed to be equal, and the Contractor may select one of those items; if the Contractor desires to use any other kind, type, brand or manufacturer of material other than those named in the Speci- fications, he shall submit a list, with his bid, stating what material, equipment, or method is offered as equal and how it affects the Contract price. B. The equivalency of such items is to be judged by the Architects- Engineers whenever offered by bidders as equivalent to the Base Bid items and so reported to the Owner for his ultimate decision. C. The following manufacturers are approved equivalents for those listed in the specifications: 1. INSULATION Johns-Manville Corp. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. Guston-Bacon Manufacturing Co. Zeston Products 2. DRAINS, C IE ANOUTS, FLASHING SLEEVES, WALL HYDRANTS, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, INTER- CEPTORS, FIXTURE SUPPORTS Zorn Manufacturing Co. Josam Manufacturing Co. Jay R. Smith Co. Blake Division - Hoffman Specialty Mfg. Corp. Busch Code - Pruf, Inc. 3. PLUMBING FIXTURES American Standard Kohler Co. Crane Co. Eljer Co. Universal-Rundle Corp. 4. FIXTURE TRIM Speakman Co. Chicago Faucet Co. T & S Brass and Bronze Works WA - 7601 15B014 - Z • 15B014 5. THERMOSTATIC MIXING & SHOWER VALVES Lawler Valve Co. Symmon Engineering Co. Richard Fife, Inc. Powers Regulator Co. Leonard Valve Co. 6. FLUSH VALVES Coyne & Delaney Co. Sloan Valve Co. Watrous Corp. 7. TOILET SEATS Beneke Corp. Olsonite Sperzel C. F. Church Co. 8. SOAP DISPENSING SYSTEM Bradley Washfountain Co. Accessory Specialties Co. Bobrick Dispensers Inc. 9. ACCESS DOORS Karp Associates, Inc. Zurn Manufacturing Co. Wilcox Steel Co. 10. VALVES Jenkins Brothers Lunkenheimer Co. Walworth Co. 11. WASHFOUNTAINS & SHOWERS Bradley Washfountain Co. Acorn Engineering Co. Metcliff Manufacturing Co. • WA - 7601 15B014 - 3 15B014 12. WATER COOLERS Halsey Taylor Co. E lkay Sunroc 13. PRECAST CONCRETE DRAINAGE PRODUCTS Andrew Carlson & Sons Carbro Industries, Inc. Omega Concrete Products WA - 7601 15B051 - 1 • SECTION 15B050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15B051 PIPE A. Asbestos Cement 1. Non-Pressure: Cement, Silica and asbestos fiber composition, Type II, vulcanized rubber ring gaskets, ASTM C428-65 T. B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe 1. Bell and Spigot: Uncoated, extra heavy cast gray iron, ANSI A112. 5. 2. C. Galvanized Steel Pipe 1. Seamless drawn, galvanized inside and out, ASTM A-120. iD. Brass Pipe 1. Seamless red brass, 851/o copper, ANSI H27. 1. E. Copper Pipe 1. Pipe: Threadless, Type "TP", standard pipe size, ANSI H26. 2. 2. Tubing: Seamless, hard drawn or annealed, ANSI H23. 2. F. Chrome Plated Pipe 1. In accordance with U. S. Government Standards, under license from Chrome Corporation of America with materials cleaned and polished before plating; and plating heavily, thoroughly and evenly applied, and guaranteed not to strip or peel. Steel or cast iron, first copper plated; brass or copper plating, nickel plated before chromium plating. Finish, polished or satin as selected. • G. Plastic Pressure Pipe 1. Ring-tite PVC: Virgin unplasticized polyvinyl chloride; Type 1 Grade 1 resin, ASTM D1784-60T; SDR classifica- tion ASTM D2241p NSF seal of approval. WA - 7601 15BO52 - 1 15BO52 PIPE FITTINGS A. Asbestos Cement 1. Non-Pressure: Type II, same as pipe material, vulcanized rubber ring gaskets. B. Cast Iron 1. Screwed - drainage: galvanized, recessed drainage pattern; ANSI B16. 12. 2. Bell & Spigot - drainage: ANSI A112. 5. 2 C. Malleable Iron 1. Screwed: threaded and banded, ANSI B16. 3 D. Bronze 1. Screwed: cast brass, 85% copper, malleable pattern, USASI B16. 15. 2. Soldered - pressure: wrought bronze, ANSI B16. 22. E. PVC 1. Push-on: Type 1, Grade 1, same as pipe material, rubber ring gaskets, NSF seal of approval. WA - 7601 • 15B053 JOINTS 15B053 - 1 A. Caulked Joints: 1. Normal Service: firmly pack joints with an oakum gasket and seal with molten virgin pig lead. Use twelve ounces of molten lead for each inch in diameter of pipe used at each joint. Run lead in one pouring and caulk tight. Seal and smoothly face the joints. B. Screwed Joints: Do not damage fitting surface, remove burrs and ream smooth. Apply red lead and oil to male threads only. Clean joint thoroughly of excess jointing material. C. Soldered Joints: Make all joints with wire solder. Clean outside end of pipe and the inside cup of the fitting with steel wool or sand cloth. Apply flux evenly. Clean joint of excess solder leaving a fillet around the cup of the fitting. D. Flanged Joints: Use matched flange faces and 1/16" thick compressed asbestos gaskets. • E. Compression Joints: Lubricate neoprene gasket and slip into hub end of pipe. Draw spigot end of pipe into the gasketed hub. F. Ring-tight joints: With a pipe coupling to draw the pipe ends into the coupling fitting containing the rubber ring. G. Make joints between different piping materials with adapter fittings of a type suitable for the purpose intended. H. Make joints between pipes of dissimilar metals with dielectric union. I. Exposed threads on exposed finished piping at plumbing fixtures and equipment will not be accepted. J. Graphite shall be used on all cleanout plugs or caps, • WA - 7601 15BO54 - 1 15BO54 PIPE SPECIALTIES A. Air Eliminators 1. Provide automatic air vents on water piping at high points of systems keep piping free of air. Provide brass drain piping to spill over nearest service sink, funnel, floor drain or as directed. 2. Float operated, non-thermostatic, cast brass body; stainless steel float, valve head and seat; Sarco Co. , Inc. Type 13W. B. Vacuum Breakers 1. Where indicated or otherwise required by code, vacuum breakers shall be installed and set at least 4" above the flood level of equipment or fixture rims to prevent contamination of water supply and shall be similar to Watts #188. 2. All H. V. A. C. equipment and hose bibbs shall have vacuum breakers and check valves, to prevent the contamination of water supply system by back drainage into water lines. This Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations of the State Board of Health and Local Building Department. C. Dielectric Isolators 1. Flanged connections shall be made up with gaskets, sleeves and washers or dielectric material for complete insulation between flanges, bolts, nuts and washers, similar to "Micarta", "Teflon" or similar dielectric materials. Z. Screwed connections shall be made with insulating coupling consisting of a galvanized steel sheath enclosing a bakelite core, ips threaded, and shall be coupling similar to that manufactured by the F. H. Maloney Company, Houston, Texas. D. Unions 1. Ring ground joint type of material and pressure rating equai to those specified for the piping system: Dart Mfg. Co. WA - 7601 • 15BO55 - 1 15BO55 VALVES A. General 1. Valves shall be installed only in upright vertical or horizontal positions unless specifically otherwise required by the drawings. 2. All valves shall be installed in accessible locations to facilitate easy removal for repair or replacement. 3. All valves for underground services shall be provided with a valve box and cover. 4. All gate and globe valves shall be designed for repacking when wide open under pressure. 5. Domestic water system valves 3/4" and smaller and balancing valves shall be globe type. • • WA - 7601 15B056 -- i 15B056 CONTROL VALVES A. Thermostatic Mixing Valves 1. Type "A" a) All bronze three way acting valve with a bellows type vapor pressure regulator. b) Regulator shall be spring loaded manually adjustable. c) The sensing element shall be a copper thermostatic: bulb with 8 feet of brass armored capillary tubing. d) Lawler Type "S". B. Pressure & Temperature Relief Valves 1. All brass, self-closing type, silicone disc, stainless steel spring water seal. 2. Integral piston type thermostat with extension and temperature sensing zone. 3. Factory set to operate at 10% above working temperature andpressure of system. 4. Watts #40L C. Pressure Relief Valves 1. All bronze body, self-closing type, silicone disc, stainless steel spring, water seal. 2. Factory set to operate at 1007o above working pressure of systern set for 1259, 3. Watts #174A Series. • WA - 7601 15B056 - 2 15B056 CONTROL VALVES - (continued) D. Pressure Reducing Valves 1. Bronze body and trim, screwed ends, adjustable spring operated, neoprene diaphragm, composition seat, bronze seat ring, integral monel strainer. 2. Rating: 250 psig minimum, 180°F. 3. A. W. Cash Valve Mfg. Corp. Type E-93. • • WA - 7601 15B057 - 1 15B057 VALVE TAGS, NAMEPLATES & IDENTIFICATION A. Valve Tags 1. Furnish on all valves and controls, except those controlling single fixtures and located adjacent to fixture, metal tags fastened to valve handle with heavy brass hook or chain. 2. Tags shall be #18 B and S aluminum, not less than 2 inches square, with stamped numbers and letters filled in with black. Identify valves by chronological number with a prefix letter to designate the piping system. 3. Furnish separate diagrammatic charts showing essential features of each system with all valves and controls lettered and numbered to corre spond designation on metal tags. a1sc: furnish list of all valves and controls giving location and function. 4. Charts and lists: Indicate type, size and character as approved. Mount in glazed frames permanently fastened in location directed. B. Nameplates 1. Furnish on all pumps, heaters, compressors, and mech- anical equipment, and all motor controllers. 2. Nameplates shall be engraved black "Lamicoid" sheet: with white lettering. Identify by equipment type and system without abbreviation. Secure to equipment with screws. C. Pipe Identification 1. Pipe identification shall conform to requirements of "Amertcat, Standard Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems" U5-18i as published by ASME. 2. Pipe markers shall consist of plastic coated fabric labels. similar to W. H. Brady Company, "All Temperature" labels. • WA - 7601 15B057 - 2 15B057 VALVE TAGS, NAMEP LATES & IDENTIFICATION - (continued) C. Pipe Identification - (continued) 3. Labels: a) Service indication: Black letters. b) Flow indication: Black arrows. c) Background color of label: Contrasting to finish pipe color as approved. 4. Installation: a) After piping has been finished, painted and as directed by Architect. b) Wherever pipe passes through walls and floors, mark both sides; adjacent to valves and branch • fittings. c) Markers shall be clearly visible. • WA - 7601 15B058 - I 15B058 PIPE HANGERS, BASES & SUPPORTS A. Pipe Hangers & Supports 1. Furnish and install sufficient hangers, supports, clips, inserts and mounting devices to support all piping installed under this Division in perfect alignment without sagging or interference and to permit complete drainage, and so located to permit free expansion and contraction. 2. Hangers shall be clevis type (with copper bottom support for uninsulated brass pipe or copper tubing) having suspension rod and lockouts. Central Iron Co. Fig. No. 10. 3. Pipe hangers shall be suspended on the following minimum size rods: Pipe Size Rod Diameter 2" and smaller 3/8" 2-1/2" - 3-1/2" 1/2" 4" - 5" 5/8" 6" - and over 3/4" 4. The maximum spacing between supports shall be as follows: a) Steel piping, maximum 10' -0" between supports. b) Copper tubing, maximum 7' -0" between supports. c) Cast iron pipe shall be supported at every joint and maximum 5' -0" between supports. d) Plastic piping, maximum 6'-0" between supports. 5. Hangers shall be installed outside of piping insulation with a semi-cylindrical shield set between the hanger and insulation similar to Insul Coustic Corp. "Insul-Shield", 6. Lay underground piping on only solid undisturbed ground. except where crossing another trench or excavation adjacent to building wall or foundation and there support piping on approved foundations of concrete or brick piers, or cradles as directed. Tamp bottom of trenches hard, grade to secure required pitch, and shape to give substantial uniform support to lower third of full length of pipe, with minimum recessed ex- cavation for bells and joints. WA - 7601 15B058 - 2 • 15B058 PIPE HANGERS, BASES & SUPPORTS - (continued) A. 7. Support and protect underground piping so that it remains in place without settling and without damage during and from backfilling. Replace any piping so settling or so damaged. 8. Support vertical piping at floor level by heavy iron ex- tension pipe clamps having olts on each side and ends having equal bearing on structure. Provide approved material between iron supports and copper or brass piping to prevent reaction between metals. Support base of vertical piping by hanger placed on horizontal branch close to riser or base fitting set on foundation. • tf5u's 15B059 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILI, A. Provide excavation and backtilling, and restoration (,f ,;,it I,it ., for plumbing systems on interior and exterior portions :,t building. B. Safely sheet pile, brace and otherwise properly nlipp:;rt t'aui r. of excavation; install and i-naiutaic aecessary .,ar. s; .ad [- I . 1. excavations free of water at all times, providing adequait pumping or bailing equipment- C. Excavate pipe trenches to required depths. Shoulcl rock. :e encountered , excavate same to depth of six (b) incises i;e1L •. bottom of pipe and refill with well tamped sand and ara.ct . Neatly bank excavated materials adjacent to trench as directors D. Immediately after piping has been installed, jested inspe ti and approved by Architect and authorities liaving jurtsdicr;.o:. backfill trenches with good clean eartt., sand, linok , r; st,e:i stone, or gravel. Fill around piping with special .a.re t:, solidly fill voids without causing injury to piping; plat e r._ _ two feet of filling in six (6) inch layers; above in ra¢eLe j t ) inch layers, with each layer well pubbled and tamped. Bac fill in such manner as to prevent future settlement. Sb'lnes larger than four (4) inches diameter not permitted in retell;(' trench. E. Dispose of surplus excavation materials suitable fr.a fill . , fill on site as directed. Remove unsuitable surplus materials from site. WA - 7601 15B061 - 1 • 15B061 MOTORS, STARTERS & CONTROLLERS A. Motors 1. Contractor shall provide all motors sized as indicated on Drawings or as specified herein for all motor driven equipment furnished under this Division. 2. Except as otherwise noted on Drawings All AC motors shall be as follows: a) Motors 1/2 H.P. and larger shall be rated for three phase. See Drawings for voltages. b) Motors 1/3 H.P. or smaller shall be rated for 277 or 120 volts, 1 phase. 3. Unless noted otherwise, three phase motors shall be open drip-proof type. Single phase motors shall be either totally enclosed non-ventilated or open drip-proof type. 4. Selection of "direct-drive" motors shall be based on the Brake Horsepower, and shall not exceed the motor name- plate rating. a) All motors shall be standard, NEMA frame. Motors shall be as manufactured by one of the following: General Electric Reliance Electric Westinghouse Louis Allis U. S. Electric Motors Allis-Chalmers B. Electrical Work - General 1. It is the general intent of this Specification to have all wiring, conduit, starters, etc, furnished and installed under Division 16. Exceptions to this intent are in integral package equipment such as: "NONE". Internal electrical control devices that operate starters, con- trollers, etc. for plumbing equipment shall be furnished under Division 16. Such devices shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to devices connected to pipes and equipment, float switches, flow switches, safety devices, limit switches, relays pushbutton controllers, selector switches, pilot lights, extra • interlock contacts, etc. 15BO61 MOTORS, STARTERS & CONTROLLERS (co_.tia,.rcl) B. Electrical Work - General - (c(,ntinued) 2. Integral equipment starters shill he pro, ilea ,i ,t i., Contractor completely mounted :utd %bred to t:.au internal controls and shall be raadz f ;t and outgoing control connections tier .vorl•- ?,i.dcr the , •tI. of Division 16. Should integr,cl equip(,((; control panels be shipped separately,. This ` otr ,ct r shall be responsible for the pr,ipc•r uistati ,u.:. al connections from equipment to s.itne. 3. Where equipment, as submitted h;- tnis i.•,ntrr,rt;;_ quires additional capacit«. in excess ni that srt:ed:tt: d, provided for, this Contractor shall incur all c::sts a.: l responsibilities in the reti2sion required to provide dcli- tional capacity. 4. All control transformers, control devices, tarter t; ...ac control wiring furnished shall be properly pioiecled it[ fuse cutouts and fuses or circuit breakers to contorir. In the National Electric Code, latest edition. 5. Each piece of equipment shall ire provided ,atth perm , ,r r,• type laminated, black finish, white core, phenolic rtan;e plates. Nameplates should indicate the name and of the unit, voltage, and any interlock refere•tces. E;:,' starter furnished by this Contractor shall be prov;deu a permanent type laminated, black finish, , bite c ,.r; phenolic nameplate. Nameplate shalt indicate the r,at. t the unit controlled and the voltage rating. Maroepiato.; sit ._t be secured with ad`nesi•:es. i iasctc, tpe t+;pc Caner , ,,it:. not be accepted„ 6. All packaged equipment shall (e prop. Lnr o : u l-. i means. 7. All wiring furnished and instailea ov this +-,onrract. r be in strict accordance ,,ith the 1. to.,• rd,ti::c: •,i ri . . Electrical Code and all State ani rt•t,:: :p ,t jurisdiction. Except as Spec-it „!Iu . : wire shall be #14 A WG (control; *. .,, -1 .. ;I,. . ,.wire shall run in rigid ;�a1:�rtnt :. •I ::i, .-t t-„I,; noted hereinafter. All -ire sh-,ll i,.- i _-i.: that within 3 feet of heaters; .i . . .-'nuit r !..til t,e Q.11 conduit connections ;,, i:!ni, ;l iti t lengths of neoprene jacl,eted galvanized riet:t -ir_ t I !-: conduit (Liquidtite). WA - 7601 15B061 - 3 • 15B061 MOTORS, STARTERS & CONTROLLERS - (continued) C. Electrical Work - General - (continued) 1. Aquastat a) Liquid filled immersion type sensor, adjustable liquid mercury tube switch. b) Mercoid Switch Co. #DA-37. • • W A I^'13t;r.? 15B062 THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES A. Thermometers 1. Steel case, 4-1/2" diameter dial, graduated Yrnr� i ' . 300°, stainless steel sensing bulb, 12" long stem and separable socket. 2. Increase piping smaller than 3 inch one size, where thermometer is installed, with minimum size., 1-ir' _ - h 3. Manning, Maxwell & Moore, Inc. Type 608B. B. Gauges 1. Bourdon tube type, working parts of corrosion resisting, metals. Dial diameter and scale numerals shall permit easy reading from floor. Range shall place working pressure at or near the middle of scale. Dial face shall be calibrated in increments of five (5) pounds with a range equal to twice the maximum operating pressure, Dial diameter of pressure gauges shall be 4-1/2' , 2. Manning, Maxwell & Moore, Inc. Type 1010. WA - 7601 15B181 - 1 • SECTION 15B180 INSULATION 15BI81 GENERAL A. Apply insulation after all tests have been completed. Completely clean and dry all surfaces to be insulated. B. Fill all surface imperfections with insulation material and a skin coat of insulating cement. Extend surface finish over entire insulation surface. Leave no raw edges or ends exposed. C. Insulate valves up to and including the bonnets. Bevel the ends of pipe insulation adjacent to flanges to permit the bolt removal. Provide a collar of sectional block insulation over the flanges and extend a minimum of 2" over the adjacent pipe and equipment insulation. Fasten with wire or bands to permit easy removal. D. Chrome plated piping shall not be covered. • E. Install hangers outside of liner. Provide between the pipe and hanger a semi-cylindrical segment of precompressed fiberglass the same thickness and with the same vapor barrier as the thermal insulation, all enclosed in a semi-cylindrical shield. Insul Coustic Corp. "Insul-Shield" or approved equal. F. Insulate all horizontal storm water lines from the vertical connection at the drain body to the first vertical fitting. • !^IE 15B1o?. PIPING A. Indoor Piping 1. Insulate cold water piping within th.e huil<hnp L!l density one piece molded glass fiber v ith f•-.i t oat, barrier and self-sealing glass fiber reinf rt : _ : .. , retardant jacket. Insulate fittings •.v,U, .;tit:-re -1 molded glass fiber fittings wrapped Faith open. fabric (10 X 10) imbedded in ✓apor proof 1 ggua; Lap seams P on itself and 2" on adj(:ining p:n:° Apply finish coat of Lagging Gement. 2. Insulate hot and tempered water piping Haiti; hea.,) is _:. , molded glass fiber with self- sealing glass it.)c: fire retardant jacket. Insulate fittings saint a f.rt . 3. Insulation thicknesses: Cold Water - 1/2'' Hot and tempered - 1/2 Storm water - 1" 4. Owens-Corning Fiberglas "25ASJ" 5. In lieu of the method described above for insulating fittings, the Contractor has the nption „f using 2 sinn "Hi-Lo Temp"insulation with .t premolded P VG ackr: banded to the adjacent pipe covering, Installatio,, in accordance with the manufacturer's rrcotn ne,r:f.,t ; 6. The following shall be used for piping smaller thai :. meter and may be substituted entirely for that. sperltierl a) Insulate cold, hot and tempered cvau•r .Vitt: tl:.• ,it I,- foamed plastic. ,Slip itisulatinn oer th,- hi insulation and i ppl -ironnd the pipe. 1 it with mitered joints. Seal all joints with adnr .. . . b) Insulation thickness! ) its c) Insulation density: 7.. -1!cu. ft, d) Maximum K-factor: T? A '. 5' i -. e) Johns-Manville "Act. t.. t1l, I 1` r WA-76o1 1513201 - 1 • DIVISION 15B P LUMBING SECTION 15B200 WATER SUPPLY AND TREATMENT 15B201 GENERAL A. System shall be complete including all water mains, valves, hydrants, meters, thrust blocks and appurtenances up to the shut-off valve immediately inside the building. B. All piping shall conform accurately to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings. C. Testing 1. Threaded and soldered piping. a. Test the entire system at a hydrostatic pressure of 125 p, s. i, g, or 1 1/2 times working pressure, • whichever is greater, for a period of one (1) hour. 2. Bell & Spigot piping a. All lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 lbs. per sq. inch, with leakage not in excess of the following: L = CxMxD 5, 200 Where L = the allowable leakage in gallons per day M = length of test section in feet D = inside diameter of pipe in inches C = 70 for Bell and Spigot pipe. D. Sterilization 1. At the completion of construction all water lines shall be flushed and sterilized at the expense of the Contractor • in conformance with AWWA C601-54, A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS. ;-B201 GENERAL -(continued) U. Sterilization - (continued) 2. After final flushing a test shall be chlorine content of the water and suhtniztc:; t.. rh , for approval. The sampling shall b,- i,,; ; ,. .t,y•r laboratory at the expense of ih- C,mtr,,ck, is to recei.re two copies of tLc sampling repo;+ from the laboratory. E. Anchors and Supports 1. For all Bell & Spigot piping furnish snd instil , changes in direction and at the ends of tic, piping, a concrete thrust block. The concrete rhri � , blocks shall be cast against undisturbed e �rir. , la placed that they will not interfere with c.uitb tn;z i[:i•. 2. Anchor or strap all valves and fittings subye, t t ,cj. or disengagement under pressure. F. Water Meter Contractor to furnish and install water meter v Ae, i;•. vault and all required appurtenances in accordance as approved by the Suffolk County Water Authority WA - 7601 15B202 - 1 • 15B202 PIPE, FITTINGS & VALVES SCHEDULE VALVES A. SERVICE PIPE & FITTING GATE GLOBE CHECK Water Grade 1, Bell & Kennedy Service Spigot, Ring tight #56 (Within Joint SDR 26 w/valve Property) box • • SECTION 1 :Itiiui WASTE WATER DISPOSAL. AND i n301 GENERAL A. System shall be complete i.cludinn al[ storm water sewers, cleanouts and manhole I-r,r, of building foundation. B. All lines shall conform accuratele it the lines =r-j r .:i: on the drawings. C. Testing: 1) If an inspection of the cornpieted sc-•.�,cr s .;siorr : thereof shows any manholes; str,;c,i ree, piper allow the infiltration of water in .-. nu'.:; ,,rbi- defective work shall be replaced or -.cpaireu ris .cr . 1 2) After the sewers have been laid and othe r..ssr- co r';p le,tt-c: leakage test shall be made to demonstrate cha .I<< satisfactorily meet the condirions prevaiLna, iIF not in excess of the following: L = 380xMxD 5, 280 When L = Allowable leakage in gallons per day. M = Length of test section in feet . D = Inside diameter of pipe M inches. D. All work shall be in c,)nfc.rma:.ce A the loc'.A ct •Ie Federal authorities havini jurisdiction. WA - 7601 1513302 - 1 • 15B302 PIPE, FITTINGS & VALVES SCHEDULE A. SERVICE PIPE & FITTING Storm & Class 3300 sanitary Asbestos Cement sewers ring-tight joint (from 5 ft. outside building) B. Cleanouts to Grade 1. Coated cast iron box and cover, cast iron floor cleanouts and plug; Josam Series #8860. • • i i33Ci5 DRYWELLS A. Drywells L Precast concrete rings, welded Haire iaoric re.na ment, 1/2" x 4" x 14' drain openings, rninirn.in, r:p, r• strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Reinforced precast circular and dome cover with access opening. 3. Concrete access opening cover, 4" thick. - -iIh hr ; ,:, and marker to grade. 4. Backfill around the drywell with gravel foi ar lez.,i outside the walls for the full depth. Cover inside drywell with gravel to a depth of i'-W', 5. Andrew Carlson & Spins, lnc. ,r equal. Size of drywells, number of rings, etc, shall be ris siinwo .+ . drawings, B. Septic Tank 1. Precast concrete rings, welded wire fabric reinir,rce ment, 1/2" x 4" x 14" drain openings, minis-n;in c ;a t r •>:, . strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Reinforced precast circular and dome cover with s.V ii,ou access opening. 3. Concrete access opening cover, 4" thick, with braoL+ •... and marker to grade. 4. Backfill around the drywell with gravel for at least - outside the walls for the full depth. Coy .-: is nL ' drywell with gravel to a depth of 1' -0". 5. Andrew Carlson & Sons, Li... 1C eqn-f WA - 7601 15B401 - 1 • DIVISION 15B P LUMBING SECTION 15B400 - PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15B401 GENERAL A. Workmanship 1. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of work to be installed. Run and arrangement of piping. Approximately as indicated, subject to modification as required to suit conditions at building, to avoid interference with work of other trades, or for proper, convenient and accessible location of all parts of piping systems. Due to small scale of drawings; all required offsets, fittings, valves, traps, drains, etc. may not be indicated. Refer to and carefully check architectural, structural, electrical and mechanical drawing and details; noting location cohere walls, partitions, ceiling beams, oolumns and other surfaces are furred; location of pipe shafts; • and conflicts with work of other trades; and arrange work accordingly, furnishing all offsets, fittings, valves, traps, drains, etc. required to meet such conditions. 2. Run piping in wall chases, recesses pipe shafts and hung ceilings where same are provided. Run no piping in floor fill unless indicated or specially approved. Install piping under building as high as possible. Do not permanently close up, furr in, or cover piping before examination and test. 3. Run piping straight and direct as possible, in general forming right angles with or parallel with walls or other piping and neatly spaced with risers erected plumb and true. Install piping so that there is clearance of at least one (1) inch between finished coverings (fitting hubs on uncovered piping) or piping and also between finished coverings or fittings hubs and adjoining work. Hang piping at or in ceiling from construction above with maximum headroom at all times. Obtain from Architect draw- ings approved ceiling heights and install work above this height. 4. Install valves with ample room for full opening, repacking • and removal of internal parts. 15P 101 GENERAL - (continued) A. 5. Clean fixtures, equipment, piping and other exposed Do cleaning work in stages if so ordered b{ Ar. hitr. facilitate work of others. Shoe, traps, wastes inei free and unobstructed. Plated, polished, bronzed -,r painted work: Bright and clean. Flush out piping attr L installation. Adjust valves, faucets, for proper and 1, i operation. Adjust hot water system for proper i,eatinc: and circulation. B. Thermometers Type Use Mercury filled Domestic water C. Gauges Type Use Bourdon type Domestic water D. Access Doors 1. Group together valves concealed behind . alls to reduce . uf.- of access doors, but with all valves freely acc.ess.ble t . maintenance. 2. Supply, unless size is indicated, access doors of prc.pi t for concealed valves, sufficient to grant easy access i minimum twelve (12) inches by twelve (12) inches sppro' Turn over for setting under another Division. Direct t•x.:,,i r,: and setting, as approved 3. Doors: Flush type with #13 USSG steel doer and t , ig. t. steel frame, metal wings for keyinlg~ into Cn'1sir it hinges, and screw driver-operated stainless steel c . r 1. •. similar to Karp Type DS(. -211. 'Where spu._e door swinging open, provide removable door n tift --i' i similar to Karp Type DSC -212, b Sleeve and Escutcheons 1. Furnish and install slee ,- : i:i , ;n;u. , ni n through slabs, partitions, or other l,uilaink nsif. through foundation walls shall be of cast ir,,n. SIF-e� e�; wall, floors, and partitions shall be #20 t,auge llal•.-anirr WA - 7601 1513401-3 • 15B401 GENERAL - (continued) E. Sleeves and Escutcheons - (continued) 1. and shall extend 1/4 inch above finished floor or tile finish. Spaces between sleeve and any outside opening shall be closed up with brick or concrete, properly grouted and made watertight as part of this Contract. 2. Piping through foundation walls shall be made watertight to cast iron sleeve with a lead-poured and caulked joint between piping and sleeve. 3. Where pipes are not concealed, approved chrome plated cast brass escutcheon plates, fitted with set screws, shall be installed. F. Maintenance of Services and Shutdowns 1. Provide and maintain temporary connections where possible to maintain existing site utilities in service where continuity of service is affected by the connections to or extension of these utilities. • 2. If the new connections to existing site utilities require a shutdown or interruption of existing services, all preparatory work up to the point of connection is to be performed first to minimize downtime. 3. Pre-plan the work operations and have all materials, labor and tools on hand to limit the time required for cut-over. 4. Shutdown of any system or interruption of any service will be permitted only after prior notification and approval by the Owner. 5. Temporary shutdowns shall be made at night, weekends or at such times as will not interfere with the operations on the site. • ia3101 GENERAL - (continued) G. Sewage Ejector - Furnish and install as shown on plans a duplex VSA 4-A-1- vertical submerged sewage ejector unit as manufactured 17y Federal Pump Corp. Each pump shall be rated 100 GPh1 :.t 20 feet Total Dynamic Head, shall have a 4 inch discharge and be built for a pit or basin depth as required. Impellers shall be cast iron non-clog balanced design; shafts carbon steel sized for maximum load; thrust bearings fall type mounted in moisture-proof housings, mounted above ti:,= suspension plate; casings smooth-passage cast iron with renewable bronze sleeve bearing; renewable bronze sleep ( intermediate bearings provided for each four feet of unsupported shaft length. Flexible copper grease lines shall be provided for each shaft bearing; suspension plate cast iron with strengthening ribs; suspension leg sections cast iron with integral cast flanges on each end; discharge pipe wrought steel with expansion joints :a: both ends; top discharge connection shall be 45` elbow with iritegraj ASA standard flange. Motors shall be 1 HP 3 phase, 60 cycles, 200 volts, 1750 RP1\1 open, drip-proof ball bearing type. Furnish a pedestal mounted alternating float switch to ;iltern;te the operation of the pumps and provide simultaneous operatfo„ when required. Furnish a pedestal mounted auxiliary float switch to turn on both pumps if the alternating float switch is inoperative. The alternating and auxiliary float switches shail have copper floats, brass rods, adjustable stops, gaicanizeU r:xt guides and shall be equal to Federal 'Type FS -4 Ejector basin shall be cast iron 42" dia. and 5' 4" deer, steel cover with all openings required for pumps, discharge, vent, and control switches, inlet connection shall be 9_ on drawings. WA - 7601 1513402 - 1 • 15B402 PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES SCHEDULE VALVES A. SERVICE PIPE & FITTING GATE GLOBE CHECK Soil, waste XHCI, Bell & Spigot, - - - vent & Neoprene gasket storm (within building below ground) Soil Waste SVCI, No-Hub - - - & Storm (within building above ground) Vent SVCI, No-Hub - - - (within - or - building Galvanized • above steel, screwed ground) malleable iron Cold Type K - - - & hot copper water tubing hard drawn, (under wrought ground) bronze 95-5 solder Cold, Type L Jenkins Jenkins Jenkins & hot copper #1240 #1200 #1222 to water tubing, hard to 2" 2" drawn, #651-A #624 over (above wrought over 2" 2" ground) bronze 50-50 solder Water Sched. 40 Jenkins Jenkins Jenkins lines red brass #47-li #750 #92-A within 125# cast • 15 ft. brass of boiler screwed coil WA - 15B 1513403 DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS A. System shall be complete including all drainage and vent piping traps, drains, cleanouts and necessary appurtenances to '� tt outside of building. B. Installation 1. Run local horizontal drainage piping at grade of 1/4'' pei foot wherever possible but not less than 1/8'' per foot; house drains at 1/8" per foot unless otherwise noted. Make changes in direction of drainage piping by appropriate use of forty five (45) deg, wyes, long turn tee wyes, long sweep quarter sixth, eighth or sixteenth bends, except that where space conditions require short sanitary tees may be used on vertical lines. 2. Run vent piping with long turn elbows at changes in direction, grade to drain out condensation, and connect at base to prevent accumulation of rust. Wherever possible, make ven: stack and dry soil and waste stack extension offsets at angle of forty fire (45) deg. 3. All drains and cleanouts shall be clamped to flashing or t, waterproofing membrane. Clamping collars shall be supplied only where flashing or waterproofing membrane is require(„ 4. Remove existing soil, waste and vent lines not remaining in service back to the main branch or stack and terminate wit!- caulked plug or ferrule. 5. All pipe and fittings shall be kept clean, with the =+emu erl -r of incompleted or unconnected work to be plugged. 6. Cleanouts shall be placed at all changes in direction, ,,nd a= further specified herein. 7. Locate floor drains in mechanical equipment room adjazent to pads and equipment being served. C. Floor Drains 1. Type "A": Cast iron drain, two piece body, flashing flange, weep holes, 6" x 6" adjustable vandal proof polished "Nikaloy" strainer; Tosam Series #3000-S-VP. WA - 7601 15B403-2 15B403 DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS - (continued) C. 2. Type "B" - Cast iron drain, flashing flange, weep holes, adjustable collar, removable sediment bucket, 8" dia. "Dikrome" ductile iron grate; Josam Series #3720. D. Roof Drains - Cast iron body and anchor flange, aluminum dome, vandal proof dome with combined flashing collar and gravel stop, underdeck clamp. Josam Series #4550-DVPN. E. Cleanouts 1. Provide cast brass cleanout (full size up to four (4) inches and at least half size for larger pipes with four (4) inches minimum where indicated, approximately every fifty (50) feet on horizontal drainage piping, at changes in direction, at base of leaders, soil, and waste stacks and as required. 2. To floors: Extend pipe and caulk into cast iron ferrule with lead sealed bronze plug and scoriated brass top to suit conditions of floor finish; similar to Josam Series #8000. 3. To walls: Cover bronze plug with stainless steel, vandal • proof wall plate and screw; similar to Josam Series #8600. F. Traps 1. For Below Slab Installation (in ground) a) Traps shall be of extra heavy cast iron, hub and spigot connections and lead caulked joints, uncoated, free from all defects and of the sizes and types as indicated on the drawings. b) Running traps shall have double handhole cleanouts. 2. For Above Slab Installation (in unfinished spaces). a) Traps shall be of galvanized cast iron, ips threaded connections, recessed drainage type; with cleanout at bottom, free from all defects and of sizes and types as indicated on the Drawings. G. Traps - 3. For fixtures • a) Shall be as specified for each fixture as described in Plumbing Fixtures section. WA - 76G) 15B4U 1- 15B403 DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS - (continued) H. Fresh Air Inlets 1. Heavy satin nickel bronze perforated wall plate "without advertisement' andpipe expander type securing device nnr. spanner type tamper proof locking device; Josam Series U850. I. Flashing 1. Piping extending through roof; galvanized bottom recessed fitting with six (6) lb. copper flashing extending at least ten (10) inches around pipe and up as high as other flashtne on roof; Josam Series #1830. 2. Roof drains: Six (6) lb. copper flashing extending at least ten (10) inches around drain, tinder roof membrane and clamped to secondary flashing clamp on drain. J. Connections to Other Equipment 1. Install waste and vent roughing to the requirements of the relative approved equipment drawings and temporarily plug or cap. 2. After the equipment has been set in place make all final . ori- nections thereto. K. Testing 1. When systems are roughed in, fill with water from the lowest to uppermost ends. After filling, allow the water to sta.id f;,r six (6) hours, during which time there shall be no loss leakage. Any defects in materials or workmanship found ro exist shall be repaired or replaced with new material and 1hr= test repeated until systems are shown to be watertight. 2. Upon entire completion of the systems, including final setting of all fixtures, test by smoke for tightness. WA-7601 15B404 -1 • 15B404 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS A. System shall be complete including all cold, hot and hot water return piping, valves, regulators, pumps and necessary appurtanences from the point of water service entry into the building. B. Installation 1. Connections to fixtures and equipment shall conform to local requirements relative to submerged inlets and protective methods to be applied to prevent contamination of water supply. 2. Air vent valves shall be provided wherever hot water piping is trapped. Air vents shall be located at the highest trapped points. 3. Drain valves shall be provided for each water supply and circulation riser and wherever required to permit complete draining of all water lines. 4. All strainers, faucets or valves shall be free of all dirt, • filings, etc. 5. Valves shall be installed at the base of each riser and on each main branch to each set of fixtures or unit of equip- ment. 6. All valves, traps, cleanouts, etc. , and other work requiring maintenance, shall be installed so as to be readily accessible for operation, maintenance and repair. Furnish access doors. 7. Install four-elbow swing joints on all connections from hot water mains to hot water risers; from hot water risers to branches, connecting to fixtures; and from hot water risers to hot water circulating mains. 8. Keep all piping as high as possible and installed tight to beams and construction wherever necessary to maintain maximum headroom. All piping shall be offset as required. 9. Provide unions at all final connections to equipment and control valves to facilitate dismantling. Arrange connections so that the equipment being served may be removed without • disturbing the piping. '4 i A lllj-ll:.1 .. 15B404 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS - (continued) B. Installation - (continued) 10. Remove existing water supply lines not remaining in service back to main branch, riser or active line and terminate with capped ends. Install all piping to valves, pumps and other equipment at full line size with the reduction in size made only at the inlet to the valves or the equipment. 11. Furnish Watts Fig. No. 9 combination back siphonage and back flow preventer for in-line installation on all Bose tnhbs, wall hydrants and make-up lines to HVAC equipment. C. Hose Bibbs 1. Type "A" Dick Brothers Fig. #3501 1/2" rough brass angle bibb with metal tee handle. D. Wall Hydrants le Josam Series #1400-N cast bronze 3/4'' antipfreeze wall hydrant, satin finish nickel bronze wall plate, brass operating parts, key operated valve, renewable nylon seat, angle nozzle, ground joint union adaptor. E. Connections to Other Equipment 1. Install hot and cold water roughing to the requirements of the relative approved equipment dravings and rernporarib,, rp 2. After the equipment has been set in place make all final connections thereto. F. Testing 1. After all piping has been installed, but before any equipment, gauges, fixtures and regulating valves leave been contiecred, fill the system with water under a hydro-static pressure ,_,f 211Ci psig and allow to stand for a minimum of one (1) hour duri.nL which time there shall be no loss of pressure. Anv defects it materials or workmanship shall be repaired or replaced Stitt. new material and the test repeated until systems are shown to be watertight. WA- 7601 15B404 - 3 •15B404 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS - (continued) G. Sterilization 1. Upon completion, the entire water distribution system shall be filled with a solution containing 50 parts per million of available chlorine and allowed to stand for a period of six hours. At the end of the test flush the entire system. 2. After final flushing a test shall be made of the residual chlorine content of the water and submitted to the Owner for approval. • • WA - io0i 151340c+ - t 1.5I3409 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General 1. Furnish plumbing fixtures complete with all required soil, waste, vent, soap, water supply connections and fittings. 2. Vitreous chinaware fixtures shall be first quality with smooch glazed surfaces free from any imperfections, 3. All exposed metal work above and below each fixture .finless otherwise specified, shall be cast or forged brass snd chromium plated. All escutcheons and wall flanges shall be furnished with set screws, where required. All traps t,. have cleanouts. 4. Protect the chrome plated surface before and during install- ation. Use strap or padded wrenches to make connections - Immediately after installation, apply a full coating of peti-A eum jelly to all exposed chrome plated surfaces. 5. Match and coordinate all trim, accessories and fixtures tc. provide uniform appearance and compatibility of operat,o,,_ 6. Provide stop valve on water supply branch to each individual fixture. 7. Lay out roughing accurately before setting fixtures. 8. After testing, adjust flush valves to provide a minimum fiov consistent with cleansing the bowls. 9. Thoroughly clean each fixture as installed. 10. Protect fixture from damage before and after installation. 11. Fixtures shall be white. 12. Fasten fixture carriers securely to slab construction with power driven expansion shields and bolts. WA - 7601 15B409 - 2 • 15B409 PLUMBING FIXTURES - (continued) B. Water Closets 1. American Standard #2 477. 016 "Afwall" wall hung vitreous china, siphon jet, elongated bowl, 1 1/2" top spud; Beneke #527 solid plastic, black, open front seat, less cover, with s. s. check hinge; Sloan Royal #110 FYV chrome plated flush valve with vacuum breaker and screwdriver angle stop; Josam Series #C120 combination carrier and fitting. C. Urinals 1. American Standard #6500. Oil "Washbrook" wall hung vitreous china, washout, 3/4" top spud; Sloan Royal #186-11 chrome plated flush valve with vacuum breaker and screwdriver angle stop, Josam Series #228 carrier. D. Lavatories 1. Normal: American Standard #0350. 132 "Lucerne" wall hung vitreous china front overflow, #2302. 156 3/8" loose key wall • supplies set screw escutcheons, flexible tube risers, chrome finish, #4402. 061 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" adjustable P trap, cast body, cleanout plug, tubing drain to wall, set screw escutcheon, Chrome finish; Chicago Faucet #404-325-E24 combination faucet with perforated grid and 1-1/4" tailpiece; Josam Series #C300 concealed arm carrier, block base feet, steel pipe uprights. 2. Handicapped: American Standard #9140. 013 20" x 27" wall hung vitreous china wheel chair lavatory, front overflow, #7536. 014 3/8" extended loose key wall supplied, set screw escutcheon, chrome finish; #4402. 061 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" adjust- able P trap, cast body, cleanout plug, tubing drain to wall, set screw escutcheon, chrome finish; Chicago Faucet Co. #404-E24-317 faucet with #317 wrist blade handle, 3/4 GPM flow restrictors vandal proof construction; Josam Series #17100 concealed arm carrier with clock base feet securely fastened to floor. E. Service Sinks 1. Fiat Model #SB 24'' x 24" precast terrazzo basin with integral • cast drain body, chrome plated brass removable strainer, alu- minum threshold guards on open sides with vinyl inserts; Speakman #S-4815, combination faucet with loose key stops, vacuum breaker, threaded hose outlet, bucket hook and four (4) feet of rubber hose. WA - 7601 15B 411 - 15B411 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Accessories shall be provided under another Division and furnished to this Contractor for installation. B. All accessories shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations for the type of construction receiving the accessory. C. Refer to architectural drawings for mounting heights and locations. D. The following accessories are to be installed under this Contract 1. Soap dispensers 2. Mirrors and Shelves 3. Towel Bars 4. Grab bars 5. Toilet Paper Holders 6. Soap Dishes WA - 7601 15B412 - 1 • 1513412 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES A. Kitchen Unit Kitchen unit shall be the Dwyer Kitchen Model E69SC or approved equal and shall consist of electric refrigerator, electric range, undersink storage cabinet, sink and countertop, and upper storage cabinet in accordance with the following description: a) General - Unit shall be of welded steel construction with all components of matching design and with entire front finished in coppertone vitreous porcelain. Maximum overall dimensions 69" wide by 87" high by 26" deep over hardware. b) Refrigerator - shall have a net capacity of 8. 0 cubic feet and a net shelf area of 13. 5 sq. ft. (computed in accordance with N. E. M. A. standards). Refrigerator liner shall be of one piece seamless steel construction finished in acid-resisting vitreous porcelain complying with Federal Specification No. AA-R-211e. Refrigerator shall have shelves which roll out on nylon roller bearings, shall be equipped with 2 ice cube trays, and have 40 pounds frozen storage capacity. Refrigerator door • liner shall be fabricated of high impact polystyrene and shall have full height door storage and magnetic gasket. Motor com- pressor unit shall be covered by a five year warranty and entire refrigeration system shall be removable from the front of kitchen assembly for easy service or replacement without break- ing or disconnecting any joints in tubing and components. Manufacturer must test each refrigerator for five hours in 110' F. hot room. c) Range - shall have 3 surface units (1-2100 watt, 2-1250 watt) with removable reflector pans and infinite heat selector switches. Two tubular oven units for uniform bake or high broil and one grounding type appliance outlet (660 watt) - total connected load 8210 watts. Oven liner shall be seamless porcelain with easy to clean .rounded corners and embossed rack supports. Inside oven dimensions shall be no less than 16" wide, 15-1/2" high and 19" deep, and shall be adequately insulated with "Fiberglas" - Minimum of 2-1/2" on each side and 2" on top, bottom, back and door. Range shall have utensil drawer on nylon roller bearings and porcelain drip tray to catch spill-overs. Shall be approved by Underwriters Laboratories. • d) Undersink Cabinet - Shall be provided between the range and refrigerator for storage and easy access to plumbing and refrigera- tion system. WA - E:CiI 1;B 111, 15B412 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES - (continued) A. Kitchen Unit - (continued) e) Sink and Countertop - shall be one continuous piece constructed of 14 gauge titanium steel with finish of acid-resisting porcelai; complying with Federal Specifications No. W-R-101b and W W -1' 541b. Unit to be complete with strainer and no-splash, artr>,te,i faucet with spout swing limited to bowl area. Shall easily accommodate garbage disposer. Trap, risers, shut-offs. ,.nd other plumbing supplies are not included. f) Upper Storage Cabinet - shall have 14 net cubic feet storage roluine and 18 square feet of shelf area. Cabinet shall be of :lush, ri r,r,lt- bottom construction, and that part of cabinet bottom over ranl-e shall have protective porcelain heat deflector 21" wide with asbestos lining. Porcelain back wall splasher shall be inciudcu for installation between the base and upper cabinet sections. g) Gauges of Steel - shall be 20 gauge minimum for door front:,. drawer fronts, oven and refrigerator liners. Door liners, rar,gc and refrigerator bodies, wall splasher, cabinet bodies ,u:d shelves shall be 22 gauge minimum. Sub bases, gussets, braci;ets, reinforcements and hinges shall be 18 gauge thru 1/8" ti:ick, B. Electric Water Cooler Provide a Halsey Taylor or equal wheel chair fountain #6?30o - 1.!'c and RP -10-A-1 Package Water Cooler where so shown on dr.a,' - ing P-2. Provide a ventilating panel #6033 with stainless steel finish. C. Electric Water Heater The heater shall be A. O. Smith Dura-Poster Commercial tric Model Number DVE 80 or equivalent. Heater shall Le rated at 9 KW 208V 3 phase listed by Underwriters' L«b tories and approved by the National Sanitation Foundati:ir_ Tank shall be 80 gallon capacity, factory fired with A. C)• Smith glass lining, with 150 psi working pressure and equipperi with dual extruded high density magnesium anodes. Eleci.ri heating elements shall be medium watt density triple loop construction with fncoloy sheath and stainless steel resistor mounted flanges with 3 3/4" bolt circle and -' 5/8" „penirgs. WA - 7601 15B412 - 3 15B412 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES - (continued) C. Electric Water Heater -(continued) Element operation shall be sequenced with fusing of power circuit switched through individual magnetic contactors. Control circuit shall be factory fused and include double pole high temperature cutoff switch and thermostat with element in tin plated well immersed in water. Straight-line rectangular jackets shall be of baked enamel finish and shall provide full size control compartment, full size element and drain valve cornpart- ment for complete service and maintenance performance through front panel openings, and enclose tank with 2" fiberglass insula- tion. 1 1/4" inlet and outlet connection shall be provided through top panel of jacket.Provide a 3/4" T & P relief valve pipe to floor drain. The heater tank - A. O. Smith - shall be guaranteed against leakage due to corrosion for a period of three years. Controls and accessories shall be guaranteed for one full year. Fully illustrated instruction manual to be included. • Rev, 5/14/76 WA - 7601 Index-Electrical Page - 1 INDEX FOR SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 16 E L E C T R I C A L (CONTRACT NO. 4) ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO SOUTHOLD TOWN HALL SOUTHOLD, N. Y. CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Pages Section 01100 Alternatives 1-3 SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS .16011 General 1-2-3-4 16013 Work Included 1-2-3 16014 Work Not Included 1 16015 Codes, Permits & Certificates 1 16016 Tests 1 16017 Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems 1-2 16018 Identification and Markings 1 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 16101 General 1-2-3-4 16102 Excavation & Backfill 1 16103 Cutting and Patching 1 16104 Waterproofing 1 16106 Special Equipment Connections 1-2 16110 Grounding 1-2-3-4-5 16111 Raceways 1 16112 Conduit 1-2-3-4-5 16117 Wire and Cable 1-2-3 16118 Wire and Cable Connections and Devices 1 16119 Outlet Boxes- 1-2-3 16120 Pull & Junction Boxes 1 16123 Wiring Devices 1 - • 16124 Motor Starters 1-2-3-4 16126 Disconnect and Safety Switches .1 * 16121 Floor Boxes 1 WA-7601 + Index-Elec. Page - 2 SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION 16201 General 1-2 16202 Emergency Generator 1-2-3 SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16401 General 1 16404 Service Disconnect Equipment 1 16405 Metering Equipment 1 16407 P anelboards 1-2-3 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 16501 General 1-2-3-4-5 SECTION 16700 COMMUNICATIONS 16701 Public Address System 1-2-3-4-5-6- 7 16705 Fire Alarm & Smoke Detection System 1-2-3 SECTION 16900 CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION 16904 Equipment Controls, Motor Controls & 1-2-3-4 Associated Wiring • WA 7601 Section 01100 Alternatives (Elec.) Page 1 SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES ELECTRICAL (Contract No. 4) Applicable provisions of the "CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT" shall govern all work under this Section. 1. GENERAL (a) The description of all workmanship and materials under DIVISION 16 of these Specifications shall be understood as having the same meaning and force when applied to similar workmanship and materials under each Alternate; same shall be the best commercial grades of their respective kinds and as approved by the Architect. (b) The conditions and terms of the Basic Specifications shall govern all work in connection with all Alternates. (c) All materials and labor required or incidental to the completion of the work intended under each Alternate specified shall be provided whether or not specifically described therein. Do all cutting, patching, finishing, adjusting, protecting and cleaning and provide all materials and perform all operations of work specified in the Alternates and related work towards the end that all work shall fit and come together properly to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. WA 7601 Section 01100 Alternatives (Elec.) Page 2 2. ALTERNATES ALTERNATE NO. E-1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM A. A complete system of lightning protection manufactured by the Independent Protection Co. , Goshen, Indiana, shall be placed on this building by experienced installers in compliance with the provisions of the code for protection against lightning as adopted by the National Fire Protection Association and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. B. Materials shall comply in weight, size and composition with the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories and the National Fire Protection code relating to this type structure. C. Provide concealed air terminals on ridges, dormers, and other prominent parts of the building. The distance between air terminals not to exceed 20 foot centers. Air terminals to be an approved, concealed type extending not less than 10 inches above the object to which they are attached, and to have proper base support for surface on which they are used and to be securely anchored to the surface. Chimneys to be provided with approved air terminals built into the masonry or attached to chimney in an inconspicuous manner. D. Conductor to consist of commercially pure copper cable, comply- ing with the weight and construction requirement of the Under- writers' code, and to be coursed in a concealed manner to inter- connect with all air terminals, and in general provide a two way path to the ground. The angle of any turn shall not exceed 90' and shall provide an approximately horizontal or downward course. E. Provide at least three down conductors on building as evenly distributed as possible on outerwalls of building. F. Conductor fasteners shall be an approved type of non-corrosive metal having ample strength to support conductor and shall be spaced on not to exceed 4 foot centers. • G. Metallic masses about building which are a permanent part of the structure, with the exception of those of comparatively small size, shall be made apart of the lightning protection systems by inter- connection with the system or be independently grounded. WA 7601 Section 01100 Alternatives (Elec.) Page 3 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM - (continued) H. Ground connections are to be made in accordance with require- ments of the code. Soil conditions shall determine the type of ground to be used. One ground shall have connection to the water system in addition to artificial ground, where water supply enters building. I. The installation shall be made in a most inconspicuous manner. Conductor shall be coursed on back side of ridge, on cornice, back of downspouts and architectural construction to conceal equipment as much as possible. J. This specification contemplates and comprises a perfect and complete installation of equipment for protection against damage by lightning and anything necessary to that result is included the same as if specified. K. All equipment shall be unconditionally guaranteed against all electrical and mechanical defects for a period of one year from date of acceptance of installation. This guarantee shall cover all parts, labor and mileage involved in the repair of any such defects. a WA - 7601 16011 - 1 • DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL WORK SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract shall govern the work of Division 16 and it's related Sections. 16011 GENERAL A. Intent 1. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to provide for a complete and ready for operation, electrical in- stallation. However, both the Drawings and Specifications are for the Division 16 Contractor's guidance and are not intended to give every detail of the existing or new in- stallations nor do they describe every fitting required for • the installations of the work. Conduit runs and connections are shown diagrammatically and the layout does not necessarily show the total number of conduits required nor the actual routing. The Division 16 Contractor shall furnish, install and place in workmanlike manner all equipment, accessories, supports, fittings and all other material needed for the complete electrical installation. The Division 16 Contractor shall prepare such additional drawings as are necessary or required for any purpose and shall submit them for the approval of the Architect. 2. Before submitting his proposal, the Division 16 Contractor shall examine the Drawings of all trades relating to his work, and shall be fully informed to the extent, character and intent of the work to be done by him and the relation of this work with that of other trades. No consideration will be granted for any misunderstanding of the material to be furnished or work to be performed. See also the applicable Sections of the conditions of the contract. B. Verifying Existing Conditions 4 • 1, The Division 16 Contractor, b6fore submitting his bid, shall examine the Site and existing building, etc. to which this 't work is in any way dependent upon according to the intent of WA - 760t ln011 16011 GENERAL - (continued) B. Verifying Existing Conditions - (continued) these Specifications and accompanying Drawings. He shall report to the Architect, in writing, with his bid any condition which prevents him from performing his work. No "Waiver of Responsibility" for inadequate, incomplete or defective work will be considered by the Architect unless written notice has been filed by the Division 16 Contractor with his bid. C. Cooperation 1. The work called for in this Specification and indicated on the accompanying Drawings shall be carried on in conjunction with the work of other trades and shall be so arranged that its installation and operation will conform with and facilitate the early installation of the work of other trades, The Divisicoi 16 Contractor shall bear the expense required to revise his work due to any failure to coordinate the installation of his work %cirh that of other trades. 2. The Division 16 Contractor shall be responsible for the dis- tribution of all necessary information, concerning his work as required by the various trades, for the prompt installation of the work of any other trade, The Division 16 Contractor shall be held fully responsible for any delay in the work of any other trade as to any information, etc. regarding his work as required by the other trade. See also the applicable sections of the Conditions of the Contract. D. Accessibility and Clearances 1. The Division 16 Contractor shall inform himself fully regarding peculiarities and limitations of space available for the installa- tion of the materials and equipment under Division 16. He shall verify all dimensions and conditions in the field and Iron-, roughing drawings of the various equipment manufacturers. No extra compensation will he allowed because of differences between actual dimensions and the sizes shown on the Drawings, 2. The Division 16 Contractor shall see that .ill the equipment su,l: as switches, panels, pullboxes, fixtures, lamps and such ite�[,s and apparatus necessary to be reached from time to time for operation and maintenance are made easily accessible. All recessed lighting fixtures, loudspeakers, etc. shall be checked for interferences with beams, ducts, pipes, etc. prior to install:r, - tion of associated conduit, outlets, etc. WA - 7601 16011 - 3 . 16on GENERAL - (continued) D. Accessibility and Clearances - (continued) 3. Although the location of equipment may be shown on the Drawings in a specific place the construction of the building may disclose the fact that the location for this work does not make its position easily and quickly accessible. In such case, the Division 16 Contractor shall call the Architect's attention to same before installing the work and shall be guided by the Architect's written instruction. 4. Consult Architect's Drawings for locations of furring, hung ceilings, reflected ceiling plans, etc. E. Protection of the Work 1. The Division 16 Contractor shall effectively protect, at his expense, all materials and equipment, including his employees, during the period of construction and he shall be held respon- sible for all damage done to his work, until the same is fully and finally accepted by the Architect. See also the applicable . Sections of the Conditions of the Contract. F. Shop Drawings 1. For Shop Drawing requirements see the applicable Sections of the Conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Division 16 ` Contractor shall submit all Shop Drawings within 90 days t after signing of Contract. Generally, all equipment and materials of the same classification, type orkind shall be submitted at one time in a bound brochure. All lighting fixture shop drawing submissions shall include a minimum of a dimensional drawing of each assembled fixture as well as a description of materials, finish, lens, frame, housing, reflector, etc. , any special accessories, recommended lamp and a list of agencies which have labeled the fixture. All Fire Alarm System shop draining submissions shall be accompanied by a written detailed sequence of operation together with schematic wiring diagrams which shall show the functions, facilities, operation and interconnections of the equipment. All main and sub-distribution switchgear, panel- boards, and similar equipment submissions shall show the physical size, material type, bracing, connection and branch- ing of all busses, switches and fuses; they shall also show the size, type and finish of all framework and enclosures. WA - 7001 16011 - 1 16011 GENERAL - (continued) F. Shop Drawings -(continued) Other equipment shop drawings shall be submitted with similar appropriate details. Shop drawing submissions not including this information shall not be considered. Any construction delays caused by failure to submit shop drawings on time or in the proper format shall be the responsibility of the Division 16 Con- tractor. G. Guarantee 1. For Guarantee requirements see the applicable Sections of the Conditions of the Contract. H. Temporary Light and Power 1. For Temporary Light and Power Provisions and requirements, see the applicable Sections of the Conditions of the Contract. WA - 7601 16013 - 1 • 16013 WORK INCLUDED A. These Specifications and the accompanying Drawings are intended to include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, hoists, transportation, equipment, apparatus, and all required appurten- ances and incidental auxiliaries necessary for the installation of electrical work in a safe, substantial, workmanlike manner, complete in every detail, tested and ready for satisfactory operation. B. Any equipment called for in these Specifications and not shown on the Drawings and vice versa shall be furnished and installed complete as would any equipment both specified and shown. Generally the work under Division 16 shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to the following items. Omission of specific items shall not be construed as being omitted from Division 16. 1. Furnish and install a complete new underground electric service consisting of a new underground electric service feeder together with associated conduit, property line manhole if required and all related grounding indicated on • the Drawings or specified. 2. Make provisions as indicated on plans, to connect old building at a future time. 3. Furnish and install all new lighting fixtures and lamps. 4. Furnish and install all wiring devices. 5. Install all equipment and motor controls including starters and control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc. for Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning systems and equipment as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified elsewhere herein. Furnish and install all power and control wiring and connections for such controls and starters including control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc. for Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems and equipment as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified elsewhere herein. Such control devices shall include but shall not necessarily be limited to those enumerated elsewhere herein under Equipment Controls, '1 Motor Controls and Associated Wiring. WA - 7601 Page - _' 16013 16013 WORK INCLUDED - (continued) B. 6. Furnish and install all starters and disconnect switches unless noted otherwise herein or on the Drawings. 7. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or specified else- where herein, furnish and install all power and control wiring and make all necessary final equipment connections for Dwyer equipment and devices and other special equipment shown on the Drawings, whether such motors, etc. are furnished under Division 16 or by others, or by the Owner or by other separate contracts. 8. Furnish and install a complete new exit and emergency light system as indicated. 9. Furnish and install a complete emergency generator system. 10. Furnish and install a complete fire alarm and fire detection system. 11. Furnish and install all empty conduits, wired conduits, outle t boxes, junction boxes, pullboxes, collecting boxes, etc. as indicated and facilitate the concealed installation for future use. 12. Furnish and install an empty conduit and sleeves cohere entering building system in the building, as indicated, to facilitate the concealed installation of the public telephone company cables and equipment by others. 13. Furnish and install surface plugmolding where and indicated. 14. Furnishaid install a public address system. 15. Furnish and install a complete system of temporary light and power as specified to facilitate the safe and prompt perfor- mance of the construction work of all Divisions. 16. Furnish and install all concrete work, vater proofin exca- vating, backfill, cutting and (rO11411) patchinIq as specified to facilitate the installation of the electrical work. WA - 7601 Page - 3 • 16013 WORK INCLUDED - (continued) 16013 B. 17. Furnish and install all supports and hangers as required to facilitate the installation of the electrical work. All conduits, panels, controllers, starters, loudspeakers, lights, switches, etc. shall be securely fastened to or supported from the building construction with ample size iron clamps, clips, hangers, racks or angle iron frames of ample weight and design to hold equipment in place at height or angles specified or directed. Free standing angle iron frames shall be securely fastened to floor slabs and ceiling slabs or steel. • i WA - 7601 16614 - 16014 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Wherever the expressions "By Others" or "Not in Contract" are used in this Specification or the accompanying Drawings it is to mean furnished (and installed when noted) by another trade (eg, another Division) or by the Owner, or by other sepa- rate contracts and should not be misconstrued to mean that such equipment, wiring, etc. will not be furnished or installed at this time (or at all). Generally all equipment, wiring, etc. furnished by another trade or by the Owner or by other separate contracts shall be installed and wired by the Division l6 Con- tractor unless noted otherwise hereinafter or elsewhere herein or on the Drawings. B. The Division 16 Contractor shall secure all information and specific data for all work described under other Divisions, etc. which are related to Division 16 and he shall advise all other Divisions, etc. of the requirements of the Division 10 work -,s related to their Divisions, etc. The following general items of work shall be done by others: 1. All finished painting of exposed conduits, boxes, flush panelboard trims, flush strip cabinet trims, etc. Z. Furnishing and setting of all motors. 3. Furnishing all individual motor and equipment controls, including control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc, for Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Condition - ing Systems or equipment except as otherwise indicated elsewhere herein or on the Drawings. Such control devices shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to those enumerated elsewhere herein under Equipment Controls, Motor Controls and Associated Wiring. 4. Furnishing and installing of all oil burner contrnL wirin-g. 5. Furnishing and installing all instruments, equipment, c,ihk wiring, etc. for public telephone and other empty cunduii systems, etc. except as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Furnishing of the servicing Utility Company's new meters and current transformer associated with the new sacund:, r% electric service feeder, metering_ and service entrance equipment. WA - 7601 16015 - 1 • 16015 CODES, PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES A. All work, material and equipment under Division 16 shall comply with the current applicable requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the servicing Utility Company, the servicing Public Telephone Company, all State and Municipal Agencies having jurisdiction, and to the latest editions of the National Electrical Code. B. Before submitting his Bid, the Division 16 Contractor shall familiarize himself with the rules of all hereinbefore mentioned Board, Departments, Agencies, etc. having jurisdiction, and he shall notify the Architect with his Bid, if in his opinion, any work or materials specified is contrary to any such rules. Otherwise, the Division 16 Contractor shall be responsible for the approval of all work or material and in case the use of any material specified is not permitted a substitute approved by the Authorities and by the Architect shall be furnished and installed without additional cost to the Owner. C. The Division 16 Contractor shall procure and pay for all necessary • drawings, permits and certificates required by the various governing agencies having jurisdiction and shall turn over to the Architect all permits for construction before starting work, and certificates of test, inspection and approval before requesting payment. All costs and permits required for street openings and alike shall be paid for by the Division 16 Contractor. • WA - 7601 160D - I 16016 TESTS A. All tests required by the National Electrical Code, National Board of Fire Underwriters', State and Local Authorities, the servicing Utility Company and the Architect shall be executed by or paid for by the Division 16 Contractor. Furnish all labor, material and instruments for each test. All major tests shall be witnessed by the Architect and/or the Authority haviril, jurisdiction, all of whom shall be given a minimum of one week' s written notice prior to such tests. B. During the course of work and prior to final acceptance all such tests shall be made as specified above and as the Architect deems necessary to insure that the Electrical Work meets with the intent of these Specifications and is approved by the Authoring having jurisdiction. Should the tests show that any of the material, apparatus or workmanship are not first class or not in compliance with these requirements, the Division 16 Contractor, on notice from the Architect, shall remove same and prnmptl� replace them with other materials and apparatus in conformity to the requirements. C. All circuit work, throughout, on all systems shall be tested for grounds, open and short circuits, prior to being energizedl and all work shall be left in first class operating condition when energized. Lubrication of all rotating machinery and direction of rotation of all motors shall be verified and shall comply with manufacturer's instruction. Other tests shall he ets specified above and/or as specified elsewhere hereinafter (for example the emergency generator-automatic transfer switch test; the electric service feeder voltage test; etc. ) WA - 7601 16017 - 1 • 16017 DEMONSTRATION OF THE COMPLETED ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Instruction Demonstration 1. The Division 16 Contractor shall be fully responsible for the instructing of the Owner's designated personnel in the operation and maintenance of all equipment furnished by him. All costs required for such instruction and demonstra- tion shall be paid for by the Division 16 Contractor. Such instructions shall take place in the presence of the Architect's representative, upon completion of the work, when the Division 16 Contractor and his equipment manu- facturers and/or vendors shall arrange a demonstration of all electrical systems and equipment for the Owner's designated representatives and shall furnish for their use. Provide approved printed and bound copies of all opera- tion and maintenance instruction manuals. Included in these manuals shall be one (1) copy of all previously submitted and Architects "approved" or "approved as noted" shop drawings. ("Approved as noted" shop drawings must first be permanently corrected). Informal or non-Architect witnessed instructions or instructions to non-designed • Owner personnel shall not be recognized as fulfilling these requirements. B. Record Drawings 1. The Division 16 Contractor shall prepare a complete set of original tracings or sepias (plans and risers) showing the exact location of all Division 16 equipment and systems as installed as well as the actual routing of all associated conduits and exact numbers of wires in each conduit as installed. Submit one (1) set of prints to the Architect for approval and deliver, after approval, the original tracings or sepias and one (1) set of prints to the Architect. Various systems manu- facturers block diagrams previously submitted as shop drawings and kept current during construction may be submitted for approval as riser diagrams provided they show the actual installation as spe cified and are neatly prepared. C. Final 1. The Division 16 Contractor shall, before final payment is received, clean (or repaint as specified elsewhere herein) • all panelboards and electrical equipment including lighting fixtures and glassware; he shall assure: that all lamps are installed and are operating; that all defective ballasts have been replaced; that all directories, engravings, etc. are in place; that schedules are filled in and placed in each panelboard; that all guarantees and record drawings WA - 7601 16017 - 2 16017 DEMONSTRATION OF THE COMPLETED ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS - (continued) C. have been prepared and approved; that all instructions have been given and that all demonstrations have taken place. WA - 7601 16018 - 1 • 16018 IDENTIFICATION AND MARKINGS A. Furnish and install nameplates for all service equipment, distribution equipment, metering equipment, panelboards, pullboxes, junction boxes, terminal cabinets, fire alarm panels, etc. Nameplates shall be 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/8 inch; made of white core laminated sheets. Plates shall have beveled edges and shall have the equipments designation as well as indication of normal or emergency supply and vantage (where applicable) engraved with 3/16 inch high white letters in accordance with titles shown in schedules or on the floor plans or riser diagrams. Mount plate outside on doors with two countersunk Phillips head machine screws. B. In addition, furnish and install engravings on all equipment and wiring devices as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified hereinafter. All engravings shall be of a permanent method similar to silk screen processes or other approved. Magnetic stick-on tape will not be acceptable. Where two or more engravings are applicable, each shall be provided. 1. all switches, pilot lights, disconnects, motor starter, etc. , • controlling remote equipment shall be engraved indicating specific equipment controlled. On motor starters, dis- connects, etc. , engravings shall include the voltage and fuse size of device, if any, the name of fans, etc. , interlocked with the specific starter as well as the device or general control circuit that remotely controls the starter, if any. 2. All receptacles used for 208 volt service shall be engraved "208" VOLTS. 3. All device plates for wiring devices and switches as well as disconnect switches and starters on emergency service shall be engraved "EMERG. SERV. " in red letters. 4. Distribution equipment circuits, generator control panels, etc. and auxiliary systems equipment such as fire alarm, etc, shall be engraved in a manner as specified above and/or elsewhere herein for each specific system. • WA - 7601 16101 1 SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16101 GENERAL A. Standards for Material and Workmanship 1. All materials and equipment furnished and installed under Division 16 shall be new of standard first grade quality and correctly designed for their specific purpose. All new materials and equipment shall conform to the standard of, and bear the inspection label of the Under- writers' Laboratories and shall be approved for use by all Local Authorities having jurisdiction. 2. All equipment and material furnished shall be the manu- facturer's standard item of production unless specifically specified or required to be modified to suit job conditions. Sizes, material, finish dimensions and the capacities for the specified application shall be published in catalogs for national distribution by the manufacturer. Ratings and capacities shall be certified by a recognized American rating bureau. 3. Equipment and material fabricated specifically for use on this project shall be in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and shall conform to the latest standards of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. 4. All materials and equipment of one and the same kind, type nr classification and used for identical purposes shall be made by the same manufacturer. 5. All equipment and materials to be installed under Division Its shall be done so in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and professional appearance when completed. Air; workmanship considered by the Architect as being faulty ,r as not being first class shall be removed and replaced b� the Division 16 Contractor to the satisfaction of the Archit, ct at no additional cost to the Owner. WA - 7601 16101 - 2 • 16101 GENERAL - (continued) A. Standards for Material and Workmanship - (continued) 6. Within 30 days of Contract signing and prior to the submission of ship drawings or the purchase of any material or equipment the Division 16 Contractor shall submit to the Architect a detailed list of all items of materials, equipment and fixtures which he proposes to furnish under Division 16. Such a list shall bear the equipment manufacturer's name, general description or series catalogue number and intended location or use of same. In addition, furnish a list of distributors who will supply listed equipment. Partial submission of such a material list shall not be acceptable. 7. Where particular products or materials are specified hereinafter by manufacturers' name, they shall be considered as a standard and as most satisfactory for their purpose or use on the site or in the various buildings. Another manufacturer's product other than those indicated may be submitted for substitution with the understanding that the Architect shall be the sole • judge as to the acceptability of the substituted items. In addition, furnish to the Architect-Engineer or Owner upon request, and within 14 days of such a request, samples of any Base Bid and/or corresponding Alternate Bid or intended substitute equipment, fixtures, etc. for their comparison and selection. B. Mounting Heights of Electrical Equipment 1. Wall outlets and other electrical equipment shall be mounted in general at height specified hereinafter, measured from the finished floor to center of device, unless otherwise in- dicated or directed. Heights are subject to modifications where hung ceilings are low; where walls are finished in two different materials; where heights given would place outlets on molding break in wall surf ace or other un- suitable location; where outlets occur in tile, wood or other similar finish. Heights and locations of outlets and equipment shown on Architectural Drawings and Details shall take precedence. In addition, all decisions for any modifications to determine the exact final location of outlets or equipment from what is shown 3o r specified • shall be as directed by the Architect. The Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate the locations of all such outlets WA - 60L 161n1 16101 GENERAL - (continued) B. Mounting Heights of Electrical Equipment - (continued) 1. requiring mounting height modifications as well as outlets not having a specified or indicated mounting height with the Architect and the General Contractor prior to doing any work for the installation of same. Otherwise, the Division 16 Contractor shall make any and all adjustments in hi s work, as well as pay for all such adjustments in the General Contractor's work, at no additional cost to the Owner, to properly and finally locate such outlets as required by the Architect. Furthermore, it shall be the Division 16 Contractor's responsibility to check all outlet heights in relation to equipment served, furniture, convectors, e tc, and to correct same as necessary, prior to installation after conferring with the Architect and the General Contractor, etc. All work resulting from the failure of the Divisior, 16 Contractor coordinate all outlet heights with respect to equipment served, etc. , shall be borne by the Di�i- sion 16 Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Specified heights of wiring devices and other equipment are as follows: General Receptacle Outlets 1' -0" Receptaclerin Boiler Room, and Mechanical Rooms 4'-0" Receptacle and Switch in same Box V-0" Local Wall Switches 4'-0" Wall Bracket Lights 6' -6" or over mire,-ors, etc Public Telephone Outlets(desk type) 1'-0" Public Telephone Outlets(wall type) 5' -0" Microphones Receptacles 1' -0" Fire Alarm Gong 6" (in W -n" hi-Ih as high aspt.,sibl..) Fire Alarm Stations 5' -2" WA - 7601 16101 - 4 • 16101 GENERAL - (continued) B. Mounting Heights of Electrical Equipment - (continued) 2. Exit Signs Ceiling mounted; wall mounted above door buck and/or 7' -0" when placed next to door Break Glass Switches 5'-2" Motor Controllers, Motor Starters, Time Switches & Relays 4'-0" Thermostats 5' -6" Disconnect for fractional horsepower motors 4' -0" Heavy Duty Disconnect Switches of various sizes Suitable hand height • Panelboards and Terminal and Strip Cabinets 6'-6" to top Eire Alarm Control Panel 4'-6" to Centerline • 16102 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All required excavations and backfilling uecessary for the execution and installation of the work under Division lc shall be performed by the Division 16 Contractor. B. Banks of excavation shall be maintained in a safe and st.tble condition at all times, using piling, if necessary. B;tckfill material shall be excavated materi.t] -,r clean fill; nn � indera, debris or other corrosive material hall be used in l.ackfill. Any debris uncovered during excavation shall be promptly removed from excavation area an,[ disposed of by the Division 16 Contractor to locations off the Site, :,r , he:i s , directed by the Architect, to other locations on the Sir-. Surplus clean excavated material sh,Al remain ,i, the Site auci be moved by the Division 16 Contractor to locations desi_,n:rte,l by the Architect. All excavation shall be kept free of aaier ;;nd shall be promptly filled after the electric:,l conduii . -quipntenl , etc, installed in sarie and inspected by the yrchite ! d! Authorities having jurisdiction. Backfilled . :1rih sl 11 tw tamped in 18" layers. The Division 16 Coutr:lctor sii.,ll pr. .wo all his excavations with such protections nhell ;,s 1) rri, , lanterns, etc. as deemed necessary by the lrchite� t i,rl required by the Authorities having jurisdi':ti:iii. C. The Division 16 Contractor shall repair all damage !,: t11 ro;Ids sidewalks, paving, etc. resulting frorir his ex:avau n in r, n,,er approved by and to the satisfaction ut the Arcldteci . D. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Dra\cin,s, et.- vation for all exterior underground conduits sh,dl be such top of conduits or concrete envelope is ,, rninimurn ii .. -r," belt.,. finish grade. E. Excavation for all underground conduits sho�cn on the Dr:t,win�s running below the grade floor slab will be such rhmt t,,p of conduits are a minimum of 6 inches belo%c the bottom :,i WA - 7601 • 16103 - 1 16103 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. GENERAL 1. All cutting required to facilitate the proper installation of all work to be installed under Division 16 shall be done by the Division 16 Contractor. All cutting shall be done in the manner specified and/or as directed and approved by the Architect and only after permission of the Architect is obtained. The installation of omitted sleeves, chases, etc. or the correction of incorrectly located sleeves, chases, etc. in new concrete walls, floors, ceilings and roofs as well as the cutting of existing concrete walls, floors, ceilings and roofs shall be done by Core drilling. New and existing structural steel members bearing members and bearing calls shall be cut by the use of approved burning methods and the area around the cut shall be structurally reinforced by the Division 16 Contractor as directed by the Architect. The Division 16 Contractor shall generally avoid the cutting of structural steel members and bearing walls. • B. New Construction 1. The Division 16 Contractor shall furnish the material and labor for all work included under Division 16 in ample time and in sufficient quantities so that all of the work may be installed in proper sequence to avoid unnecessary cutting and patching of new floors, walls, etc. He shall lay out all chases, openings, sleeves, etc, required for his conduits and equipment in advance of the construction of all new masonry and carpentry work, or the pouring of new concrete and shall be solely responsible for the proper location of same in such construction. Should the Division 16 Contractor neglect to or improperly locate these chases, openings, sleeves, etc. and should cutting and patching be required to properly install his work, the cutting and resulting patching and repairing shall be done by the Division 16 Contractor (see applicable Sections of the Conditions of the Contract). All patching and repairing as well as all materials used for same shall be furnished and installed in the manner specified and/or as directed and approved by the Architect. • ti i1 1 bi U-I I 16104 WATERPROOFING A. Wherever any of the work of Divisiu;. I, h- •i to pie waterproofing, this work shall be done tht Divisic t; In Contractor with care and after the pr- r tti,-,se s� irei. s have been put in place through this o i- rproofiriL, the openings made by same shall be v aterr •-uufed and made absolutely watertight as approved by th, i chitect aud '(,r as hereinafter spe cified. B. Conduits piorcing the cement Aalt- : i.i i ,'i ,trails �..1I floors shall be provided with waterpti,ui —) luit entr,,nc, seal sleeves around same. These sleeves shaL1 be Typt- "WSK" (walls) or "FSK" (floors) innnufactured by 0-7 or other approved. C. Conduit sleeves through non-warerpi -. ,ted t, ,-ills and flours �I,:,It be grouted, caulked with oakum and ,Paled kith apprn,,e,l plastic mastic compound mi both s. It-3 -i the kill. WA - 7601 16106 - 1 • 16106 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Furnish and install all power and control wiring and make all necessary final equipment connections for same, as indicated on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified for all motors, equipment and devices in: lounges, etc. and at other special equipment shown on the Drawings; whether such motor equipment and devices are furnished under Division 16 or by others. B. Prior to installation of same, the Division 16 Contractor shall verify the exact locations and types of all indicated receptacles, disconnect switches, junction boxes, etc. , which shall be furnished and installed by him to serve each particular motor, device or equipment connection. In addition and also prior to connection to same, he shall verify the exact locations and types of specified or indicated motors, devices or equipment noted or specified to be furnished under Division 16 or by others and/or by the Owner. Certain such motors, devices or equipment shall also be installed by the Division 16 Contractor as specified hereinafter or indicated • on the Drawings. The Division 16 Contractor shall consult the Architect's and Equipment Manufacturer's or Vendor's roughing drawings, data sheets, shop drawings, etc. , to verify all requirements of all such motors, devices and equipment and shall wire up, connect (and install where specified or indicated) all such motors, etc. , and their associated controls accordingly or as directed by the Architect to suit the individual piece of apparatus. The Division 16 Contractor is cautioned that certain motors, devices or equipment sizes, characteristics, locations, etc. may vary from what is shown depending on the manu- facture of what is finally purchased or provided. No extra compensation will be allowed for such variations nor will any consideration be granted for any resultant additional material to be furnished and work to be performed. All final connections to equipment, motors, etc. , from junction boxes, disconnect switches, receptacles, etc„ shall be made with the types of flexible conduit specified elsewhere herein. Check all equipment and motors for proper voltage operation and directions of rotation, C. In general, all motors, equipment (Dwyer Unit) and devices • to furnished by others or by the Owner or by other separate contracts shall be installed by others except where such W ' l,•i' 16106 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CCINNECTTONS - 1, i finned} C. motors, etc. , are indicated on flit. fir., inQs i specified to be installed by the u: ,: i 16 Cowv.acmr, Motors, device s and equipmen, fficrnrshed by the Division 16 Contractor in the =IiAl lie installed by him. In addition, ott.t nui,,rs, equipment and devices that are 1,— rl i1. r;,,wi •,r area and are usually installed by l.lee.tr,, .il Contractor due to Union or other jurisdicti,n,al miles sh;tll be iti-iall,cl by the Division 16 Contractor, D. The Division 16 Contractor shall inclucic in his Base Furl the totall cost for all labor and m;,t, riai:; re9uir1-d I,tl' nli work specified under this Sub-Section tnd shall n,,r he entitled ti, any additional compens,,t,,,ti t.,r ;,ri\- re.,snn for any work performed or to ha pc rfori-orl and(—r th, relationship of same to the other, tr.tdes, c t. . No , on- sideratiori will be granted f„r any n tsuncb�rstandi,.-T lit the material to be furnished or wort to he perfon.ted. WA - 7601 16110 - 1 • 16110 GROUNDING A. General 1. A complete grounding and bonding system shall be furnished and installed by the Division 16 Contractor for the effective ground of all new (or existing building or site relocated or reused) electrical equipment, conduit systems, outlet boxes, service and distribution equipment, motors, starters, disconnect switches, appliances, etc. , as required by the National Electric Code, State and Local Authorities, the servicing Utility Company, the various equipment manufacturers or Vendors as shown on the Drawings and as specified hereinafter. Such equipment shall be grounded and bonded by the Division 16 Contractor whether same is furnished under Division 16 or by others and/or by the Owner and/or by other separate contracts and connected by the Division 16 Contractor. . B. Grounding Conductors 1. Grounding electrode conductors shall be sized as required and they and their associated main bonding jumpers shall be in respective accordance with table 250-94 and Section 250-79 (c) of the National Electric Code. 2. Equipment grounding conductors and equipment bonding jumpers (non-main jumpers) shall be sized, at a mini- mum, in accordance with table 250-95 of the National Electric Code, except where same are furnished as an integral part of a manufactured flexible armored cable (BX) in which case the intwgral non-insulated wire furnished with the flexible armored cable shall be considered a grounding conductor in all areas except where prohibited by Code or Local Inspector. 3. The minimum size equipment grounding conductor shall be No. 10 AWG unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 4. Approved manufacturers of grounding conductors shall • be the same as those listed elsewhere herein for wire and cable. WA - 16110 16110 GROUNDING - (continued) B. Grounding conductors - (continued) 5. Exposed grounding electrode or equipment grounding conductors shall be bare copper and those installed in raceways shall be green colored insulated copper Increase size of raceway, if necessary, to accommodate: grounding conductors. 6. All grounding conductors shall be properly protected against mechanical injury. C. Grounding Connections 1. Bolted connections shall be of the multiple bolt type. Bolts, washers and stop nuts shall be of high copper alloy, everdurium, or silicon bronze. Ferrous hardwar, or solder connections shall not be acceptable. 2. Where grounding terminal connectors are brazed or welded to equipment the metal shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to brazing or welding and impaired surfaces repainted to prevent corrosion. 3. Where bar copper or aluminum is joined by boltiii z, contact surfaces shall be electro-silver plated or electro-tin plated respectively. 4. Where clamp type ground clamps must be utilized inter- connection shall be made with copper cable conductors or copper grounding jumpers as specified ,bove. 5. Grounding connections shall be installed so, ;s to be accessible for periodic inspection and for testing of the condition and continuity of all grounds. 6. Lugs shall be of the cast type and where required they shall be manufactured of the proper mti,d alloys s , s t not cause a catalytic reaction when connecting the capper cables to aluminum bus bars. Lugs for cable size 1 /(" ,end larger shall have 2 holes for mounting to bus bars, atc, WA - 7601 16110 - 3 • 16110 GROUNDING - (continued) D. Grounding of Motors 1. Unless motor terminal boxes are provided with tapped hubs for receiving threaded conduit, unions or connections without interrupting the line with flexible conduit, motors shall be grounded by connecting an insulated conductor from a grounding bushing in the starter or disconnect switch to the motor frame. Conductor shall be installed in the conduit with the circuit connectors and terminated in a ground terminal in the motor connection box, providing the terminal in this box is mechanically connected to the motor frame. If the terminal in the box is not mechanically connected to the motor frame the grounding conductor from the starter shall be extended through an insulated bushed opening in the connection box and connected to the motor base with a ground lug and a cap screw or top bolt. Lugs to be furnished by the Division 16 Contractor. 2. Provide ground lug inside enclosure for all starters, disconnect switches and terminal boxes. • E. Grounding of all Panelboards, Service and Distribution Disconnect Switches 1. Panelboards and Service and Distribution Disconnects shall be grounded by connecting an insulated conductor from a ground lug connector on the cabinet (or the integral ground bus where specified to be provided) to a grounding bushing on the incoming and outgoing conduits. F. Grounding of Exterior and Interior Lighting Fixtures 1. Ground the body of every interior and exterior non- recessed lighting fixture with grounding wire originating at a ground lug on the lighting fixture and connected to a ground bushing or ground lug on the conduit or outlet box serving same. • WA- 7601. 16110 - 4 16110 GROUNDING - (continued) F. Grounding of Exterior and Interior Lighting Fixtures - (continued) 2. Ground the body of every interior and exterior recessed lighting fixture by either providing: a grounding wire originating at a ground lug on the lighting fixture and continuing through with the branch circuit wires in the flexible conduit to a ground bushing or ground lug on the conduit or outlet box serving same; or by providing the flexible conduit connecting the fixture and the outlet box serving same with termination fittings suitable for grounding purposes as approved by the Local Inspector. 3. Lugs on all fixtures where required, shall be brazed, welded or sere-w tapped to fixture bodies. G. Grounding of Receptacles 1. Ground each receptacle with an insulated conductor connected from the receptacle ground terminal to grounding bushing on incoming concuit. 2. Where a surf ace raceway is indicated to contain receptacles, ground all receptacles contained therein by interconnecting same with an insulated conductor which shall be connected to the grounding bushing on the incomming conduit. 3. Receptacles in power-tee ducts used for plug-in lighting fixtures shall be grounded by connecting the insulated grounding conductor furnished with the duct (and connected to the receptacle) to the grounding bushing on the incoming conduit at the rower-tee duct junction box. H. Grounding of Intermediate Grade Steel & Thin Wall Steel Conduit 1. Each conduit termination shall be made with double locknuts and an insulated galvanized or sherardized grounding bush- ing (intermediate grade); or a single locknut, a galvanized compression or set screw type connector and an insulated metallic grounding bushing (thin wall). All grounding bushings shall be interconnected and connected to the inside of cabinets distribution panels pullboxes, etc. by means of bonding jumpers (or equipment grounding con - ductors) and ground lugs. WA - 7601 16110 - 5 • 16110 GROUNDING - (continued) I. Grounding of Flexible Armored Cable (SX) 1. In all areas where the integral non-insulated wire of a manufactured flexible armored cable is prohibited for use as an equipment grounding conductor, by Code or by Local Inspector, install an armored cable having an additional insulated conductor (No. 12 AWG minimum type TW) in addition to the phase and neutral wiring shown on the Drawings. This Conductor shall be identi- fied by a green marker affixed to the non green manu- factured insulation and each end of the conductor shall terminate in an approved lug in the outlet box, etc. on each end. Where the Drawings already indicate a total of four (phase and neutral) wires provide a flexible steel conduit (Greenfield) with the required number of conductors, for that particular cable run, in order to comply with the requirements of this paragraph. J. Grounding of Flexible Steel Conduit (Greenfield) • 1. Flexible steel conduits longer than 6'-0" and serving a circuit greater than 20 amperes shall have suitable clamp-on insulated bushing and an additional insulated ground wire (No. 10 AWG minimum - types TW, THHN, or THW) in addition to the phase and neutral wiring shown on the Draw- ings. The ends of this additional conductor shall terminate in an approved lug in the outlet box, etc. on each end. Flexible steel conduits not longer than 6'-0" and not serving a circuit greater than 20 amperes shall not require an additional insulated ground wire provided the termination fittings are suitable for grounding purposes as approved by the Local Inspector. Is WA - 7601 lblli - 1 16111 RACEWAYS A. Furnish and install all surface raceways and wiring trouq}is as indicated on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified. All troughs and surface raceways shall be new, of highest quality, free from defects, listed by the Underwriters Laboratories and bear the manufacturer's mark or starnp. All troughs and surface raceways shall be constructed of Code gauge prime painted galvanized steel and shall be of the size and length as indicated on the Drawings, as hereinafter specified, and as required, by Code for the number of con- ductors contained herein. B. Wiring troughs shall be used at all starter racks and all other locations indicated on the Drawings. Troughs shall be as manufactured by Empire, Hoffmann, Square D or other approved. C. Surface raceways shall be used on all finished areas of tl,c building requiring exposed raceways as indicated on the Drawings and shall be furnished complete with 15 ampere. 3 wire grounded receptacles field wired with No. 12 TW Haire on 6" centers. Surface raceways shall be as manufactured by Wiremold, Series #2100 complete with all necessary end fittings, couplings, connectors, flush plate, adapte rs and #2127GA grounded receptacles. WA - 7601 16112 - 1 • 16112 CONDUIT A. All conduits installed on the site or in the building shall be of the highest quality, free from defects and listed by the Under- writers Laboratories and bear the manufacturer's mark or stamp. The Division 16 Contractor shall check the details of other Divisions and also the various Vendors and Manufacturers approved layouts for the exact locations of all equipment, motors, etc. and shall terminate his conduit runs as shown thereon and as directed. B. Various types of conduits, (intermediate grade steel, thin wall steel, flexible steel or armored cable shall be used in the locations as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Intermediate Grade Steel Conduit (Hot dipped galvanized or sherardized inside and outside). a) All conduit buried underground or in concrete slabs and all exterior wiring conduits. b) All other areas required by Code. All intermediate grade steel conduit run in direct contact • with earth whether within or on the exterior of the build- ing shall be previously painted before installation with (2) two coats of asphaltum, thoroughly dried, or protected with a high density polyethylene coating. Conduits placed above the visqueen are not considered in direct contact with earth. 2. Thin Wall Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing, EMT (Galvanized inside and outside). a) For feeders to all panelboards. b) All areas where conduit is exposed on walls or ceilings and allowed by Code. c) For all branch circuit telephone system conduit runs not in contact with soil or in slabs. 3. Flexible Armored Cable, BX (Galvanized steel inside and outside). See also requirements under Grounding. a) Run concealed in ceiling and non-masonry partitions. • 16112 - 2 16112 CONDUIT - (continued) B. 3. Flexible Armored Cable, BX (Galvanized steel inside and outside). See also requirements under Grounding. (continued) a) Provide conduit sleeves or junction box conversion io pipe and xvire for extension of these runs from ceilings into masonry partitions for switch legs and similar cases. In no case shall BX be permitted for wire sizes larger than No. 10 AWG or quantities greater than four (4) conductors in a single armored cable. Where the Drawings indicate more than four (4) conductors in a single armored cable, furnish and install a flexible steel conduit (greenfield) %,ith the required number of conductors for that particuLu• armored cable run in order to cornpIv with the requirements of this paragraph. 4. Flexible Metallic Conduit, Greenfield (Galvanized steel inside and outside). See also requirements specified under Grounding. a) For concealed run from recessed lighting fixture junction box to recessed lighting fixture - o' -t " length maximum. b) At all motor and equipment connections in dry locatioi,.,' and in general, for short lengths where used for final connections to motors and equipment %%here thin ��,' dL steel conduit is basically indicated or specified. c) Where specified to be installed in lieu of flexible armored cable because of the grounding or maxiuri ,. conductor requirements specified for the arnn m (I cable. 5. Neoprene Jacketed Flexible Metallic Conduit, Liquidii:e (Galvanized inside and outside steel core kkith .i p,,lv..if.�l- chloride outter cover). See also requirements specifi,-d under Grounding. a) At all motor and equipment connections in wet L;cahon and in general, for short lengths where used for finat connections to motors and equipment \there rigid steel and rigid non-metallic conduit is basically specified or indicated. WA - 7601 • 16112 - 3 16112 CONDUIT - (continued) B. 5. Neoprene Jacketed Flexible Metallic Conduit, etc. (continued) b) At all motor and equipment connections in boiler rooms, machine rooms, equipment rooms, etc. from fixed junction box, etc. to motor device or equipment. C. The Drawings indicate the general location of conduit runs which may be modified at the time of installation to adapt same to building construction or site configuration but in no case shall circuits be combined without permission from the Architect. Minimum size conduit for rigid stee, thin wall steel or flexible steel be 3/41' unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. All rigid steel, thin wall steel corners shall be turned with standard elbows or long radius bends. For all. sizes of conduit larger than one inch use standard manufactured elbows and offsets made for this purpose. For one inch and smaller sizes, the Division 16 Contractor will be permitted to make bends, but care must be taken not to damage the conduit. The radius of the inner • curve on any bend shall be not less than that allowed by Code. No more than foir (4) right angle bends shall be permitted in any conduit run between any two (2) terminations or pullboxes. D. The ends of all conduits shall be carefully reamed before installation and after the application of the dies and shall be free from burrs and sharp edges. Where it becomes necessary to cut a length of conduit it shall be done with a hack saw or other approved cutter and care shall be taken to secure a straight end on all conduits so that all conduit joints can and will be brought to a shoulder. In installing all conduits particular care must be taken in cutting to the proper length so that the ends will fit exactly into the outlet boxes and cabinets. Where conduits terminate in cabinets they shall be neatly arranged. The ends of all conduits shall be immediately temporarily plugged after installation with plugs similar to T & B Series 1471, size as required so as to avoid the conduit filling with earth, mortar, dust, etc. • WA 7"t-11 161.1z - 161lz CONDUIT - (continued) E. All conduits shall be furnished complete .ifh all required siz, associated or required fittings as specifi, d hereinafter or elsewhere herein under Grounding, Joints in intermediate grade steel conduit shall be made with threaclerl t,,J)e steel couplings made up with Thomas and Betts Kopr-sl-deld camp . Terminations of intermediate grade steel ,.nduii shall he rr•. d, with double steel locknuts and insulated —ikanized steel gr ing type bushings, Thomas & Betts Seri. ; iri f „r ,ricer appir made up with the threading compound :pecified above where required. Running threads on intermediate grade conduit shall not be permitted, therefore, where straight threads cannot be used approved type unions shall be installed. Joints in thin k.ill steel conduit shall be made with steel compression rype couplir, and connectors unless steel set scree. fittings as nnanufactrtred by Berger Industries (Type ETP) are utilized with bonding jutnper� as required by Code and/or Local Inspector. Tern inatio.,s ''I thin wall steel conduit shall be made •.%itli a single steel peanut, compression type steel connection (or ;t Berger Industries I ypr ETP set screw fitting with bonding jumpers is required b% Code and/or Local Inspector), and :,n insulat( I -,alv,,nized steel grounding type bushing, Thomas & Betts Series ;100 and Series 3800 or other approved. All fittings for flexible steel cmidriits and flexible armored cables shall be of the stand«rd steel set scree and single locknut type or of the steel double loc[a-w,t ''0" ring type and shall be approved for groundin: purposes h�. the Local Inspector. The ends of conduit: to rmin,aitig at nmp_)rs, starters and similar apparatus and devices shall be furntshed with fittings as specified above ;,nd as suiLably required in each case. Provide expansion fittings wi :Ill . onduits passinu through or crossing building expansion joints. Expansion fittings for steel, conduits shall be OZ Cat, No. DX (rigid) and TX (thin wall) or other approved. WA - 7601 16112 - 5 . 16112 CONDUIT - (continued) F. The conduits for all branch circuit and feeder wiring shall be run concealed except in machine rooms, boiler rooms, equipment rooms and similar space; where the lack of a hung ceiling and the presence of mechanical equipment and ducts makes a concealed installation from the slab impossible or impractical; where permission is granted by the Architect to run exposed. Exposed conduits shall run parallel to walls and ceilings using hot dipped galvanized condulet fittings or pull- boxes for taps and direction changes. All exposed conduits must be securely fastened in place by means of substantial galvanized supports and fasteners. Where conduit is to be fastened to masonry walls, ceilings or partitions, the use of wooden plugs will not be permitted; provide malleable iron pipe clips with screws and expansion sleeves. Banks of conduits shall be supported from Unistrut trapeze hangers fastened to structural member by rods. The arrangement and method of fastening all conduits shall be subject to the direction and approval of the Architect and shall be supported free from outlets, pullboxes, etc. G. Conduits shall not be installed in structural slabs contrary to • the requirements of the American Concrete Institute Building Code. All conduits in structural slabs shall be reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer prior to slab pour. Conduits shall be so set that they do not interfere with the proper placing of slab reinforcing. Maximum outside dimension of conduit installed in slab shall not exceed one third (1/3) the thickness of slab and in no case be larger than one (1) inch diameter (trade size) and shall be installed parallel to reinforcing rods. In addition, conduits shall not be installed in structural slabs 3 inches thick or less without the prior approval of the Structural Engineer. Furthermore, conduits shall not be placed closer than three (3) diameters on center nor so located as to impair unduly the strength of the construction. Sufficient space must be left over conduit and couplings for the application of finished floor walls and ceilings. Conduits shall be installed where ever possible in center line between reinforcing rods. All cross-overs between conduits shall be at center of slab and not at beams. In upper floors and where conduit does not meet the requirements of this paragraph, run indicated floor conduit in hung ceiling below or exposed where permitted. WA - 7601 16117 - 1 16117 WIRE AND CABLE A. Furnish and install all wire and cable for all lighting fixtures, receptacles, equipment, panels, motors, special systerns, (fire alarm, sound) etc. for a complete wiring system as indicated on the Drawings, required and specified. B. All wire and cable shall be new; manufactured of soft drawn copper of not less than 98% conductivity, conforming to A. S. T. M. specifications and the latest requirements of N. E. C. Wire and cable shall have 600 volt insulation (unless otherwise noted or specified) of the type specified and shall be of the standard AWG sizes as called for on Drawings, or specified. All wire and cable shall be delivered to the site or the building in their original unbroken packages or reels plainly marked or tagged as follows: (Aluminum conductors will not be acceptable). 1. Underwriters' labels and the words "National Electric Code Standard". 2. Size, code type, insulation and maximum working voltage of the wire. 3. Name of manufacturing company and the trade name of the wire. 4. Date of manufacture (month and year) which shall be within eight (8) months of installation. C. Wire and cable shall be as manufactured by Triangle, General Cable or Anaconda. D. Wire and cable insulation shall be as follows and in all cases the insulation shall be suitable for the operating temperature of the lighting fixture, motor or equipment served. 1. No. 8 AWG and larger wet and dry locations - THW or RHW 2. No. 10 AWG and smaller wet and dry locations except as noted in 4 below TW 3. No. 14 AWG and larger in conduits in earth or in conduits in concrete slabs on earth RHW or THW WA - 7601 16117 - 2 • 16117 WIRE AND CABLE - (continued) D. 4. For continuous runs in fluorescent fixtures RHH, THHN or THW 5. For recessed outdoor lighting fixtures AVL (to junction box in hung ceiling) 6. For recessed indoor lighting fixtures AF or THHN (to junction box in hung ceiling) 7. Areas of high ambient temperature eg. boiler rooms, auxiliary heater rooms, etc. RHH 8. Within 3 feet of boilers, heaters, etc. AVA 9. Special systems (fire alarm, sound,etc. Size and insulation as specified and/or indica- ted on the Drawings for each special system. 10. Other wire and cables All other wire & cable shall be as indicated on the Drawings or as re- quired by the particular equipment manufacturer or Utility Company. E. Unless otherwise noted or indicated all light and power wiring shall be #12 AWG size; light and power wiring home runs shall be #10 AWG if longer than 100 feet measured between the local switch and the panelboard or the nearest outlet and the panel- board. All cable #6 AWG and larger shall be stranded; all wire #8AWG and smaller shall be solid. F. All wire and cable #6 AWG and smaller, shall be factory color coded. Cables #4 AWG and larger shall be field color coded utilizing colored pressure sensitive tape at switchboards, panel- boards, pullboxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes and at equip- ment served. Colors for each phase and neutral shall be consistent throughout system. Where two neutrals are run in any one conduit each neutral shall be taped to associated line conductors in each outlet. • WA - 7o01 16117 - 3 16m WIRE AND CABLE - (continued) F. Neutrals may not be combined and shall be installed continuous to panelboard, switchboards, etc. Each circuit on the Drawings has been given a reference number. Connections at panelboards distribution equipment, etc. shall be such that no neutral wire or cable shall serve more than one branch circuit wire or cable from the same phase. Color code, where not otherwise required by the inspection authorities, shall be as follows:(Where multiple circuits are run in a single conduit, additional color sequence shall be provided as approved. ) 120 '208V Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Traveler or Switch Leg Black with red colored stripe Ground Green WA - 7601 16118 - 1 • 16118 WIRE AND CABLE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES A. Feeder circuit cables shall be continuous from distribution equipment, etc. to panel, etc. served. Branch circuit wiring shall be continuous except splices will be permitted at outlets, junction boxes, etc. Six hundred volt, solderless mechanical splicing devices, as hereinafter specified, shall be used for splicing joints, taps and connections of 600 volt wire and cables used for feeder and branch circuit wiring. The same devices shall be used for other special system wire and cables except at terminal strip cabinets, sound racks, etc. where such connections shall be made with the terminal strips, specified with the strip cabinets, etc. Wire nuts or crimp-on connectors shall not be permitted for splicing. Sufficient slack wire and cable shall be left at all outlets, distribution equipment, panelboards, controllers, amplifiers, control panels, etc. to facilitate connections to device or equipment served without putting any strain on the wire or cable. For wire #8 AWG and smaller use steel spring solderless connectors with semi-rigid insulating shall, taped with vinyl Scotch #88 tape. (Scotch brand "Scotchlok" Types "Y" "R" and "B" as required or other approved). For cable #6 AWG and • larger use heavy duty solderless connector lugs, bug-nuts, etc. each taped with Scotch #23 rubber tape and covered with outer layers of Scotch #88 vinyl tape. (Thomas & Betts, Burndy, 0. Z. or other approved. ) All connections shall be insulated with lap wound layers of the specified or other approved electrical tape. The method used must provide insulation equivalent to 150% of the conductor's insulation but in no case shall lap winding be less than three (3) layers. Other devices used for splicing other special wires and cables shall be as specified elsewhere herein. B. A 11 wires and cables within all panelboards, distribution equip- ment, control panels, terminal strip cabinets, pullboxes, junction boxes, outlets and other equipment shall be neatly laced and bound in an orderly workmanlike manner with Thomas and Betts Ty-rap and identified using Thomas and Betts E2 code self-laminating type series WSL vinyl wire markers. C. No wires or cables shall be installed in conduits until conduits are free from condensate, moisture and/or water. The only permissable wire pulling lubricant is Ideal Industries "Yellow 77". • WA - 1601 16119 1 16119 OUTLET BOXES A. Furnish and install an outlet box for each and every uutlet device, fixture, etc. , called for on the: Drawings, speciti:,I ,nrl required by Code. Outlet boxes shall be approved design, C nn- struction, form and dimension suitable for its specific the kind of wiring device, fixture, etc. to be used and the number of wires contained and the arrangement or type <'_,nd,ii; and/or raceway they are connected to. B. Unless noted otherwise hereinafter all outlet boxes shall he galvanized or sherardized pressed steel boxes. All weather- proof and exterior outlet boxes and all surface mounted interior outlet boxes shall be cast aluminum boxes except where used to connect two or more or to terminate a single rigid non-metallic, conduit. All outlet boxes used to connect two or more h, terminate a single rigid non-metallic conduit shall be of the treaded non-metallic type unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. Outlet boxes used to connect steel and rigid non-metallic conduits shall be galvanized or sherardized pressed steel boxes as specified above. Outlet boxes for surface raceways shall be galvanized steel prime painted boxes and shall be compatible with the size and type surface raceway used. With the excepti,,n of outlet boxes for surface raceways all outlet boxes indicated on walls or hung ceilings or ceiling slabs shall be instdelled concealed except in machine rooms, boiler rooms and equip- ment rooms where they may be surface mounted cast boxes or non-metallic boxes as specified above. C. All outlet boxes shall be a minimum of 4" square or round by 1-1/L" deep unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings and unless a I''( r l condition requires a smaller box (metal and glass partition kvore etc. ). Use deeper boxes inhere required by the number ,)f �eirrs, splices, bushings, special fixture, wiring devices :,nd is specified hereinbefore. Use deep octagonal boxes for e eilinq outlets in concrete construction. Where more than trim %oiruu devices are to be mounted in a single outlet box, rung type boxes shall be used. All unused holes in all outlet be,xes must be sealed. D. All outlet boxes shall be provided kith tile or plaster extension collars or extension boxes as required to give boxes sufficient depth as specified hereinbefore and as required, to assure th,,; the box shall be set so that the edge of same is flush with tho finished plaster, tile, masonry or other finished surface. '%11 extension collars or boxes shall have threaded ears and sb;,Ll WA - 7601 16119 - 2 • 16119 OUTLET BOXES - (continued) D. be manufactured of the same material as the outlet box to which it is attached. Generally all collars etc. for ceiling outlets and wall bracket light outlets shall have round openings. Other wall outlet collars shall have rectangular openings. All cast boxes shall be furnished with tapped openings, rubber gaskets and blank cast aluminum (unless the indicated device served indicates or specifies different covers. All non-metallic boxes shall be furnished completo with rubber gaskets and the necessary non-metallic wiring device cover plates, non-metallic blank cover plates, solvent weld fittings, etc. All outle' boxes used for surface raceways shall be furnished complete with all necessary associated fittings, extension collar;, mounting plates, prime painted steel cover plates, etc. All outlet boxes used to support lighting fixtures shall be equipped with suitable solid malleable iron fixture support studs. Where pendants or stems for pendant mounted fixtures are longer than three (3) feet or where they are used on sloped ceilings or where specified or called for on the Drawings, provide a cushion and swivel hanger with a capacity to support the fixture • with the weight of the fixture borne by the fixture stud and not the cover screws of the outlet box. E. In centering outlet boxes allow for overhead pipes, ducts, etc. and variations in arrangement and thickness of fireproofing, plaster, window trim, paneling, etc. Any inaccuracy resulting from failure to do so shall be corrected by the Division 16 Contractor without additional cost to the Owner (see also the requirements specified elsewhere herein under Sub-Section 16101 regarding the mounting heights of electrical equipment. ) F. All cutting of the concrete blocks and other masonry for the initial installation of all outlet boxes shall be done by the General Contractor. All cutting and patching of the concrete blocks and other masonry due to the late or improper installation of all outlet boxes shall be by the Division 16 contractor as specified elsewhere herein under Cutting & Patching for late or improperly located chases, openings and sleeves. It shall be the responsibility of the Division 16 Contractor to coordinate with the General Contractor in the placing, aligning, etc. o f the boxes for devices, fixtures, panels, etc, almng with giving directions for the location and • size of cutouts requaired in the masonry block construction (see also the requirements specified elsewhere herein under Sub-Section 16101 regarding the mounting height s of electrical equipment. ) In addition, the Division 16 Contractor shall assure that all boxes recessed in the masonry construction are true and flush with the wall surface without damage to WA - 7601 16119 - 3 16119 OUTLET BOXES - (continued) • F. masonry blocks and that all spaces around boxes, etc. are filled with mortar so that cover plate will be tight against walls, etc. , with no opening between boxes and wall construction. G. Outlet boxes in hung ceilings shall not be supported from ceiling or ceiling runners. Provide angle iron or channels and span bar joists for joist construction and provide inserts or expansion anchors for concrete construction to support box. When obstructed by ductwork and piping outlet boxes shall be supported from black iron channels with unistrut members. In all areas, without hung ceilings, outlet boxes shall be supported from beams or joists. When outlets fall between beams or joists, provide unistrut channels for support. Surface wall outlet boxes shall be mounted neatly and tightly against wall by means of approved type inserts or straps buried in the wall. The use of wood plugs for mounting exposed boxes will not be acceptable. H. Pressed steel boxes and accessories shall be as manufactured by Thomas & Betts, Steel City or National Electric. Cast boxes and accessories shall be as manufactured by Appleton, • Crouse Hinds or Spring City. Non-metallic boxes and accessories shall be as manufactured by Carlon or other approved. Outlet boxes and accessories for surface raceways shall be as manufactured by Wiremold, National Electric or other approved. • w-a _ 7601 1o12i - 16120 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Furnish and install all pullboxes and junction boxes in thr various electrical conduit systems where specified. where indicated on the Drawings and wherever required it facilitate the proper installation of the wires and cables, B. Junction boxes shall meet all the requirements .ind be installed in a manner identical to that specified else.chF r,, herein for outlet boxes except: that with the exception of junction boxes used for surface racewa}-s generally all junction boxes shall be installed only in unfinished arer,s or behind lay-in ceilings where they shall be accessible (whether junction boxes are installed in finished areas ,r unfinished areas they shall be flush mounted in r,asonry r non-masonry wall except in machine rooms, equiprnen, rooms and boiler rooms where they may be surface muutnte(I cast boxes or non-metallic boxes _,s specified 6;r outle; boxes); that minimum size pressed steel jnn,riot-, bos shatl be not less than 4"/16" square by 2-1/8" deep; and that z_II pressed steel junction boxes shalt be provided �%ith bland aluminum cover plates having an anodized finish, similar to those specified under Wiring Devices (except pressed steel boxes above hung ceilings which shall he provider) •• ill, flat ,galvanized or sherardized steel plates). Spec i,t I,inciow. boxes shall be in accordance with these specificati.iris and as specified elsewhere herein or on the Dra\cings. C. Pullboxes shall be constructed of standard type and sizt� c--d( gauge boxes and covers (steel and non-metallic evith us ,ee with particular types of conduit systems s specified elsre.l herein for steel and non-metallic outlet bo_xes) ,nd shall he employed where practical unless specified other,cise h,,re,;,- after. Pullboxes other than standard (tor botl, steel ;,nrl nan - metallic conduit systems) shall tie constructed of not iess than 12 gauge galvanized sheet steel with suitabte ..-u,tle ir„n reinforcing frame. Access for surtaxe w,imtedpulihn•. r , (standard and non-standard) shall be provided I,•, .,eans i removable screw-on covers and sides. FIii,I rnpe n,itlh-, . - shall always be of the non-standard lype and ,It tea ,;e s 4lllhl hinged door with trim and loci: as specified etse, Lei e I., r� ,,. for panelboards. Pullboxes shall be sized Lc ,le,' hw Drawings and/or in accordance with the N. T. i . ;,nd SI. II i phospate treated and finished as specified eke ,.here iier, r. for panelboards. Other pillboxes shall he in �ccor,aan�, • . i tl� these specifications and as specified etse%vhere I,erei,, .r • 1 the Drawings. Pullboxes shall be as manufactured bar r:rnpir,- Lexington Standard or other approved. WA- 7601 • 16121 - 1 16121 F L,OOR BOXES A. Furnish and install single and/or multi-gang Ncaterti.ght flush floor boxes as indicated on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified. Floor boxes shall be of approved design, construction, form and dimension as specified hereinafter or elsewhere herein or on the Drawings and shall be suitable for its specific location, the kind of wiring device to be used, the number of wires contained and the arrangement of conduits they are connected to. Provide carpet flanges on all floor boxes in carpeted areas and provide brass finish cover plates and cover plate accessories on all floor boxes unless specified otherwise elsewhere herein or on the Drawings. Receptacles, extension sets and other wiring devices required with flush floor boxes shall be as specified elsewhere herein and/or under Wiring Devices and/or on the Drawings. B. Flush floor boxes in slabs shall be Hubbell Cat. No. B-2427 or B-2414 or other approved as manufactured by Steel City or Walker-Parkersburg. • • W \ - 7", Ir i i I 16123 WIRING DEVICES A. Unless noted otherwise elsewhere herein �,r on the Dr a inq the Division 16 Contractor shall furnish ud install ull iri• _ devices. Wiring devices furnished by Ll , DiNiSiol, 10 Coutr r ;• •r shall be as manufactured by Pass & Seym-,lrr. Hi,hhefi -r .\ r- Hart, unless noted otherwise, and sh ill !w nl 'he spec'i : grade or type indicated hereinafter or .r, 1ht- F17 Amu. 1 .I compliance with the following specific ation5: 1. Switches: Switches P & S r;• s 2t '-r :1 , ( i C t Switches shall be located at the stril.e ,de •-i rh, •: s finally hung; whether indicated ,,n il,e Drt in_s r I. All 3 way and 4 way switches shall have ..- differentiate them from the srnele pole swii, lips . 1d,:L have brown toggles, 2. Pilot Lights and Combination De-ice, s: Combination Switch and/or P S tl2n,\C1 I ..i Pilot Light and/or Receptacle 75 -in(I r l .' 3. Receptacles mounted in the Hubbell f111.,L ih•IIr i, �,•s specified elsewhere herein shaLL iw t,i I1;, hereinafter as indicated on the Drawinc a) Flush mounted Simplex P u receptacles (20A-125V) 4. Duplex receptacles shall be P K It l i'2, •., d ground terminal on bottom in ,:ei tit-al L 1, it •n n right in horizontal mouutings. 5. 209 Volt duplex receptacles sh. 11 he P r'- N rn.tiii nr, ti „ r as per 120V, receptacles, WA - 7601 16124 -• 1 • 16124 MOTOR STARTERS A. Unless noted otherwise hereinafter, the Division 16 Contractor shall furnish and install all motor starters (both manual and magnetic) as indicated on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified. B. Motor starters integral with motor units, such as package roof top air conditioning unit, package condensing units, and alike, shall be furnished by others completely mounted and wired ready for incoming line power connections by the Division 16 Contractor. In addition, starters in oil burner control panels shall be furnished by others completely mounted and wired ready for incoming line power connections by the Division 16 Contractor. All control wiring for starters integral with motor units and extending beyond the factory assembly to remote points shall be furnished and installed by the Division 16 Contractor as specified under Equipment Controls, Motor Controls and Associated Wiring. C. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, magnetic starters furnished by the Division 16 Contractor shall be of the full • voltage, non-reversing, horsepower rated, across-the-line type complete with coil undervoltage release, thermal over- load protection and a device (three phase starters only) such as a three phase blown fuse detector or phase failure relay, operating in conjunction with the thermal overloads for single phasing protection. Thermal overload elements shall be of the externally resettable bi-metallic type and shall be installed in each phase wire passing through the starter contacts. All thermal overload elements shall be sized in accordance with the actual nameplate current of the motor device served. Magnetic starters shall be of the 250 volt type and either two or three pole all as required by the motor device served and shall be furnished with an integral disconnect switch when indicated on the Drawings. Each disconnect switch shall be of the heavy duty, quick make-quick break externally operable horsepower rated type, shall disconnect all ungrounded conductors and shall be of the non-fused type unless fuses are indicated to be provided on the Drawings and then the disconnect switches shall be of the fusible type. D. In addition, all such magnetic starters shall beequipped with heavy duty three position hand-off-automatic switches and • WA - %E,01 1n1i4 16124 MOTOR STARTERS - (continued) D. neon pilot lights in the covers of their enclosures. The off and automatic positions of each switch shall be of the maintained contact type. The hand position of each switch shall be of the momentary type which trust be held closed manually. Pilot lights shall be a positive indication that the equipment served is operating and shalt have one end of same connected to the load side of the remote associated motor disconnect switch where applicabte by indicated wiring. The maximum coil voltage allowed foi any magnetic starter furnished by the Division 16 Contractor shall be 120 volts. Where line service to a starter exceeds this voltage and where a neutral conductor is not provided, furnish and install a suitable transformer in the startei enclosure to comply with the above. Where not(-.(;• n the Drawings, the control coil (s) of such starrers small. Le wired through the contacts of an integral tinned dela% reta� . The relay shall be of the type that closes its contacts otter adjustable predetermined period once its coil is energized. Time delay relay coils shall be connected to the udder Vi,Itage and/or fan shut down systPn wirinj indicated on the hiivisioc.. Drawings and shall be integrally fused. Time delay rei,iys shall be Agastat No. 7012 series haxring the time .�ett.nq r;h, and the required coil voltage required for each partic iLu or motor. E. Furthermore, each such magnetic starter, shall be provided :t one normally open electrical contact for its respective holdi .i+. coil circuit and the number of normally open or norn alty . 1•+se-I auxiliary contacts required for the interloc. .,tnd %n+tr+•i .ciri.:F for each starter interlocked with another starter .anti ' r pit+ device, etc. The exact number of auxiliary -onta.cts shall t, determined by the actt.al control installation and s,-hp .�I diagrams furnished by the Division 15A and 15B Co:.tra:,tors, See Equipment Controls, Motor Controls c. Assoc ,_[+-d 44'lri: For Bicipurposes, the Division 16 Contractor shall ;,,dodo tlu cost of a minimum of three auxiliary �nntacts uer ;:.ar'. r- -.'t- Division 16 Contractor shall t.tliv , oop;rate % i'h Il uL •- Division Contractors furnishing, electrical op,�rate,l equ;p and control devices that operate starters, them as to the type of controls and the op•.er,,rion req:iiret their accepted and approve' equipment. All d_fi - :I required to any motor starters turnish.rd h,, the Div-si+.�;� i Contractor for the proper operation ut .sach furnished at no additio•i:il c s' i,+ the 0•v,-wr W.A - 7601 16124 - 3 • 16124 MOTOR STARTERS - (continued) F. Where magnetic starters furnished by the Division 16 Contractor are indicated on the Drawings to be of the two or three speed type they shall be as specified above in paragraphs C, D and E except as noted hereinafter and in addition, shall be suitable for use with separate winding two or three speed motors. Such starters shall be provided with heavy duty, multi-pole auto-fast-slow- stop pushbuttons and two or three (as required) motor running speed indicating 6 volt incandescent pilot lights. Auto-switch position shall be suitable for both speeds. G. Where magnetic starters furnished by the Division 16 Con- tractor are indicated on the Drawings to be of the reversing type they shall be as specified above in paragraphs C, D and E except as noted hereinafter and in addition shall be furnished with the necessary controls, circuitry, control transformers, etc. required for the proper operation (of the associated limit switches, remote pushbutton stations, door switches, etc. ) of the roll-up door, etc. being served. • Such starters shall not have any cover mounted selector switches, pushbuttons, or pilot lights and shall be suitable for operation with either single phase or three phase motors as indicated on the Drawings. H. Magnetic starters shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer Series A-11, A-31, A-700, B-51 and A-51, all modified as specified. Magnetic starters as manufactured by Westing- house and Allen Bradley and complying with these specifica- tions will be acceptable. I. Manual motor starters furnished by the Division 16 Contractor shall be full voltage, non-reversing, horsepower rated toggle switch type complete with overload protection. Thermal overload elements shall be of the externally re-settable bi-metallic type and shall be installed in each phase wire passing through the starter contacts. All thermal overload elements shall be sized in accordance with the actual name- plate current of the motor device served. Manual starters shall be of the 120 or 230 volt type and either one, two or three pole, all as required by the motor device served. Manual starters shall be provided with neon lights in the covers of their enclosures • where indicated on the Drawings. Manual starters shall be suit- able for use up to 1 horsepower single phase at 120 volts and up to 2 horsepower single and three phase at 208 volts. WA - 7601 16124 - 4 16124 MOTOR STARTERS - (continued) J. Manual starters shall be as manufactured by General Electric Series CR1062 modified as specified. Manual starters as manufactured by Westinghouse and Cutler-Hammer and com- plying with these specifications will be acceptable. K. All starters shall be provided with NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless otherwise noted. Starters indicated on the Drawings as weatherproof or dustproof type shall respectively be provided with NEMA-3 raintight and NEMA-5 dust tight enclosures. Manual starters shall be flush mounted all areas except boiler rooms, machine rooms and equipment rooms. WA - 7601 16126 - 1 • 16126 DISCONNECT AND SAFETY SWITCHES A. Furnish, install and connect a disconnect or safety switch at each location of equipment requiring same as shown on Drawings and as required to conform to the National Electrical Code, whether such equipment is furnished under Division 16 or by others or by the Owner and/or by other separate contracts. Switches shall disconnect all ungrounded conductors. B. Switches shall be quick-make, quick-break heavy duty type, 240 volt type for 120/208 volt equipment, horsepower rated, in NEMA-1 general purpose enclosure unless otherwise noted. Switches indicated on the Drawings as weatherproof type and waterproof type, shall have NEMA-3R raintight and NEMA-4 watertight enclosures respectively. Switches shall have number of poles and be fused or unfused, all as shown on the Drawings and shall be provided with interlocking cover to prevent opening door when the external operating handle is in "on" position. Switches shall be as manufactured by Westinghouse, I. T. E. or Federal Pacific. C. Unfused disconnects for fractional horsepower motors shall be of the number of poles indicated on the Drawings and shall be • Arrow Hart 6808 Series or 7810 Series (up to 2HP from 120 to 600 volts) and P & S Series 20 ACI (up to 1 HP for 120 volt motors only) or other approved. Unfused disconnects for fractional horsepower motors shall be flush mounted in all areas except machine rooms, boiler room and equipment rooms. • WA - 7601 16201 - 1 SECTION 16200 POWER GENERATION 16201 GENERAL A. Furnish and install a combination manual and fully automatic electric power generating system consisting of emergency generator, automatic transfer switch and an emergency distribution system as indicated on the Drawings and herein- after specified. B. The performance of the generator and transfer switch as installed shall be jointly tested and certified by their respective manufacturers' service personnel who shall supply written certified operational test reports, to the Architect, as to the overall power rating, voltage output, frequency regulation, stability, synchronization and other essential performance data that will indicate that the generator and transfer switch shall operate satisfactorily under all conditions required by these specifications. This shall be done in the presence of the Owner's designated representatives and the Architect and shall be separate and distinct from the Owner's operating instruction demonstration requirements specified elsewhere herein. C. The transfer switch and generator as well as their associated controls, equipment, etc. , shall be guaranteed for the period required by the applicable sections of the Conditions of the Contract. In addition, the generator manufacturer shall furnish gratis to the Owner a maintenance and inspection contract for his equipment. Such a contract shall be effective for the same period as the guarantee, contain an Owner's option renewable clause and require a minimum of two inspections per year during its tenure. D. The emergency distribution system shall consist of emer- gency generator, automatic transfer switch, emergency service disconnect, panelboards, etc. , and associated conduit, wire, outlet boxes, etc. , and equipment served by all of same, all as specified and/or as indicated on the Drawings. all wiring for the emergency distribution system, including fixture and outlet interconnections, etc. , shall be installed in a separate conduit system which shall not be used for any other wiring. Whenever conduits for emergency systems and normal service WA - 7601 • 16201 - 2 16201 POWER GENERATION - (continued) D. GENERAL - (continued) enter the same box these boxes shall be provided with suitable metal barriers to completely isolate the emergency wiring system as prescribed and required by the National Electrical Code. • • WA - 7601 16202 - 1 16202 EMERGENCY GENERATOR A. The electric generating unit shall be rated to deliver said rating continuously for the duration of any normal (Utility Company) power outage or power "brownout". The unit shall be Onan MOdel 12ODJC-18R modified as specified and having a capacity of 12 KW, 15 KVA at 0. 8 power factor with a 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 HZ output. B. The electric generating unit shall be fabricated, tested and shipped by the manufacturer of the generator so that there is one source of supply and one responsibility. The factory performance of the unit shall be certified by an independent testing laboratory as to the units full power rating, voltage and frequency regulation. C. The engine shall be a diesel four cycle air cooled type. It shall have 4 cylinders, vertical inline design, naturally aspirated, with a minimum rating of 24 BHP at its operating speed of 1800 rpm. Engine speed shall be governed by a centrifugal governor maintain stability within +0. 33 percent of rated load and speed regulation 5 percent maximum no load to rated load. Engine shall be manufactured in U. S. A. The generator plant shall have a 12 volt battery charging circuit, 2-5 amps, and a 12 volt solenoid shift type starter. Engines using the exciter as a cranking motor will not be acceptable. D. The alternator shall be revolving field, 4 pole, rigidly coupled to the engine, permanently aligned. Drip proof construction and amortisseur windings and skewed stator to minimize field heating and voltage harmonics. It shall have a dynamically balanced rotor and windings impregnated with 100 percent solid epoxy resin for improved cooling and complete environmental protection. The exciter shall be brushless with 8 pole stator mounted in the endbell. It shall include an encapsulated rotating rectifier assembly protected from adverse environments and easily accessible through the endbell. A permanent magnet shall be embedded in exciter stator field pole to ensure alternator voltage buildup. The voltage regulator shall be solid state with silicon controlled rectifiers with phase controlled sensing circuit and a tempera- ture compensated zener diode for voltage reference. WA - 7601 16202 - 2 • 16202 EMERGENCY GENERATOR - (continued) D. The voltage waveform deviation factor shall be less than 0. 6 per Nema MG1-22, 42 and the telephone influence factor shall be less than 40 per Nerna MG1-22-43. The temperature rise at rated load shall be within Nema MG1-22, 40 definition. The insulation shall be class F per Nema MG1-1. 65 definition and varnish to conform to MIL-1-24092, type M, class 155. Frequency regulation shall be 3 Hertz maximum, no load to rated load. Recovery to stable operation in less than two seconds on application or removal of rated load in one step. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 3 percent, no load to rated load. Voltage variation shall be plus or minus 1 percent of the mean value for constant loads from no load to rated load. Regulator shall be matched to engine characteristics to provide maximum reserve overload capacity. Electromagnetic inter- ference level shall meet requirements of SAE-7-551 radiated interference and MIL-STD-461-111B for conductive interference. • E. Included with the electric plant shall be the following items: 1. Engine Control Panel: A. Oil pressure gauge B. Battery charge rate ammeter C. Start-stop switch, remote control terminals D. High air temperature shutdown (with signal light and reset) E. Overspeed shutdown (with signal light common with high air temperature shutdown) F. Low oil pressure shutdown (with signal light and reset) G. Alarm terminals shall be provided for remote indication of engine shutdown. (A remote alarm shall be installed according to the drawings) 2. Wall mounted AC Instrument Panel shall include: A. Manual reset mainline circuit breaker B. Voltmeter C. (3) ammeters D. Running time meter E. Frequency meter • F. 2 aux. contacts for louver interlock WA - 7601 16202 - 3 16202 EMERGENCY GENERATOR - (continued) E. Included with the electric plant shall be the following items: -(cont'd) 3. For #2 diesel fuel oil provide an 8 gallon day tank with double pole float switch, electric fuel transfer pump (120 volt AC) and flexible fuel connections. 4. Additional Accessories shall be provided as follows: A. Starting Batteries 2-6 105 amp hr. with steel rack and hydrometer. B. Residential silencer Model BMA 1 -1/2 C. Steel flexible exhaust tubing 30" length D. Vibration isolator mounts E. Engine heater, oil base, thermostatically controlled and a carburetor air heater. Provide Onan continuous glocc plug enerergizer control panel rated at 120 0 10 F. Detailed operation, maintenance and parts manual G. Manufacturer's representative shall start and test the equipment in the presence of the owners and instruct them in the proper operation and maintenance. F. Provide Onan ATUC 60-4-12 3 P 120/208 volts 30 60 HZ Automatic transfer switch with disconect plugs, full phase protection, test switch, "with load-without load switch", battery charging module, time delay starting and stopping, motor driven time delay retransfers, weekly exerciser, NEMA #1 G. Entire package of generator and transfer switch shall carry a one year warranty. WA - 7601 16401 - 1 SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16401 GENERAL A. Furnish and install all labor and material required for the installation of a complete and fully operational secondary electric service and distribution system. The secondary electric service entrance equipment, service disconnect equipment and metering equipment shall be furnished, installed and wired in strict accordance with the latest rules, regulations and specification drawings of the servicing Utility Company and any labor and material necessary for the complete and proper installation of this equipment, in excess of those general requirements stated hereinafter shall be included without additional cost to the Owner. The Division 16 Contractor shall obtain a service layout and specification drawing from the servicing Utility Company prior to the start of any • work. This service layout and specification shall be submitted to the Architect and shall be approved by him. The servicing Utility Company is Long Island Lighting Company. • WA - 7601 16}04 - 1 16404 SERVICE DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and install on the load side of the combination current transformer cabinet and meter box, the service disconnect switch as indicated on the Drawings and as specified elsewhere herein. B. The service disconnect switch shall be of the size indicated in the Distribution Board schedule and be of the type, mounting, etc. , as specified elsewhere herein under Distribution Boards. The service disconnect switch shall be equipped with current limiting fuses of the sizes and types required and as specified elsewhere herein under Distribution Boards and be grounded as specified elsewhere herein and as required by the servicing Utility Company. C. The service disconnect switch shall be approved for service entrance use and prior to fabrication, shop drawing of all switches shall be submitted to the servicing Utility Company for their approval and when submitted for the Architect's approval, the drawings shall have the approval of the servicing Utility Company affixed thereon. WA - 7601 • 16405 - 1 16405 METERING EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and/or install all of the necessary servicing Utility Company metering devices, wiring, etc. , as indicated on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified. B. The servicing Utility Company shall furnish the actual metering device and the Division 16 Contractor shall procure, install and wire same in the meter pan as required and under the direct supervision of the servicing Utility Company. All controlled wiring of the metering equipment and associated current transformers shall be furnished and installed by the servicing Utility Company. The meter pan and associated equipment for the metering device shall be furnished, installed and wired by the Division 16 Contractor and shall be in strict accordance with the servicing Utility Companys latest applicable specification drawings. Prior to fabrication, shop drawings of the meter pan and associated equipment shall be submitted to the servicing Utility Company for their approval and when submitted for the architect approval of the drawings shall have the stamp of approval of the servicing Utility . Company affixed thereon. • WA - ,t,()l 164C� - 1 16407 PANELBOARDS A. Furnish and install all lighting, equipment and power panel- boards as indicated on the floor plans, riser diagrams aticl in the schedules on the Drawings. Panelboards shall be suit:,.,le for 120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire service as indicated on I]- Drawings. B. Each panelboard shall be of the dead front type mounted in .; 12 gauge (minimum) galvanized sheet steel cabinet or enclosure suitable for surface or flush mounting as shown on the Drawiu,s , Enclosures shall be equipped with sheet steel trims havin,_ 1-,incad doors. Trims shall be provided with angle supports .% hi( h engage the flange of the cabinet and shall be fastened to the cabinets by means of approved clamps. The use of scree. s engaging holes in the flange of the cabinet for fastening trill, will not be acceptable. Doors shall have concealed hinges .i "I paracentric cylinder lock. All locks shall be furnished Identic -,I provide two keys for each lock. Enclosures and trims shalt I., phosphate treated by means of the Oakit Crysocoate Process prior to painting. Surface mounted panels shall be finished paintect ith baked-on gray enamel. Flush mounted panels shall be provid,•fl with a prime coat of gray enamel; finished painting by others. On the inside of each panelboard provide a typewritten aun�eric.21 directory in a metal frame having a transparent plastic lri. r. Directory shall indicate service controlled by each circuit , voltage service to panel and feeder size serving panel;provid., a correspondence numbering button for each circuit device. C. Where flush mounted panels are being provided the Division It Contractor shall check the depth of block walls containing s u,.. and shall have the panels fabricated to suit space available, Where two section panels are called for on the Drawings. the•, shall be constructed so that they have two separate backboxes separated from each other by at least one itch and havin_ :.ne common trim. Each section and/or sub-section shall l:a separate doors. All cabinets having vertical dimension great.•r than 3 feet or horizontal dimensions greater thati. 2 teei sh::11 be supported by means of angle or channel irons emending ir, n the floor slab to the ceiling slab and/or .stcrl at,(] suhsr:;r.il ,llk attached thereto. WA - 7601 16407 - 2 • 16407 PANELBOARDS - (continued) D. Ample gutter space shall be provided in accordance with the National Electric Code and these Specifications, with minimum gutter space of four inches for lighting panels and six inches for equipment and power panels. Larger gutters shall be provided where required and where gutter taps are made on feed-thru-feeders, or main switches are provided. Minimum width in any panel including gutter space shall be 20 inches. All lugs for incoming and outgoing terminals shall be of the solderless type. Feeder lugs shall be single or multiple type as required by the Drawings. Lugs for cables 4/0 and .larger shall have a minimum of two holes for mounting to the bus bars. Where cable lug connections are made directly to the bus bars they shall be made via cast type lugs manufactured of the proper metal alloys so as not to cause a catalytic reaction when connecting the copper cables to the aluminum bus bars. E. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings all lighting, equipment an power panelboards shall be of the circuit breaker type. Circuit breakers shall be molded case type and shall be of individual unit construction complete with quick-make, quick-break mechanism ; • thermal magnetic trip; ambient compensation and shall be inter- changeable in the panelboard assembly in ratings from 15 through to 150 amperes on 120/208 volt power panels without necessitating bus, link or assembly rearrangements. Circuit breakers shall have suitable screw type line terminals so that they can be held in positive contact with their respective links or bus. Plug in breakers not acceptable. Bussing shall be of the sequence type so that a two or three pole common trip branch circuit breaker (from 15 through 100 amperes on 120/208 volt lighting and equip- ment panels can be substituted for two or three single pole circr.iI breakers without bus or link rearrangement. All single pole breakers on all panels shall be so arranged and connected to the main bus that on 3 phase, 4 wire panels any 3 adjacent breakers are connected to phase A, B and C respectively and that same relationship ofphase sequence is maintained. All branch circuit breakers shall have the number of poles and capacities as indicated on the Drawings and shall be as specified hereinafter. Connect all circuits on all panels so as to balance the loads as much as possible on all. phases. • i 16407 PANE LBOARDS - (continued) F. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactiu-ed [IN We ni _t unless otherwise specified and shall be rated ,is f(d1c, 1. All panels shall have 100 airrp, trams• 7 ype "KB" brr-:o . which shall have an asymmetrir ;tl intr•i rr;ptinLa ratin._ 10, 000 amperes non-interchan.Leable a :p. 2. Other breakers shall be of equal gnalit,• and characl•- Shop drawings shall indicate late:: il. L. l+. E. certified interrupting capacity u] c ,ch typt „t irciii, breakers, furnished. O. All busing shall be of high conducti, iry- : .,n-pl, rely tin pt.oc,i aluminum. Bus bar carrying capaciites 1f ti-liiuig,, egil ip, and power panels shall be at least u, :t of rh,' -eder ser• , , the panelboard, or if a main switch is pi - ided in the p board the minimum carrying capacii•. .)I the hit-. bars equal to the fuse size of the main s,•. itch. Current carr•,:n, capacity shall be sized so that then rirazimum current d, does not exceed 800 amperes per square incli. H. Panelboards shall be as specified ,m.i s1,a11 b,- :,irril„ t(. Westinghouse Type CDP and B1013 as manufacr„r, I. T. E. and Federal Pacific in compl..atce v.ilh thr s, specifications will be acceptable. I. Provide ten (10) circuit breaker iiandlo lock cl..cs per p n, i for Custodian's use. WA - 7601 16501 - 1 • SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 16501 GENERAL A. The work covered by this Section includes the furnishing and complete installation of all lighting equipment and fixtures as shown on the Drawings and as specified hereinafter. All lighting equipment and fixtures shall be installed complete, including canopies, stems of proper lengths, hickeys, castings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster frames, lamps, recessing boxes, etc, all wired, assembled and ready for operation. Ail lighting equip- ment and fixtures shall be labeled by the Underwriters Laboratories for the purpose and operating conditions indicated in these Specifications. B. Lighting equipment and fixtures, hereinafter referred to as fixtures shall be as specified herein and/or on the Drawings. All catalog numbers are given for manufacturer's identification and do not relieve the Division 16 Contractor from the res]oonsibility of full conformance to all applicable written descriptive requirements governing material and fabrication, whether in the general or specific sub-sections. Where catalog numbers are indicated as modified, no modifications will be required if the standard unit fully conforms to all descriptive requirements in the Specifications. All fixtures of the same type shall be of one manufacture and of identical finish and appearance. In the event a fixture type is not indicated for a particular fixture on the Drawings, a fixture used in a similar type room or area shall be furnished and installed at no addi- tional cost to the Owner. Locate fixture outlets, fixtures, etc. as required by the specific fixture, by reference to the Architectural Drawings and by measurements of building and/or site construction. Do not scale Electrical Drawings. Where floodlighting has been indicated the Division 16 Contractor shall provide for adjusting such units during evening hours to Architect's representative's satisfaction. Directional fixtures shall be aimed as required by the Architect's and/or Owner's representative. C. Shop drawings of fixtures shall be furnished for each fixture type as specified elsewhere herein. Catalog cuts, illustrating con- formance with these Specifications, will be acceptable for standard units. The Division 16 Contractor will coordinate each ceiling m ounted or recessed ceiling fixture with ceiling supplier WA - 7601 16501 - 2 16501 LIGHTING - (continued) C. GENERAL - (continued) and shall indicate the proper fixture for the specific ceiling used on the shop drawings. (Fixtures used on several types of ceilings shall be so indicated on the shop drawings. ) No fabrication or installation shall begin without approval of shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to a dimensioned drawing of the assembled fixture as well as a description of materials, finish, lens, frame, housing, reflector, etc. , any special accessories, recommended lamp, and list of agencies which have labeled the fixture. In addition, upon request for specified fixtures and for all substitutions or others mentioned herein, the Division 16 Contractor shall furnish a photometric report. The photometric report shall be equal to the standard report furnished by E. T. L. , including candle- power distribution curves and tables, luminaire brightness readings, tabulation of co-efficienty of utilization and percent efficiency, and a description of the unit and test conditions. D. All fixtures shall be designed to provide adequate lamp shielding, maximum efficiency, proper ventilation and heat dissipation. All diffusers, etc. , except where frameless or lay-in types are specified, shall be continuously framed and shall be secured to the frame and/or trim by devices not requiring tools for removal, or for re-lamping. All trims, doors, diffusers, etc. shall be fastened or hinged to the fixture body so that no part of same must be held during the relamping procedure. All fixtures shall be furnished with a continuous light-seal gasket, seated in such a manner as to prevent any light leak through any portion or around any edge of the trim or frame (or Lens where "frameless" units are specified). In the installing of these fixtures special care shall be taken to maintain the lightproof integrity of the factory installed light traps to prevent any leakage of light around the trim, frame or lens as specified above. The Division 16 Contractor shall replace all factory installed light traps in all fixtures cohere they have become damaged during installation or %where they are not effective as specified above and he shall provide a minitntim of 3/16" asbestos and/or polyfoam gaskets in lieu of same. WA - 7601 16501 - 3 • 16501 LIGHTING - (continued) GENERAL - (continued) E. Finishes shall be in general of a color and type designated hereinafter for each fixture type and/or as selected by the Architect, and shall be baked, white enamel where not otherwise noted. The inside of all fixture housings shall have baked white enamel finish where not indicate otherwise. All metal parts of all fixtures scheduled for painting shall be rust- proof after fabrication, to assure a positive rust-inhibiting surface for bonding the paint to the metal. The russt-inhibiting treatment shall be as follows: (Any alternate treatment shall be sub- mitted for approval. The Architect reserves the right to reject any alternate method and insist on the use of specified method. ) 1. Rust-inhibiting treatment shall be 5 stage operation in the following sequence: Degrease washing; hot water rinsing; zinc phosphatizing rust-inhibitor; cold water rinsing; chronic neutralizer or approved equal. All paint shall be baked-on at a minimum temperature of 300 degrees F. • White enamel shall have a reflectivity of 87%. F. In all fixtures, factory pre-wiring from sockets, ballasts, etc. to branch circuit connection points, shall be with wire No. 14 AWG minimum. Insulation shall be 600 volt of a type suitable for fixture operating temperature. All wire splices shall be made with Underwriters' Laboratories approved solderless connectors, as specified elsewhere herein, and 12" minimum pigtails shall be included for connection to branch circuit wiring. Continuous rows of fluorescent fixtures shall be wired with 600 volt wire of a type as specified elsewhere herein. Where a two-lamp ballast is used for two single lamp fluorescent fixtures not physically connected, wire from ballast to lamp with 1000 volt wire. G. All incandescent fixture sockets and reflectors shall be secured to body to prevent rotation or rocking during relamping procedures. All fluorescent fixture sockets shall be securely fastened to the housing by means of brackets or socket straps with two machine screws to eliminate excessive flexing under normal lamp pressure and shall be replaceable without removing the fixture from in- stallation. In fluorescent fixtures with end plates, the sockets • WA - 7b01 16501 - 4 16501 LIGHTING - (continued) GENERAL - (continued) G. brackets shall be backed up by the fixture housing to prevent twisting or flexing in lieu of the use of screws. Each recessed incandescent fixture where not prohibited by a Code enforcing agency shall have a special mounting frame with an attached junction box, so that the housing and frame can be installed and connected to branch circuits without installing any final trim or diffusers, etc. Attached junction boxes on recessed incandescent fixtures, shall be pre-wired and shall meet with all the Code requirements for space, heat dissipation, accessibility, etc. , and shall be suitable for through-wiring with the type of wire specified elsewhere herein. Provide separately mounted junction box where local Code requires and connect same to fixture with the types of conduit and wire specified elsewhere herein. H. Ballast for fluorescent fixtures shall be ETL-CBM approved and shall have characteristics for 60 cycle operation with a power factor of not less than 90% at the voltage specified hereinafter for each particular fixture type. Ballasts shall be mounted directly to the metal fixture housing by not less than four captive bolts or screws welded to the housing or otherwise made captive to prevent rotation and vibration %with the ballast installed in the completely assembled fixture. Noise level shall not be less than "A" rating for rapid start ballasts. The Division 16 Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner, shall replace any ballasts which are defective, or in the opinion, of the Architect, excessively noisy. Ballast shall be equipped with a class "P" protective device of the automatic resetting type in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories requirements. Ballast operating temperature shall not exceed Underwriters Laboratories limit requirements for each particular fixture type when connected to a circuit of rated voltage and the voltage shall be imprinted on the inside ,f eacb fixture housing. Fluorescent ballast circuits shall be for either single or two lamp operation as required or specified. N,, three lamp ballasts permitted. Fluorescent ballasts shall be ;Ls manufactured by Universal, Advance; nr General Flecrric Bonus Line and shall be guaranteed for a period of two dears effective at the same time and subject to the same require - ments as the guarantee prescribed by the applicable sections of the Conditions of the Contract. LIGHTING - (continued) WA - 7601 • 16501 GENERAL - (continued) 16501 - 5 I. Surface mounted fixtures installed on combustible low density fiberboard ceilings shall have 1-1/2" spacers per Code re- quirements. Surface mounted fluorescent, mercury vapor or metal halid fixtures shall be securely attached to structural members, or to metal supports which span structural members using 1/4 inch minimum machine screws. The use of toggle bolts to support surf ace mounted fluorescent from hung plaster, acoustical tile, etc. , ceilings will not be permitted (see para- graph Q. Surface or pendent mounted fluorescent fixtures shall be made of 8 foot channels for two adjacently installed 4 foot fixtures wherever possible. Pendant mounted fixtures shall be stem mounted unless noted otherwise and shall be free to swing 20 degrees in any direction. Ceiling swivels shall be of the ball aligner type and in compliance with the outlet box requirements specified elsewhere herein. Pendant mounted fixtures shall be mounted at a height as indicated or directed by the Architect. Pendant mounted fixtures in equipment rooms, boiler rooms, mechanical rooms, etc. , shall be mounted 8'-0" to finished floor or as close as ductwork will permit. • J. All recessed fixtures occurring in acoustical tile, metal pan and other type ceilings shall be compatible to the module and type of the ceiling. Manufacturer's catalog numbers given for recessed fixtures indicates the required type of fixture only and shall not be construed to mean the framing, exact size, etc. , of the particular model, but frames, sizes, etc. , shall be pro- vided to fit the ceiling in which the fixture is to be installed. A specific recessed fixture type used in two different types of ceilings shall be provided with the necessary equipment to fit the ceiling in which the particular fixture is to be installed. Where ceiling construction consists of acoustical tile on plaster construction, the mounting frames of recessed fixtures shall be modified accordingly. Refer to the Architectural Drawings for the type of ceiling construction in various rooms or areas. K. Furnish and install a complete complement of lamps for all fixtures. Fluorescent lamps shall be standard rapid or trigger start, warm white unless specified otherwise hereinafter. Incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted unless indicated otherwise hereinafter. Lamps shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Sylvania or Westinghouse. • L. Furnish to the Owner 5% additional spare plastic diffusers glassware bowls and lenses for each type of fixture furnished by the Division 16 Contractor with a minimum of one (1) spare per type. WA - 001 16701 - 1_ 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM A. This contractor shall furnish all labor and materials as required and as shown on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified for the installation of a new central snunct �ysten, containin_ sucL features as described herein. B. This system shall be complete and ready to operate anet all .iten.s and services necessary for the proper functioning of tiie sysren, shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned. Vendor and/or manufacturer of equipment specified herein shall be one re_, ularly engaged in such work and shall inaintain a fully equipped service organization capable of furnishing adequate inspection supervision to the systems during installation and service to it after same. In addition, the Vendor :,hall provide .z [rained ser, ! c engineer to assist in the final test ,,oid adjustment of the complet, d systems. All equipment shall he t11.,ranteed for n perior of ono year as required by the applicable sections of the General Cor - ditions and Supplementary General C,.nditions. All equipment shall be accompanied by a complete set of serv;re notes and drawings detailing inter-cowiections. Prior to fahrir - tion, a complete shop drawine suhu,i -sion shall he presented t„ he Engineer, including an overall bled diagram „t Ihr s%,ste,rs ow, i er and types of components to be furnished and ccanplete techrnh.ai information for each component t(. be furnished. Submissiva shad demonstrate compliance with all requirements of the Specific.o1L.)it. C. The specified equipment shall he -is i,anufactured by R :,ulaud Borg Corp, and their authorized distributor, F.lectrocoi;. Carp. t,f West Babylon, N. Y. Equipment : s inanufactured by Ditt,arie, :-nd Altec Lansing will be acceptable ;.n,,:ided same is fur;iislir-,I I_, their respective authorized distributor :ndpruxided t1u,t ifw substituted equipment will perforn, all the functi ms .vul pn'% de all the facilities as specified and ttt.Lt the iodivicLtal C ur.pc,.t: nt offered will meet or exceed the specified performance chat acteristics as published in the tv inofacturer's specificati, , nd data sheets for the specified equipment, .chether or , ,t t[ e detailed specifications are entm,erated herein, It is the intent of this specific,iti„n t,. pro%ide a system specifically engineered to pro0cle ,tnd satnsl , I .Prl ,: r,•- ments of this particular installation. Onl\1 h.isic o' trot �, , t as amplifiers, preamplifiers, p,ncer supplies, speaker , , r„- phones, relays, switches; etc. , �h tl be used in the fabrication of this system. No pretrd,ricated control panel containing unnecessary complex ,r duplicated cr,ntr„Ls „r „ntrols not apart of the equipment specified herein sl-i -,11 he use rl. WA - 7601 16701 - 2 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - (continued) D. CENTRAL SOUND SYSTEM 1. The sound system shall consist of two channels. One channel shall provide for the simultaneous use of two microphones at the dais, amplication, control and reproduction of voice originating at the dais. The other channel shall provide for the simultaneous use of three microphones in the Assembly Hall amplification, control and reproduction of voice originating at hall microphones. 2. The Dais microphone signals shall be reproducted by the loudspeakers in the audience area only. Sufficient sound shall be heard at the stage in order to allow the system user to regulate the volume. 3. The hall microphone(s) signal shall be reproduced by the loudspeakers in the dais area only. 4. Provide facilities to allow the use of the system as a con- ventional single channel system in which arty microphone signal may be distributed to all loudspeakers simultaneously. A single switch on the sound rack shall accomplish the selection of single or dual channel operations. 5. Each of the two stage microphones shall be equipped to operate as a system control station. It shall be possible to rurn on or off any of the three microphones in the audience area from the station. Three switches shall be provided on the station for the purpose. Each dais microphone shall also contain a volume control which will regulate the volume of that micro- phone only. 6. Microphones shall be provided for the audience and the dais. Except for the requirements of the microphone control station, the microphones shall contain no switches or other controls. E. EQUIPMENT In a recessed enclosure as described below and as indicated on the drawings, supply the following: 1. Preamplifier - (Supply 2) The Mixer-Preamplifier shall be an all-silicon solid-state mixer-preamplifier having a minimum of 3 input channels. WA - 7601 16701 - 3 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - (continued) E. EQUIPMENT - (continued) It shall have a rated output of +18 dBm and an overall frequency response flat within +1 dB at full rated output from 20 to 20, 000 Hz. Distortion at rated output shall be less than 0. 25% and at +8 dBm output less than 0.1% over the same frequency range. The noise level shall be at least 83dB below rated output with all controls off. The mixer-preamplifier shall provide 600 ohm outputs (transformer coupled and balanced) plus a loin level bridging input-output permitting the "tandem" use of 2 or more mixer preamplifiers. The mixer-preamplifier shall be of the plug-in modular type providing complete mixing and control facilities for at least 3 inputs. All modules shall be constructed on G-10 glass epoxy PC boards having gold-plated PC board connectors. All input channels shall be equipped with standard XLR-3-13 type input connect ors. The mixer-preamplifier shall be designed to permit the input facil- ities to be easily expanded or changed at any time, merely be inserting the correct type and number of input modules. Such changes shall not require any circuit modifications, or upset the overall gain of the system or its inherent stability. Facilities shall also be included for a plug-in limiter-compressor module. Each microphone input module shall provide a transformer- isolated balanced 150 ohm input requiring no more than . O003V input for rated output, and having a noise level of at least -121. S EIN (58. 5 dB below RPO with all controls full on). The input transformer shall be equipped with a Mu-Metal shield to prevent hum and noise pickup from stray magnetic fields, and shall include a static shield for maximum RF isolation. Each micro - phone input module shall include a dynamic range front a minim:itn of to at least 111dB. A limiter/compressor module, shall be included. It shall prc%ide variable slope adjustment of compression ratios from 1:1 It. b(): .'., and have an attack time of no more than 30 micro-seconds with ;, re - lease time variable from 50 milli-seconds to 4. U seconds. Dis- tortion at full 30 dB compression shall be less than 0. 25% .\herF- release time is 10 times the repetition rate of the lowest frequenc. . WA - 7601 16701 - 4 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - (continued) E. EQUIPMENT - (continued) As shown on the plans, the controls for the mixer-preamplifier and its main chassis are to be installed in separate locations. Any mixer-preamplifier proposed as an equal under these specifications shall have been designed to permit physical separation of the controls and the main chassis by as much as 200 feet without degrading the performance characteristics. The Mixer-Preamplifier shall be designed for standard 19'' rach mounting. The mixer-preamplifier shall be designed for continuous duty operation on line voltages of 105 to 135V, 60 Hz AC over a temperatur range of 0°F to 130°F. It shall be listed by Underwriters' Labor- atories Re-examination Service. 2. Power Amplifier - (Supply 1) The amplifier shall be an all-silicon solid-state "in-wall" amplifier. It shall be (flush) mounted as shown on the plans and occupy a space no greater than 16 1/4" in width and 2b 3/4" in height. The amplifier shall deliver an audio output of 60 watts RMS at less than 2% distortion, over a frequency range of at least 70 Hz to 12, 000 Hz. The frequency response shall be flat within } 1. 5dB from 50 Hz. to 12, 000 Hz. Output regulation shall be 2dB or less from no load to full load. The "in-wall" amplifier shall also include all the circuitry and controls necessary to provide complete system equalization for optimum sound reproduction and maximum gain before feedback. The equalizer filters shall be of the 1-octave band-pass type having an individual range of 12dB, t 3dB. A total of 9 individual filters shall be provided, having center frequencies of 50, 100, 300, 40( 800, 1600, 3150, 6300 and 12, 500 Hz. Filter controls shall be of the slide-type. The equalization facilities shall also include a "Test" jack to permit a portable test instrument to be plugged in conveniently for precise adjustment of the equalization controls. This facility shall also permit the equalization to be checked easily • and/or readjusted at any time as varying conditions require. The equalization controls shall be concealed behind a removable cover panel to prevent the control settings from being accidentally disturbed. The amplifier shall also include a master volume WA - of 1 16iG1 - 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - (continued) E. EQUIPMENT - (continued) 2. Power Amplifier - (Supply 1) - continued control, a power on-off switch, a filter bypass switch, .and ; resettable circuit breaker. Reserve space and an easily- re- movable blank panel shall be included to accommodate _gin„ additional controls the system may require. All controls shall be protected against tampering or unauthorized use by a hinged and key-locking front door. Amplifier status indicators shall include an external pilot light and an over- load indicator, each of which shall be an "LED" to eliritinat, burnout and replacement problems. The amplifier shall provide transformer-isolated outputs 4, 8 and 16 ohms, plus 25 and 70 volt line connect,nns; the 25 volt output shall be balanced and center-tapper. It shall he designed to operate continuously on line vultaL�es ,f 105 n 130 volts, 60 Hz AC, and shall include overload protective circuitry to prevent damage caused by shorted output lines and other overload conditions. The amplifier shall include computer-grade electrolytics throughout for maximum life expectancy. It shall be the standard product of a manufacturer with at least ten ve.trs of experience in the manufacture of solid-state in-v. ;111 amplifiers. 3. Power Amplifier - (Supply 1) The power amplifier shall be a solid-state amplifier Pmplo�- ing silicon transistors exclusively. Amplifiers usin tubas or germanium transistors, or which do not fully meet „r exceed the following criteria, will not be accepted. The power amplifier shall have .-i conservative po�ePr , It ,•.it rating of 10 watts RMS and be capable of productirig its rated power output at less than 5°b distortion over the frequency range of 40 to 15, 000 cycles. It shall be capable ,f c rtititnn111s full program power operation with no undue heatin_ 0 am, component. WA - 7601 16701 - 6 . 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - (continued) E. EQUIPMENT - (continued) 3. Power Amplifier - (Supply 1) -(continued) It shall have a frequency response of within ± 1 1/2 db from 30 to 20, 000 cycles, and a noise level at least 80 db below rated output. The variation in output from no load to full load (output regulation) shall be less than 2db. The amplifier shall have a power gain of at least 82 db and require no more than a 0. 3 volt input signal for full output. It shall provide for either 25 volt line or 70 volt line operation, having output impedances of 3. 78 ohms (25 volt line) and 30. 3 ohms (70 volt line). The amplifier shall be designed to provide maximum reliability and an extended life expectancy. It shall be capable of contin- uous-duty operation over a temperature range of 0°F to 130°F, and shall include a thermistor-controlled temperature-com- pensating circuit to maintain and assure normal performance over the entire specified temperature range. To further assure unfailing operation at elevated temperatures, only silicon transistors, shall be used. The amplifier shall also include an automatic and self- restoring protective circuit to protect against damage from prolonged or extreme overloads, such as a shorted output line. This circuit shall be of the thermostatically controlled type which is not subject to activation by program peaks or other instantaneous overloads. It shall automatically remove power from the amplifier when damage is threatened, and automatically restore the amplifier to operation when the danger is past. 4. Microphones a. The stage area microphones (supply 2) shall be desk top with a large cycolac plastic base and gooseneck. The micro- phone shall be low impedance dynamic type with frequency response of 40-10, 000 hz. The frequency response shall be • taylored with low frequency roll off beloww 100 cycles and peaked in the voice range. The desk stand shall contain a volume control and three switches. Each of the three switches shall turn on or off the microphone with which it is associated. WA - 76n 167, 1 - 16701 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - �'c.,ntinuecl) E. EQUIPMENT - (continued) 1. Microphones - (continued) The switches shall be arranged in a pattern matching the _ , ,, mic recepticle layout and apermanent chart shall be attache• i to the base including operating instructions. Each micro- phone shall be complete with a 15' multi conrhu i.)r � able .,i,d multi prong plug to match recepti,les supplied under this section of the spec. b. Floor Microphones - (Supply 2) Shall be identical to those descrihed above In,l shalt nor ct,w r, controls or switches and shall be mounted , ilw,r -djustahlr stands. F. Loudspeakers a. The loudspeaker shall be a co-axial type. Tl.e lo%% iroe,uer,t reproducer shall be a 8" diameter, the high frequenc\ repr,clu; ;-r shall be a 3" diameter. The low frequency reproducer shall I :a a 10 ounce ceramic magnet and flip hi,h frequenc\ reproducer shall have a 2. 35 ounce ceramic magnet. The t« reproduc, sections shall be coupled through built-in , ross-over networi The loudspeaker frequency response shall be 2n Hz f.. L`S KHz iid fhc sensitivity shall be 98 db (SPL at q feet with 1 wart input). The low frequency voice coil shall )perato in r, maLmpt field . least 11, 200 gauss and the high frequency voice coil ah,iU .-,per., e in a magnetic field of at least 7, 200 gariss. The loudspeaker shall be complete with matching iransformer. Its primary voltage shall be 70. 7 volts ;in-1 t,a11 1,.i"- pw er , of 1, 1, 5, 10 watts. The transformer freque icy- re�pnnse sh; ll I, + ldb from 20 HZ to 16 KHz. The insertiwi Liss shill not os c i . 5 db. Back box and grille will be a type .1, t :;cle, „ SiLit existing conditions. WA - 7601 16705 - 1 16705 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM A. Furnish and install a fully supervised master coded, zone annunciated fire and smoke detection system in accordance with the plans and specifications. The equipment specified is that of Simplex Time Recorder Co. and represents the type and quality of equipment to be provided. B. The activation of a manual station, automatic smoke or heat detector device shall cause the following: 1. All audible alarm devices to sound the evacuation signal in a march-time type code. 2. Shut down the designated fans. 3. Light the appropriate alarm source lamps on the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 4. Transmit the alarm signal via leased telephone lines to the Southold Fire Department. C. The system shall be fully supervised and open circuit or other abnormal conditions in the system shall actuate the audible and visual trouble signals. Removal of any peripheral de- vice, such as a station, bell, heat or smoke detector, shall also activate the trouble signals. A silence switch (with ring back feature) and trouble lamp shall be provided at the control panel. Disarrangement of telephone leased lines shall activate an individual trouble signal. When the system is reset after an alarm all fans that were shut down shall be restarted automatically. D. Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be Simplex Type 4208 series and a Type 8587 cabinet shall be provided to house the following modular panel equipment: 1) 4208-A Basic Control Panel. 2) 4208-B Zone Control Panels with number of zones as re- quired and shown on the plans. Each zone shall be equipped with an individual alarm lamp and trouble lamp on the door of the control panel. %k A , • 1 r.7 ._ 16705 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETE.CTLON b, STENT -1 t :n D. 3) 4208-E Auxiliary Relay PaneI - h 1„u11 tile 1, ,,f contact arrangement as requir-d fr,r lan shntdnu, n rani r,:l 4) 4208-N supervised Signal Panel th to:o (Z) signal ,-ircwT provided. 5) 4208-5 Remote Station Panel to transmit the atarn - _ :i., i to the Southold Fire Department. All arian_:mew - • rl the fire department, includinc Ins tall;,tion „t tease t, • - by the telephone company shall he n-,nde by the 6) 4208-T/548 Code Transt-nitter and Time Delft Re[ , . to provide a 2 to 7 minute adjust: hte dure,iinii ravl.e evacuation code transmission. 7) 4213-4 D. C. Power supply shalt produce felt ace rectified, highly filtered 24VDC source. 8) 4293-C pluggable subscriber module for install - tion in the existing remote station receivint; p•,nt l it the tj : o lep.,ri rnent. 9) 4293-D nickel-cadmium staadhN 1,atteries shall i.e 4 ampere-hours miainotit,, have their ,, . ,, r•l,arcin•.. circuit, and be housed in the fire Atari;, ,.n •l 1-1..I•P t. 10) Manual Fire Alartn Stations shall be. Sin,h., I y-p flush, single fiction, break glass type. It ,i. ,it h, n;,ssil,i activate the station without breaking the _I ;`l.; V 11h Cite use i a key. Fire alarm station lo,-ks .,hail. In I , ,c-cl tl,e s:,ni., the fire alarm control panel. clm)r. 11) Alarm Bells shall. be 4080-51) • ibratim, w" diaowi,i it, i . red in color and he rated at 10-) db mini,,, ,.n .aI ta,t i, pi, 12) Ceiling Smoke Detectors shall he Sin,1.l• I vp , shall operate on the photo-elecir,c hr. .. , to :it ti ,tl dual photocells and a solid-st,,i, :.: -: , 11110 = source such as a li,ht-ernittin; if, .,i, e shall be equipped with ;hernial clef. .i WA - 7601 16705 - 3 16705 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM - (continued) D. 13) Duct Smoke Detectors shall be Simplex Type 421+0-42 with circuitry identical in function to the ceiling units. Each unit shall be equipped with au individual test! r, r. key switch. 14) Thermal Detectors shall be Simplex Type 4255 with temperature rating as required for specific areas. E. Equipment installation and wiring shall be in strict accordance with local and national electrical codes, the drawings, these specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations. The contractor shall verify conduit sizes to suit manufacturer's wiring requirements. All wiring shall be color coded and tagged at terminal cabinets and junction points. Final connections and tests shall be under direct supervision of factory-trained technical personnel who are directly responsible to the manufacturer. F. All equipment shall be unconditionally guaranteed against all electrical and mechanical defects for a period of one year from date of acceptance of installation. This guar- antee shall cover all parts, labor and mileage involved in the repair of any such defects. WA - 7601 16904 -i 16904 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, MOTOR CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING A. Unless otherwise specified hereinafter or under Motor Starters or indicated on the Drawings, all equipment controls, and motor controls, including integral motor mounted and oil burner control panel mounted starters (both manual and magnetic) and control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc, for Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems and equipment shall be furnished by others. Such control devices shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to devices connected to pipes and ducts, float switches, electric thermostats, safety devices, limit switches, pushbutton controllers, relays, selector switches, pilot lights, etc, B. The Division 16 Contractor shall receive, store, mount, and install (and wire as hereinafter specified) all equipment controls and motor controls including control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc. for all Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems and equipment except for such equipment and motor controls, etc. that are integral with motor units such as air conditioning condensing units, air conditioning units and alike, exceptfor such equipment and motor controls, etc, that are part of the boil burner control wiring system. Integral units shall be furnished completely mounted and wired by others, ready for incoming line and outgoing control connections, each of which shall he furnished and installed by the Division 16 Contractor. Except for the line power wiring to the oil burner control panels which shall be furnished and installed by the Division 16 Contractor, all load power wiring, including that to the associated remote con-�pressor pump units, etc. if any, as well as all control and irterlock wiring to these panels, shall be by others. In addition, :, ntrol. devices that operate starters, controllers, rtc, and are installed in or connected to pipes and ducts and/or those that tiave elprtrir connections and are usually installed by an Electrical Contractor due to Union or other jurisdictional rules shall he installed and wired by the Division 16 Contractor as specified ahoy: in ttc first sentence of this paragraph. WA - 7601 16904 - 2 16904 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, MOTOR CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING - (continued) C. In general, all motor starters are shown on the Drawings together with all necessary line and load power wiring. Control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc. together with their associated control wiringamnot shown. All motor controls, equipment controls, including control devices that operate starters, controllers, etc, shall be installed and wired by the Division 16 Contractor as described above in paragraph (B) and hereinafter, whether indicated on the Drawings or not. The Division 16 Contractor shall consult the Division 15A and 15B Contractors and their associated Drawings for the locations of the con trol devices not indicated on the Electrical Drawings and shall de- termine from the schematics and schedules on these other Drawings and their accompanying Specifications the relationship of same to the starter, etc. shown on the Electrical Drawings. Furnish and install all power, control and interlock wiring required by these relationships and as required by the installation and schematic diagrams furnished by the Division 15A & 15B Contractors' temperature control Vendor and/or equipment Manufacturers. D. Control and interlock wiring shall be of a voltage as determined by the installation and schematic diagrams furnished by the temperature control system's Vendor and/or equipment Manufacturers and shall be at minimum No. 14 AWG. In general, all fuse protection of all control wiring as required by the N. E. C. shall be furnished by others. Where such fuse protection is omitted and required by the Division 16 Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary fuse circuits or circuit breakers to conform to the N. E. C. All control wiring operating at less than 120 volts shall be No. 12 AWG for circuits of one hundred feet in length and No. 10 AWG for any length greater than one hundred feet. Where additional power circuits are provided at temperature control panels in equipment rooms, boiler rooms, etc. to facilitate the installation and feed of the temperature control system's dampers, valves, etc. the Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate the use of same with the temperature control system's Vendor to limit the length of control circuits to avoid unnecessary cross wiring, etc. 10 WA - 7601 16904 -- i 16904 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, MOTOR CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING - (continued) E. Control and interlock wiring shall be in accordance with the installation and schematic diagrams furnished by the Division 15A and 15B Contractor's temperature control Vendor and/or equipment Manufacturer as hereinbefore specified. For Bid purposes the Division 16 Contractor shall be guided by the following general information: 1. Wiring from starter, etc, to remote associated push- button selector switch, etc. - four conductors. 2. Wiring from starter, etc, to remote associated starter, pilot light, aquastat, etc. - two conductors. 3. Wiring from starter, etc, to remote associated firestat, freezestat, dampers, valves, etc. - three conductors. 4. Wiring from electric thermostat to associated relay or remote control switch - two conductors. 5. Common neutrals or return wires shall not be used for control and interlock wiring, F. The installation of the control and interlock wiring for all Plumbing, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems and equipment being installed by the Division l6 Contractor shall be a coordinated effort by the Division ib Contractor and the Division 15A and 15B Contractors. The Division 16 Contractor shall be fully responsible for the satisfactory installation and operation of all interlock and control wiring furnished and installed by him. Such wiring shall be periodically tested and inspected during the course of its installation b; the other respective trades who will be responsible for the installation and operation of their various systems as specified or indicated on their Drawings. Should any control or interlock: wiring, .after inspection, be found to be faulty or not in cunforrr an, e \:i'f the other trades temperature control Vendor dart/or aoumn:or r Manufacturer's installation and schematic be promptly removed and replaced by the D?vision, -,r. <;nutr,ch>r with wiring that is correct at no additional c. ,, t the Cl; •rer WA - 7601 16904 - 4 16904 EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, MOTOR CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING - (continued) F. The Division 16 Contractor shall verify the exact location of all dampers, valves, aquastats, thermostats, etc., with the other respective trades and he shall check all motors with each trade for proper voltage operation and direction of rotations. G. All interlock and control wiring shall be of the types specified elsewhere herein under Wire and Cable and shall be installed in conduits of the types and usage specified elsewhere herein under Conduit. H. The Division 16 Contractor shall include in his Base Bid the total cost for all labor and materials required for all work specified under this Sub-Section and shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for any reason for any work per- formed or to be performed and/or the relationship of same to the other trades. No consideration will be granted for any mis- understanding of the material to be furnished or work to be performed.